KSPR SO 


Wan 
WH ey 
Kia 


La} 


A 


AN \ 
a 
A 


ae 
ay 


ANY) 


ane 


TORREYA 


A Montruiy JouRNAL oF BotTanicAL Notes anp NEws 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


LIBRARY 
NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 


GARDEN. 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


Volume IX. 


NEW YORK 
SIND 


eH 


i 


i. 


pao 


ERRATA, VOLUME 8 


Page 29, 2d line from bottom, for 305 read 305. 

Page 48, 4th line, for Corprinus read Coprinus, 

Page 49, title of picture, omit comma after Saxifraga. 

Page 50, 11th line, for Grimmias read Grimmias. 

Page 50, 13th line, for Ga/uwms read Galiums. 

Page 84, roth line, complete the brackets. 

Page 86, 3d line, for It read “* It. 

Page 86, 13th line, for size read size”’’. 

Page 86, 21st line, swdsttute semicolon for comma after D. C. 

Page 94, Oth line, for f read If. 

Page 97, 5th line from bottom, for Hicoria glabra read HIicoria 
GLABRA. 

Page 98, 6th line from bottom, for Juglans nigra read JUGLANS 
NIGRA. 

Page 104, 5th line, omz¢ comma afer included. 

Page 136, 4th line, for Frond read ‘‘ Frond. 

Page 136, 13th line, for Rootstock read ‘‘ Rootstock. 

Page 139, 1st line, for figures 6, 7, 8, and 9g read figures 6, 7, &, 
and 9. 

Page 155, 19th line, ov Rhipsalis Cassutha ~ead RuipsaLis Cas- 
SUTHA. 

Page 156, 2oth line, for Rhipsalis alata read RHIPSALIS ALATA. 

Page 160, for Sept. 21, 1908, read Sept. 21, 1907. 

Page 160, for Symposium of 1909 vead Symposium of 1908. 

Page 161, 12th line from bottom, for Gymnopogon ambiguus (Mx.) 
B.S.P. read Gymnopogon brevifolius Trin. 

Page 162, 15th line, for Pogonia diviricata read Pogonia varicata. 

Page 164, 13th line from bottom, before Pyrola secunda L. insert 
Aralia spinosa 1. Georgetown. 

Page 164, gth line from bottom, for Gentcana puberula Mx. ? read 
Gentiana Llliotiia Chapm. (fide Britton). 

Page 167, roth line, for Wedelel/a read Wedeliella. 

Page 167, 14th line, for Wedeliella cristata read Wedeliella cristata. 

Page 167, 15th line, for Wedeliella glabra read Wedeliella glabra. 

Page 167, 16th line, for Wedeliella tncarnata read Wedeliella in- 
carnata. 

Page 167, 18th line, for Wedeliella incarnata anodonta read Wedeli- 
ella incarnata anodonta. 

Page 167, 2oth line, for Wedelella incarnata villosa read Wedeliella 
incarnata villosa. 


iii 


iV 


Page 167, 22d line, for Wedeliella incarnata nudata read Wedeliella 
incarnata nudata. 

Page 173, 16th line, for /uscraea read Furcraea. 

Page 174, 1oth line from bottom, for Paoso read Paso. 

Page 180, 3d line, omzt comma after it. 

Page 200, 3d line from bottom, supply comma Jefore and. 

Page 212, 13th line, for Ayrthronium read Erythronium. 

Page 218, 2d line, omzt comma a/fer species. 


DATES OF PUBLICATION 


No. 1, for January. Pages I-20. Issued January 26, 1909. 
No. 2, February. 21-44. February 26, 1909. 
No. 3, March. 45-64. March 26, 1909. 
No. 4, April. 65-88. April 8, 1909. 
No. 5, May. 89-108. April 30, 1909. 
No. 6, June. 109-132, June t, 1909. 
No. 7, July. 133-152. . July 1, 1909. 
No. 8, August. 153-176. August 3, 1909. 
No. 9, September. 177-196. September 27, 1909. 
No. 10, October. 197-216, October 26, 1909. 
No. 11, November. 217-240. November 18, 1909. 


No. 12, December. -241— 284, December 31, 1609. 


Vol. 9 ‘ January, Ig09 No. I 


TORREYA 


A Monrutiy Journat or BoTanicaL Nores AND News 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


CONTENTS 

A New Genus of Fossil Fagaceae from Colorado: ARTHUR HOLLICK ........... 
Mae Rust of Timothy > FRANK D. KERN. se, ol oe eee dane ete ae 3 
Aberrant Societies of Sanguinaria and Trillium: RosweLu H. JoHNSoN a PA oad 5 
Reviews: Thaxter’s Contribution toward a Monograph of the Laboulbeniaceae. 

Bart Ei MARSHAL UAL OW EE, 7. Lip ass 7). ceth to de gene Seve ame mona tiahn staan ce 6 
Proceedings of the Club: Percy Witson, Marsuart A. Howe......... ASE ey ie Mia 
Of Interest to Teachers :....... Me CAs Cato sdtore Sele eho ahis So Moca We Cone Dee pae eres Penne 14 
Bigs Item stoi Seychelles Piha Geapei aia Cate ke aNd auld .ae Mab ase cael Bate Aa ORs Ae a 17 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Ar 4x NorwH Queen Srreut, Lancaster, Pa. 
By Tue New Era Prinrinc Company 


[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. ] 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice-Presidents, | is oe 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY WILSON 
Botanical: Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor Treasurer ; et 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pxu.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, rz5'Weést 68th St. 95 
New York City id New York City 


. Associate Editors 
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M.,'M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, PH: Di’: 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. | WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Pu.D. 
PHILIP DOWELL, P.D.’ : CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, ‘A.M. 


ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px. D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. 


TorreyA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
_ express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City | 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be ~ 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, ToRREY BoTANICAL CLup, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


TORREYA “= 


January, I909 
Vol. 9. No. t. 
ANEW GE NUSROLe MOSSIL, PAGACHAE 
PROM COLORADO 


By ARTHUR HOLLICK 


Among the many beautifully preserved specimens of fossil 
plant remains from the Tertiary shales of Florissant, Colorado, 
sent to me for examination by Professor Theodore D. A. Cock- 
erell, are the two here figured. They present the rare com- 
bination of leaves and fruit, the latter in different stages of 
development, attached to their respective branches, thus enabling 
us to identify the several parts as belonging to one and the same 
species. 

Detached leaves of this species are abundantly represented in 
the shales, and years ago these were described and subsequently 
figured by Lesquereux under the name Ylanera longifolia ; + but 
the correctness of their reference to this genus has generally been 
regarded as questionable by those who had occasion to critically 
examine them. The nervation of the leaves is not typical of 
Flanera, and the characters of the fruit, now found unmistakably 
associated with them, demonstrate beyond question that the 
original generic identification was erroneous. In view of these 
circumstances it therefore becomes advisable to determine, if 
possible, the correct botanical affinities of the remains and to 
redescribe them in the light of our newly acquired information 
concerning them. 

The fructification is, superficially, so strongly suggestive of the 
Fagaceae that it is difficult to resist the conviction that relation- 
ship at least with this family is clearly indicated, and the leaves 


* Illustrated with the aid of the McManes fund. 
Piedin Aya, Ie, WW, Sy Ceol, jsiway, Were, nye Agin  iWeys.) INGet Whe iS 
Geol. Surv. Terr. 7 (Tert. Fl.) : 189. p/. 27. 7. 4-6. 1878. 
[No. 12, Vol. 8, of TORREYA, comprising pages 277-315, was issued January 6, 
1909. | 
] 


2 


also are fagaceous in their general characters; but I have failed 
to make entirely satisfactory comparison with similar parts of 
species in any existing genus of the family; although several 
paleobotanical writers have referred certain fossil leaves more 
or less similar to ours in nervation and dentition to Fagws and 
Castanca.* 

Taking all of these facts into consideration, therefore, the course 
which appears to be least open to objection is to regard the speci- 
mens as belonging to a species of an extinct fagaceous genus and 
to redescribe it under a new generic name. 


Fagopsis longifolia (Lesq.) comb. nov. 
lanera longijolia \Lesq., Sixth Ann. Kept. U) S) Geolitsiime 
Mein S 72) syn ee S73 
Fagus longifolia (Lesq.) Hollick and Cockerell, Bull. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist. 24: 88 (footnote). 1908. 
General arrangement of growth of leaves and fruit on terminal 
branchlets similar to that of Fagus Americana Sweet ; leaves 


= 


Fic. 1. Fagopsis longifolia (Lesq.) Hollick. Nat. size showing immature fruit. 


* Fagus dentata Goepp. Paleontogr. 2: 274. pl. 2g. f. 3. 1852; Heer, FI. 
Poss. Arct. 1: fl. zo. f. 2, 76, 9; Gaudin and Strozzi, Mém. Gisem. Feuilles 
@ss, Wosezne 28 Wh Os jb FF jth We ffs Me 

Fagus castaneaefolia Ung., Synops. Plant. Foss. 218. 1845; Chlor. Prot., 104, 
pl. 28. f. rz. 1847; Heer, 2. c., f. 7a, 8. (= Castanea castaneaefolia (Ung.) 
Knowlton, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. 152, 60.) Ete. 


ae 


3 


elliptical-lanceolate in outline; margins coarsely and regularly 
crenate or bluntly dentate; nervation strictly craspedodrome, 
the secondary nerves almost parallel, each one terminating in 
the apex of a marginal dentition; fruit apparently single, on a 


Fic. 2. Fagopsis longifolia (Lesq.) Hollick. Nat. size showing mature fruit. 


stout, short peduncle, somewhat ovoid in shape and covered with 
spinous bracts when immature; globose, rough, and apparently 
destitute of bracts when mature. 


Tertiary shales, station 14, Florissant, Colo., June, 1907. 

eune) 1, specimen collected by; Vins. I) De Ae Cockerell: 
Figure 2, specimen collected by T. D. A. Cockerell. 

Specimens in Museum N. Y. Bot. Gard. 


NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN 


IMBNE, AROS I Ole TMNT ee 


By FRANK D. KERN 


Timothy rust was reported from this country as early as 1881 
or 1882 by Trelease in the Transactions of the Wisconsin Acad- 
emy of Science ¢ but it is only in very recent years that it has 
been found in sufficient abundance to attract much attention or 
to be the cause of any alarm. Except for this single report, 
rust on timothy has been so rare in this country that its pre- 
vious existence might almost be questioned. In 1906 a fairly 
abundant amount was observed at one or two localities in New 
York, and in 1907 it was reported from Delaware, West Vir- 

* Read before the Indiana Academy of Science at the Thanksgiving meeting, 


Purdue University, November 27, 1908. 
{ Preliminary List of Wisconsin Fungi, Trans.Wis. Acad. Sci. 7: 131. 1885. 


4 


ginia, and New York again, and also from two localities in On- 
tario, Canada. In New York it was rather common, having 
been collected in eight or more localities in different parts of the 
state. 1908 has added Michigan to its list and Wisconsin has 
reported it again. It is seemingly increasing in its distribution 
and occurring in much greater abundance. 

This spread of a fungous disease on a crop of great importance 
has caused some anxiety concerning its identity and nature. This 
has led to some investigation concerning it. In the first place 
the American and European forms are undoubtedly identical and 
represent the same species. In the gross appearance of the sori 
and in the microscopical details of both the summer spores 
(wredimiospores) and winter spores (Zeliospores) the species is 
indistinguishable from the black rust of cereals, Puccinia pocult- 
formis or Puccinia graminis, as it is better known. In 1894 
Erikson and Henning separated the timothy rust as a distinct 
species, Puccinia Phlei-pratensis,* on the grounds that their arti- 
ficial cultures showed that it probably does not form its aecial 
stage on the barberry (erderis). An examination of their 
original report shows, however, that out of nine trials (five in 
1892, and four in 1893) while eight gave negative results, one 
gave a positive result showing pycnia in 16 days and developing 
aecia in 16 days more. It is noted that the cups formed were 
unusually small. During the present season eight unsuccessful 
inoculations on barberry were observed by the writer. Several 
seasons’ experience with the cultures has shown that negative 
results are not always to be relied on; they may indicate lack of 
proper conditions or that infection does not take place readily. 
The one positive result mentioned ought, it seems, be accorded 
more weight than all the negative ones together, and proves 
that it does, even if with difficulty, form its aecial stage upon the 
barberry. The conclusion is that the timothy rust may be con- 
sidered a race of Puccinia poculiformis, or a so-called physio- 
logical species, differing from the typical from in having some- 
what smaller aecial cups and in the somewhat smaller size of 


* Die Hauptresultate einer neuen Untersuchung ueber die Getreideroste, II. Zeits. 
f. Pflanzenkr. 4: 140. 1894. 


3) 


the hyphae of the uredinial mycelium as cytological studies have 
shown, but there is no positive evidence to show that it can be 
regarded as a distinct species. 

Knowing the taxonomic relationship, it may be predicted 
with reasonable certainty that there is not much danger of the 
rust transferring to timothy from the other cereals and grasses. 
It may be expected to become more general in its distribution 
and may locally do considerable injury ; but in spreading it will 
be limited, chiefly if not entirely, to passing in the summer spore 


(uredinial) stage from timothy to timothy. 
PURDUE UNIVERSITY, 
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 


pm AN “SOCIERIES OF SANGUINARIA AND 
TRILLIUM 


By Roswre.L H. JoHNSON 


Several years ago, in the course of biometric studies on some 
of our wild flowers, I determined the variation in the number of 
petals of Sanguinaria Canadensis L., the bloodroot, for several 
localities. One of these localities gave results so aberrant that 
it seems desirable to place it upon record. 

The manuals give the number of petals as 8-12 but always 
figure it with 8 petals. Dr. Cheney, formerly of the University 
of Wisconsin, informs me that the modal number is eight in every 
one of the localities in which he has seen it in that state. The 
following table gives my results, with a count from Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin, for which I am indebted to Dr. P. H. Dernehl. 


Place Year| No. 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 
Gia eeIS INI NG Chor ndocenneennepHee | ’99 | 102] o fo) Me) 1s) i) || BE | aa 
SWS, INE load obo ns pacensenerescace 7) || | 3 2 TOS I fo) fo) fo) 
Glencoe DU sae ease si tenons: JOON 7i51 | 2 Ta) © O o| o 
Ii tiivenilieres WAVGIGS, ccocnanoacooasona! "O2:)| 10% || © I 98 2 2 i |). © 
Stony Brook, Mass......... ...... | 799 ZN) | @ Aor sOnlevoMl: 10 
Bliresislands lle escscesmete caer 00 &) || © fo) 8 fo) fo) fo) fo) 
Eagle Heights, Wis..........-.0.+. "Op Ell © (0) 5 | 3© Co) fo) fo) 


It is evident that in general any other number than 8 petals is 
a rarity. The society in Yonkers where the count was made is, 
therefore, a remarkably aberrant one, presenting a polygon of 


6 


frequency of a peculiar character. The locality was a wooded 
slope in the area bounded by Midland, Yonkers, Jerome, and 
McLean Avenues. I have sent this note to Torreya in the 
hope that some of the local botanists may care to make counts 
of this species in other surrounding Saxguinaria localities and 
investigate the nature of this peculiar society. 

I am reminded, in this connection, of a similar aberrant society 
of Trillium grandiflorum Salisb. near Williamsville, Erie Co., N. 
Y. This grove contains an unusually large number of cases of 
acaulescence, petiolate leaves, and sepalody of the petals. These 
variations are all known in 77idiium grandiflorum, but they are 


really common in this particular society. 
BARTELSVILLE, OKLAHOMA 


REVIEWS 


Thaxter’s Contribution toward a [Monograph of the Laboulbeniaceae. Part II* 


Part II of Professor Thaxter’s monograph of the Laboul- 
beniaceae is a handsome work of 251 quarto pages and 44 plates 
and is throughout, as it is almost superfluous to remark, of the 
same high quality that characterized the first part of the mono- 
graph, published about twelve years ago. The growth of our 
knowledge of these small fungous parasites on insects and the 
manner in which Professor Thaxter has made this special field 
peculiarly his own is well illustrated by the fact that when he 
began his studies of the Laboulbeniaceae eighteen or twenty 
years ago the group in the world as a whole was credited with 
six described genera (four of them valid) represented by fifteen 
described species, of which only one was from North America. 
‘The present contribution brings the number of described species 
and varieties up to about five hundred, distributed in more than 
fifty genera, and the author intimates that during the progress of 
the work more than one hundred additional new species have 
accumulated, which must await elaboration at some future time. 
And this expansion is due in very slight measure to any change 

*Thaxter, R. Contribution toward a Monograph of the Laboulbeniaceae. Part 


II. Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 13: 219-469. f/. 25- 
Tie G03: 


i 


in point of view as to the taxonomic arrangement of previously 
known forms; practically all of the forms described as new have 
been hitherto absolutely unknown. Inthe first part of the mono- 
graph, printed nearly twelve years ago, the number of known 
species is given as 158, of which 130 were North American and 
Ig were European. No summary is given in the present part, 
but while North America is still apparently in the lead in the 
number of recognized species, its overwhelming preponderance 
has doubtless been relatively reduced by an increased knowledge 
of the Laboulbeniales of the other parts of the world. Professor 
Thaxter has twice visited Europe for the purpose of examining 
collections of insects in London, Oxford, Cambridge, Berlin, and 
Paris, and many exotic species of Laboulbeniales thus detected 
are here described and figured. His own extensive collections 
of these entomophilous fungi in South America in 1905-6 still 
remain to be described. 

Professor Thaxter devotes a page té refuting Cavara’s conten- 
tion that the Laboulbeniales are essentially saprophytes rather 
than parasites, his conclusion being that although “the growth 
of these plants is not associated with any appreciable injury to the 
host, it is nevertheless a true parasitism of a typically obligate 
type.” As to the details of the phylogeny of the group, the 
author of the monograph modestly and refreshingly ‘‘ confesses 
his complete agnosticism in these matters, an agnosticism which 
embraces the question of the origin of the Ascomycetes as a 
whole, and the determination of the course of evolution in the 
entire fungus series.’ His conclusion as to the taxonomic posi- 
tion of the group is summed up as follows: ‘As to the Laboul- 
beniales, it may be said with safety that they resemble the Flo- 
rideae in some repects more closely than they do any other plants, 
while at the same time they are more surely Ascomycetes than 
many forms included in this group, and the writer sees no suffi- 
cient reason why they should not be placed in the Pyrenomy- 
cetes, as a group coordinate with the Perisporiales, Hypo- 
creales, etc.” 

A slight bibliographical defect in Professor Thaxter’s mono- 
graph is the fact that the contribution which now, apparently, we 


8 


are to consider “ Part I’’, itself consists of a ‘‘ Part I”? and a 
“ Part II so that some such citation ‘ Thaxter, Monog. La- 
boulbeniaceae, Part II, pp. 251-396”’ might possibly be inter- 
preted as referring to the contribution of twelve years ago as 
well as to that of the present year. But, of course, no one 
ought to quote the work in any such fashion. If the Memoirs 
of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences are cited, as 
they should be, any such trifling chance of ambiguity will be 
obviated. 

That such a notable extension of human knowledge as is evi- 
denced in Professor Thaxter’s monograph has been the work of 
an American scholar, must always remain a source of pride to 
American botanists. In connection with a contribution of this 
kind, it occurs to the reviewer to remark that the fungi parasitic 
on marine algae are still practically unknown and that though 
they are probably much less numerous than those parasitic on 
insects, they offer a field that is well worthy of the attention of 
mycologists. 

MarsHaLtt A. Howe 


PROC IDIONGES Os s Ieals, Clowes 


NOVEMBER 25, 1908 


The meeting was called to order at the Museum Building of 
the New York Botanical Garden at 3:40 Pp. M., with Dr. M. A. 
Howe inthe chair. There were 14 persons present. The minutes 
of the meeting of November 10 were read and approved. 

The resignation of Dr. Valery Havard, dated November 8, 
1908, was read. A motion was made and carried that the resig- 
nation of Dr. Havard be accepted and that his name be trans- 
ferred to the list of corresponding members. 

There was no announced scientific program for this meeting, 
but the following communications were made: 

_ Dr. Britton showed fruits of the rare and local tree, Priorza 
copaifera Griseb., which he collected in company with Mr. Wil- 
liam Harris, at Bachelor's Hall, Jamaica, near where it was 
originally discovered sixty years ago by Nathaniel Wilson who 


9 


sent it to Grisebach. vioria is one of the largest trees of Jama- 
ica, sometimes attaining a height of ninety feet, and is a member 
of the senna family. So far as is known, this tree is found only 
on two estates in Jamaica, and grows at an elevation of from five 
to six hundred feet. This species is characterized by having a 
one-seeded legume, which is indehiscent. The genus Pyioria is 
reported to be represented also in the Republic of Panama. 

Dr. Murrill displayed photographs and colored drawings of 
several of the larger local fungi. He also explained reproduc- 
tion of colored drawings by the four-color process. This process 
seems to be the most satisfactory for representing fungi in colors. 

Mr. Nash exhibited a living plant of Dendrobium Coelogyne, 
a rare orchid from Burma, which has just flowered in the con- 
servatories of the New York Botanical Garden. Specimens of 
Coelogyne and of other species of Dendrobium were also shown to 
illustrate the characters of these two genera. While the flowers 
of Dendrobium Coelogyne resemble those of a Dendrobium, the 
habit is that of a Coelogyne. 


The Club adjourned at 4:30 Pp. M. 
Percy WILSON, 


Secretary 
DECEMBER 8, 1908 

The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural 
History, President Rusby in the chair. About seventy-five per- 
sons were present. After the reading of the minutes of the pre- 
ceding meeting, the following persons were elected to member- 
ship: Miss Jane R. Condit, 1230 Amsterdam Ave., New York 
City; Mrs. H. Mark Thomas, 239 West 103d St., New York 
City, and Professor Guy West Wilson, Upper Iowa University, 
Fayette, lowa. The announced scientific paper of the evening 
on ‘“‘ Mechanical Response of Plants”’ was then presented by Sir 
Jagadis Chunder Bose, professor in the Presidency College of 
Calcutta and author of ‘“ Response in the Living and Non-Liv- 
ing’’, ‘Plant Response as a Means of Physiological Investiga- 
tion’’, etc. The presentation of the subject was accompanied by 
an exhibition of some of the ingenious and delicately contrived 
apparatus constructed by Professor Bose for the purpose of 


10 


measuring and recording the responses of plants to various 
stimuli. Following is an abstract of the paper compiled from 
notes furnished by Professor Bose : 

The effect of stimulus impinging on a responding tissue is to 
induce a fundamental molecular derangement. This condition 
of derangement constitutes excitation. On the cessation of 
stimulus, there is a slow recovery, the tissue returning to its 
original condition. This molecular reaction is itself beyond our 
scrutiny, but it may be shown that we can gauge its intensity 
and extent by the observation and record of certain concomitant 
changes induced by it in the responding tissue. Amongst these 
are (1) changes of form, manifested as mechanical response, and 
(2) changes of electrical condition, which may be recorded as 
electrical response. 

The intensity of the responsive change will obviously depend 
on the two factors of strength of stimulus and physiological con- 
dition of the tissue. Hence, when stimulus is constant, the am- 
plitude of response gives us a measure of the physiological con- 
dition. Now we know that the changing environment must 
induce unknown changes in this physiological condition, of 
which there is no outward sign. But we are here enabled to 
make the plant itself reveal its condition, by the reply it makes 
to the blow of a stimulus. A stimulating agent will exalt, and 
a depressing agent diminish or abolish, this response. We have 
thus a means of attacking the deeper problem of the physiolog- 
ical variation in an organism. 

The speaker had been able to overcome the numerous diffi- 
culties which occur in connection with the automatic recording of 
the mechanical response of the plant, by devising three types of 
instrument. These are (1) the oscillating recorder, (2) the op- 
tical lever, and (3) the balanced crescograph. 

In the oscillating recorder, the recording lever is made of light 
aluminum wire and is suspended vertically on jewelled bearings. 
This lever is L-shaped, and the shorter arm, at right angles to 
the longer, is attached to the responding leaf. The great advan- 
tage conferred by the oscillating recorder lies in the fact that the 
friction of the writing point against the recording surface is prac- 


Ail 


tically eliminated. The source of friction in such arrangements 
arises from permanence of this contact. In this instrument, how- 
ever, the writing lever is virtually free, except for the brief inter- 
vals in which the smoked glass surface is brought into periodic 
contact with it. For these records, the glass surface moves in a 
vertical plane by means of clockwork, and a minute oscillation 
to and fro is given to it by the agency of an electro-magnetic ar- 
rangement. The period of this oscillation is, say, one fifth of a 
second, and the record is thus made to consist of a series of dots, 
separated by time-intervals of one fifth of asecond. Thus wecan 
see the time-relations of the curve at a glance. 

For responsive movements of minute leaflets the speaker em- 
ployed the optical lever. By use of this a very high magni- 
fication is possible. The record is made ona traveling photo- 
graphic plate by the spot of light reflected from the optical lever, 
connected with the responding plant. 

For the instant detection of the effect of stimulus on the rate of 
growth, the balanced crescographis used. Here a balanced and 
stationary point of light undergoes a sudden movement up or 
down, according as the rate of growth is enhanced or depressed 
by the action of an external agent. 

In order to study the effects of external agencies on physio- 
logical excitability, it is first necessary to obtain a series of normal 
responses under stimuli of uniform intensity and duration, applied 
at- regular predetermined intervals. This is accomplished by 
means of the automatic stimulator, in which an expansible fan 
periodically closes the exciting circuit. The intervals between 
successive applications and the period of stimulation are, in this 
instrument, capable of adjustment at will. 

In a complete curve of response of the sensitive leaf or leaflet 
of Mimosa or Liophytum sensitivum, we find (1) a short horizontal 
line representing the latent period, (2) an up-curve showing attain- 
ment of maximum reaction ; followed by (3) a down-curve repre- 
senting the recovery. The latent period in a vigorous A&mosa is 
about .24 of asecond. The effect of fall of temperature or fatigue 
results in the prolongation of this latent period to .3 of a second 
in the former, and .58 in the latter case. The maximum fall of 


the leaf is attained in 1.5 seconds. Complete recovery takes place 
in 6 minutes in summer, and in 18 minutes in winter. In a leaflet 
of Liophytum the maximum fall is attained in .5 of a second and 
full recovery is reached in 3 minutes. The excitatory fall of the 
leaf takes place when stimulus is applied at or near the respond- 
ing point. Seen from different points of view, this reaction will 
appear as a diminution of turgor in the pulvinus, constituting a 
negative turgidity-variation ; or a shortening or contraction of the 
more excitable lower half of the pulvinus. Electrically speaking, 
this reaction will have its concomitant in an electrical variation of 
galvanometric negativity. It is convenient to include all these 
excitatory symptoms together, under the single term negative 
response. Here, however, we may describe a responsive change 
of precisely opposite character, which takes place under definite 
conditions. This postive response consists of an erectile move- 
ment of the leaf, a positive turgidity-variation, expansion, and an 
electrical change of galvanometric positivity. The occurrence of 
this positive response may be demonstrated, in /mosa, by apply- 
ing stimulus at a point distant from the responding organ. Ina 
certain experiment this positive or erectile response occurred .6 ofa 
second after the application of the stimulus, and was followed, 2.8 
seconds later, by the normal excitatory fall of the leaf. Here we 
have a response which is dphasic, positive followed by negative. 
When stimulus is moderate, and applied ata still greater distance, 
the response evoked is positive alone. These facts obtain uni- 
versally, and from them we derive the following law of direct 
and indirect stimulation: 

The effect at the responding-region of a strong stimulus trans- 
mitted to a short distance, or through a good conducting channel, 
as negative. The effect transmitted to a great distance, or through 
a semi-conducting channel, ts positive. 

Responsive movements, like those of the “sensitive” plants 
so-called, can be detected also in ordinary plants. It will be no- 
ticed, in Mmosa, that the responsive movement is made possible 
by the unequal excitability of the upper and lower halves of the 
pulvinus, the movement being determined by the greater shorten- 
ing or contraction of the lower. If now we take a hollow tubu- 


lar organ of some ordinary plant, say the peduncle of daffodil, it 
is clear that the protected inner side of the tube must be the 
more excitable. When this is cut into the form of a spiral strip, 
and excited by means of an electrical shock, we observe a re- 
sponsive movement to take place by curling, due to the greater 
contraction of the inside of the strip. This mechanical response 
is at its maximum at that season which is optimum for the plant. 
When the plant is killed, its response disappears. 

In Mimosa, under continuous stimulation, there is a fatigue- 
reversal, the responsive fall being converted into a movement of 
erection. The same thing happens in the response of ordinary 
plants, when the first contractile movement of the spiral, for in- 
stance, is reversed, under continuous stimulation, to an expansive 
uncurling. 

An important series of observations is that on the modification 
of response by the tonic condition of the tissue. When the con- 
dition is sub-tonic, response is by the abnormal positive, instead 
of the normal negative, reaction. A strong or long-continued 
application of stimulus, however, converts this abnormal positive 
_ into normal negative. 

Another important phenomenon is that for which the name of 
multiple response has been suggested. When the stimulus is 
very strong, the response is often not single, but repeated, or 
muitiple. Excess of stimulus is thus seen to remain latent in 
the tissue, for rhythmic expression later. This storage of en- 
ergy from the environment may in some cases be so great as to 
cause the continuance of rhythmic activity, even in the absence 
of immediate stimulation. We thus obtain a natural transition 
into so-called spontaneous or autonomous movements. 

The various peculiarities of the spontaneous movements ex- 
hibited by Desmodium gyrans, or the telegraph plant, may be 
studied in the automatic record taken by the optical lever. The 
rhythmic tissues of the plant are then found to have character- 
istics which correspond to those of similar tissues in the animal. 
Lowering of temperature enhances the amplitude and diminishes 
the frequency of pulsation in the rhythmic cardiac tissue of the 
animal, The same is found to be true of the pulsatory activity of 


14 


Desmodium gyrans. The eftects of various drugs are also very 
similar. The first result of the application of an anaesthetic like 
ether is to evoke a transient exaltation, followed by depression 
and arrest. Poisonous gases also induce a continuous depression 
of activity. A strong poisonous solution, again, induces a rapid 
arrest of pulsation. 

It has thus been shown that by the waxing and waning of re- 
sponse, the variations in the plant’s physiological activity, under 
changing external conditions, may be gauged. It has been 
shown also how numerous and varied are the factors that go to 
make up the complexity of plant-responses. It has been shown 
that stimulus may be modified in its effect, according as it is 
direct or indirect, and feeble, moderate, or strong. The modify- 
ing influence of the tonic condition of the tissue has also been 
shown, according as this is normal, sub-tonic, or fatigued. In 
the numberless permutations and combinations of these varied 
factors lies the infinite complexity of the responsive phenomena 
of life. 

After a discussion of Professor Bose’s paper by Doctors 
Rusby, Richards, and Pond, the meeting of the Club was ad- 
journed to the second Tuesday in January. 

MarsHALL A. Howe, 
Secretary pro tem. 


OM JONINBIRIES I IO) WAC IBUSIR'S 


Foop FOR THOUGHT 


School Science and Mathematics for January gives the following 
“simple plant experiment” by E. S. Gould, of Galva, Illinois. 

“The following device for showing the necessity of CO, in photo- 
synthesis may be of use to teachers of botany, especially where 
apparatus is limited. 

“A bell glass with a rubber stopper is placed on an ordinary 
pump plate. The tube Cof the plate is closed with a cork. In 
the cylinder inside is placed NaOH or Ca(OH), to absorb the 
CO,. Air is forced through tube A (tube B being open) for a 
few minutes until the most of the air in the bell glass is devoid 
of CO,. What CO, is left in the glass will be absorbed by the 
NaOH in the cylinder. The air is changed every day so that if 


15 


there were anything in air beside CO, that helped in photosyn- 
thesis the plant would be sure to have it. Tube & is kept closed 
except when it seems necessary to introduce water through it to 
the plant. Before commencing the experiment the leaves of the 
plant were found to contain starch, but after continuing it three 
days all traces of starch disappeared, thus proving that CO, is 
necessary in photosynthesis. 

‘The department editor * wishes to raise four questions relative 
to this experiment : 

1. Do the pupils know enough chemistry to enable them to 
prove that NaOH or Ca(OH), takes CO, from the air ? 

2. Is it true that forcing the air through the liquid in the 
cylinder by means of tube A, and out of the bell jar through tube 
£& “ for a few minutes’ would render “ most of the air in the bell 
jar” devoid of CO,? 

3. How does the pupil know that in watering the plant through 
tube & you do not introduce CO, sufficient for the plant’s uses ? 

4. Does this prove “‘ that CO, is necessary in photosynthesis ”’? 

“Do not all the points raised in these questions refer to things 
that the student must take for granted upon the authority of the 
teacher? If so, would it be quite as well for the pupil to assume 
in the beginning that the teacher is correct when he says that 
CO, is necessary to the process of photosynthesis ?”’ 


The Outlook of December 19 has a short, practical article on 
forest fires and their prevention, written by Alfred L. Donaldson. 


The increasing interest taken in our national forests is indicated 
by Speaker Cannon’s statement that three years ago they cost 
three hundred and seventy-five thousand dollars, this year, nearly 
four million, and the estimates for next year are about six mil- 
lion dollars. 


The North American Review for November, 1908, contains an 
article by Gifford Pinchot on “ The Foundations of Prosperity ”’ 
which is well worth reading. Mr. Pinchot remarks that the 

* Professor O, W. Caldwell, School of Education, University of Chicago. It is 


with his permission that this article is reprinted from School Science and Mathematics. 
— Epiror’s Norte. 


16 


“Forest Service is the sole present example of a branch of our © 
National Government which finds the reason for its existence in 
the need of a long look ahead” ; and he rightly emphasizes the 
present discussion of the conservation of natural resources as 
“the most fundamental question now before the country.” For 
“if we succeed in the conservation of our natural resources, we 
shall have an opportunity to succeed in everything else.” 


Science has recently printed another article on the coconut 
bacterial disease known as bud-rot, which is becoming very com- 
mon in tropical America. ‘It is confined to the crown, or ter- 
minal bud, of the tree, in which it causes a soft, vile-smelling rot. 
Owing to the great height of the coconut trees and the difficulty 
experienced in getting at the terminal bud, surrounded as it is 
by the sheathing cases of the petioles of the leaves, it is 
almost impossible to treat the disease locally.’’ The results of 
the investigations carried on by the United States Department of 
Agriculture and by appropriations in Cuba are expected to prove 
helpful. At present the disease seems to be increasing rapidly 
and none but very early cases are checked by treatment. 


Professor Edward L. Nichols, retiring president of the Amerian 
Association for the Advancement of Science, in his Baltimore 
address on ‘“‘ Science and the Practical Problems of the Future’”’, 
said, ‘“‘ Forests may be renewed and the soil restored to its maxti- 
mum fertility but the problem which is presently to confront the 
race is that of civilized existence without recourse to energy stored 
by the slow processes of nature. This problem must be definitely 
solved before the complete exhaustion of our inherited capital. 
The problem is not without conceivable solution, since the annual 
accession of energy from the sun, did we know how to utilize it 
without awaiting the slow processes of storage employed by 
nature, is ample for every thinkable need of the future inhabitants 
of our planet. Estimates of the constant of solar radiation show 
that about 2.18 kilowatts of power is continually received from 
the sun for every square meter of the earth’s surface or over 
seven and a half millions of horse-power per square mile. The 


uf 


present use of power in the United States is about eighty million 
horse-power or one horse-power per capita. This quantity is 
likely to increase more rapidly than the population in the future 
unless curtailed by lack of fuel, but it is evident that a very small 
fraction of the sun’s radiation would meet all demands.” 


NEWS ITEMS 


Mr. E. H. Eaton has been made professor of biology at 
Hobart College. 

Mr. A. J. Grout has been transferred to the Curtis High 
School, New Brighton, Staten Island. 

Dr. J. K. Small has recently been sent to Florida by the New 
York Botanical Garden for a month’s collecting trip. 


In December, 1908, New York State, at a cost of about $600,000, 
added 15,000 acres to its forest reservations in the Adirondack 
and Catskill regions. 


Mr. Raphael Zon is studying forest management in Europe, 
preparatory to taking charge of the experimental work of the 
United States Forest Service. 

The Sullivant Moss Society met at Baltimore with the Am- 
erican Association for the Advancement of Science. Several 
interesting papers were presented. 


Mr. C. A. McLendon, of the South Carolina Experiment Sta- 
tion, has accepted the position of botanist and plant pathologist 
at the Georgia Experiment Station. 


On January 11 the United States Senate passed a bill appro- 
priating $90,000 for acquiring all private holdings in the Sequoia 
and General Grant national parks, California. 

Collections are now being made for the New York Botanical 
Garden along the northern coast of Cuba by Dr. J. A. Shafer, 
who expects to spend three months in that region. 

The State Agricultural College at New Brunswick, New 
Jersey, offers several short winter courses in general agriculture, 
fruit farming, market gardening, etc. Tuition is free to residents 
of the state. 


18 


An address by Professor N. L. Britton on “‘ Darwin’s Work in 
Botany” will form part of the Darwin exercises which are to be 
held at the American Museum of Natural History by the New 
York Academy of Sciences on February 12. 


Dr. James. Fletcher, botanist and entomologist, died last 
November in Montreal. He had served as botanist at the 
Dominion Experimental Farms, and Dr. L. O. Howard has termed 
him ‘the heart and soul of the Botanical Club of Canada.” 


Earl Grey, Governor-General of Canada, and President Diaz, 
of Mexico, have been asked by President Roosevelt to send rep- 
resentatives to a national conference on the conservation of natu- 
ral resources, which will be held in Washington, February 18, 
1909. 

A prize of $1000 is offered by the Naples Table Association 
for promoting laboratory research by women. The prize is 
awarded in April, 1909, for the third time; it is given for the 
best thesis, written by a woman, on a Scientific subject and must 
be based on independent research in biological, chemical, or 
physical science. Further information will be given by Mrs. 
A. D. Mead, 283 Wayland Avenue, Providence, R. I. 


The Baltimore meetings of Section G of the American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science alternated with those of the 
Botanical Society of America. The vice-presidential address of 
Professor Bessey was given Tuesday afternoon. An unusually 
large number of papers — over sixty — was presented, and it was 
necessary to run two parallel subsections of the section: one for 
pathology and one for morphology, physiology, ecology, and 
taxonomy. The officers for next year are: Professor D. P. Pen- 
hallow, of McGill University, vice-president, and H. C. Cowles, 
secretary. 


The Botanical Society of America together with the Society 
for Plant Morphology and Physiology and the American Myco- 
logical Society held several sessions in the Eastern High School 
building. President W. F. Ganong presided. Papers by E. C. 
Jeffrey and J. M. Coulter on vascular anatomy and its recent de- 
velopment opened the first scientific program. The symposium 
on ecology included the following papers : 


19 


‘¢The Trend of Ecological Philosophy’’, H. C. Cowles; ‘‘ The 
Present Problems of Physiological Plant Ecology’’, b. E. Livingstone ; 
‘¢ Vegetation and Altitude’’, C. H. Shaw ; ‘‘ Local Distribution of 
Desert Plants’’, V. M. Spalding ; and ‘‘ The Relation of the Climatic 
Factors to Vegetation’’, E. N. Transeau. 


A special Darwin Memorial Session was held on Thursday 
afternoon. The program was as follows : 


“« General Sketch and Estimate of Darwin’s Work on Cross-pollina- 
tion in Plants’’, William Trelease ; ‘‘ Estimate of Darwin’s Work on 


Movement in Plants’’, H. M. Richards; ‘‘ Darwin’s Influence on 


Plant Ecology and Plant Geography’’, . E. Clements. 

Many other interesting papers were presented at the regular 
sessions. Dr. J. C. Bose, by invitation, gave his address on “ Elec- 
trical Response in Plants.” The address of the retiring president, 
Professor G. F. Atkinson, was given at McCoy Hall, Tuesday 
evening. The botanists’ dinner, held on Wednesday evening, was 
attended by about one hundred and twenty people. The officers 
for the new year are as follows: President, Roland Thaxter ; 
secretary, Duncan S. Johnson; and treasurer, Arthur Hollick. 


An editorial in Sczence for January 8 says in discussing the 
Baltimore meeting of the American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, ‘‘ It seems to be scarcely credible, but it is the 
case, that there were on the program published by the associa- 
tion the titles of more than one thousand papers to be read at the 
meeting. The great majority of the papers represent research 
work of a high order. It is sometimes said that the United 
States is not doing its part in the advancement of science, but 
this program is a conclusive answer to such criticism. No other 
country except Germany could hold a meeting in which so many 
scientific researches maintaining such high standards could be 
presented as the result of a year’s work, and Germany has never 


” 


held such a meeting. 


The Darwin centenary memorial exercises were held January 1, at 
McCoy Hall, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, as previously 
announced. Beginning at 10 A. M., the entire day was devoted to 
the commemoration of the rooth anniversary of the birth of Charles 
Darwin and of the fiftieth anniversary of the publication of the first 
edition of the ‘‘ Origin of Species”. The exercises were held under 


20 


the joint auspices of the American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science and the American Society of Naturalists. All 
the addresses are to be printed in a memorial volume to be pub- 
lished by Henry Holt and Co., of New York. The program for 
the whole day included: 


1. Introductory Remarks, Prof. Thomas C. Chamberlin, Univer- 
sity of Chicago, President of the Association. 

2. ‘Fifty Years of Darwinism: Past and Future Experimental 
Work Bearing on Natural Selection’’, Dr. Edward B. Poulton, Hope 
Professor of Zodlogy, Oxford University. 

3. ‘©The Theory of Natural Selection from the Standpoint of Bot- 
any’’, Dr. John M. Coulter, University of Chicago. 

4. ‘*Determinate Variation’’, Dr. Charles O. Whitman,* University 
of Chicago. 

5. ‘* The Isolation Factor’’, Dr. David Starr Jordan,* Stan‘ord 
University. 

6. ‘* The Cell in Relation to Fleredity and Evolution’’, Dr. E. B. 
Wilson, Columbia University. 

7 ihe: Directs Mitect of Environment 7.4) Dr) Daniel mies 
Dougal, the Carnegie Institution of Washington. 

8:4 The Behavior of Unit @haractersin Heredity ~, Dr sive. 
Castle, Harvard University. 

g. ‘‘Mutation’’, Dr. Charles B. Davenport, Carnegie Institution 
of Washington. 

to. ‘‘ Adaptation’’, Dr. Carl H. Eigenmann, Indiana University. 

tz. ‘* Recent Paleontological Evidence of Evolution ’’, Prof. Henry 
Fairfield Osborn, Columbia University. 

12. ‘*Evolution and Psychology’’, Dr. G. Stanley Hall,* Clark 
University. 

The subscription dinner given in the evening was attended by 
about three hundred people. Appropriate addresses followed 
the dinner. 


* Not read. 


TORREYA 
NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year 1909 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to ew sub- 
) scribers of either journals and also. is: not open 
to. members of the American Nature-Study 
‘Society, of which THe Nature-Stupy Review 
“is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may 
be credited as member's fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. | 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 
Columbia University 


New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(a) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general boa established ~ 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text — 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14. shillings. Dulau & Co.,37 Soho Square, London, are agents 
for England. | 
Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each; Vols. 28-35 three dollars each. 

Circle copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only when not 
‘breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes 1-11 and 13 arenow completed; Nos, 1 and 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription. price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 


individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. — 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within. one hundred miles of New 
; York, 1888. °, Price,-$1.00:; 


Corsespondence relating to the above ee should be 


addressed to 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


Columbia University 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol. 9 ay | February, 1909 No. 2 


ORREYA 


A Monruty Journar or Boranicat Notes and News 


' EDITED FOR 


MUN THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 
BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


CONTENTS : : 


North American Rose Rusts: J. Cy ARTHUR: fo: Sa acee neanace dey tcc opeae plat 2E 
The Perennation of the Clover Dodder, Cuscuta Epithymum Murr: Fy C 
STEWART AND G. F. ERIN 0, fe hoe al, eee enh | Rubee eo a 28 
Notes on ‘Sagittaria : IGENNETH KE AMNCKENZURD: AGa3 cole ou dtoenicie Cwseeepaiees tecerae ARTS) 
Wotes on Rutacese — 11:7; PERCY WAIESON 23h eae Re oa at Ue eee Veh 332 
The Field Meetings of the Club for 1909: NORMAN TAYLOR ......s.0000000+- sige gins 33 
Reviews: Recent Bulletins of the State Geological and Natural History 
Survey of Connecticut: MARSHALL A. HOWE)... ....0cseccepeodecteresecnemensere 35° 
Proceedings of the Club: PERCY WILSON... 0.0. cele eens Use lec alatet eae Kevin ave oun Si, 
Of Interest to Teachers.........ccccccccsecees Date bietie oktcicuialeteipaslts ae Ge) nt Ssetie 38 
News Items...... eth aaue VEpaReae tee Ce ES HE NCAR SAC GEN ea blige ste Wiabin' bis Bewinte paca ee le Ne tha Me 44 


PUBLISHED FOR THE, CLUB 


At 4x NortH Queen Srreet, LANCASTER, Pa. 
BY THe New Era Prinrinc Company 


{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter ] 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Presidents 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY WILSON 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


_ Editor : Treasurer 3 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PHAr.D 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park ; College of Pharmacy, rz5 West 68th St. 


New York City New York City 


Associate Editors 


JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M.; M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, PH.D. 
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. — 


ALEX. W.- EVANS, M.D., PH.D; HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. 


TORREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New Vork Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices.. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY Botanical Crus, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St.; New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University — 
New York City 


TORKH YA 


February, 1909 
Vol. 9. No. 2. 


INOQURaC YAQUI COAIN IOVS 3, IRIORS INS) 


By J. C. ARTHUR 


From the days of Schweinitz, that is, the times of the first 
studies of American fungi, down to the near present, all rusts 
upon roses in North America had been placed under two species, 
2. €., Phragiudium speciosum, a strictly American form, and P. 
subcorticitum, a cosmopolitan form. The latter name has many 
synonyms, P. mucronatum having been especially popular, but the 
earliest and consequently the rightful name appears to be P. ds- 
ciflorum, and therefore will be used in this paper. 

In 1876 Peck vaguely called attention in his twenty-eighth 
Report of the Botanist of the New York State Musuem (page 86) 
to a variation in teliospores that he had observed. His words 
are ‘“‘ American specimens generally have the spores more opaque, 
and with two or three more septa than the typical form. This 
variant form might be called var. Americanum.” The variety 
was placed under P. mucronatum. Two years ago Dietel pub- 
lished an extended taxonomic study of the genus Phragmidium 
in Hedwigia, and five months later a supplementary article in the 
same journal (44: 112-132, 330-346)., In these two articles 
Dietel established and well defined four new species of Phrag- 
mudium inhabiting American roses, and one new species of Caeoma, 
C. Rosae-gymnocarpae, from California. This comprises all im- 
portant taxonomic work upon rose rusts of America up to the 
present time. 

In pursuing the study of American rusts for systematic pres- 
entation in the forthcoming North American Flora the genus 
Phragnudium has been reached, and I desire to give in this 

* Read before the Botanists of the Central States, at the Madison meeting, 
March 29, 1907. Illustrated with the aid of the McManes fund. 


[ No. 1, Vol. 9, of TORREYA, comprising pages 1-20, was issued January 26, 1909. | 


21 


22 


paper some of the more interesting results that have come to 
light pertaining to the forms on roses. 

Very little has been learned about the Californian Cacoma. It 
s clearly an aecial stage of the type of Cacoma nitens on Rubus, 
and like it may belong to the genus Gymmnoconia. But as no hint 
has yet been secured regarding the telial stage, the assignment to 
any other than a form-genus is hazardous. 


Fic. 1. Spores of the three species of Phragmzdiuwm on rose having slender 
eliospores: 1, P. americanum, 2, P. Rosae-setigerae, 3, P. Rosae-californicae ; 
I, aeciospore, II, urediniospore, III, teliospore. 


The characters of the rust which has been called Phragmidium 
speciosum, such as the non-gelatinous pedicels of the teliospores, 
the large, compact telia, found on the stems, and the absence 
of a uredinial stage, show that it does not accord with true 
members of the genus Phragmidium, and justify its separation 


under the name Lar/ea speciosa, made some two years ago. This 
rust occurs upon any and all species of roses in North America, 
both wild and cultivated, and extends throughout the United 
States and southern Canada. Its omnivorous and adaptable 
habits are in marked contrast with the fastidious and restricted 
habits of all true species of Phragmidium on roses found in the 
same region. 

In carefully going over the available material of American rose 
rusts, properly assignable to the genus Phragmidium, the old 
world species, P. desciflorum and all the species erected by Dietel 


Ae ; 
be 
$5- 3 


PD RDR AA 


os IN 


O00 


ean 


ai 
= 


5 f 
@ 


2 ate cope 
a | 


Fic. 2, Spores of the three species of Phragmidium on rose having stout telio- 
spores: 4, P. Rosae-arkansanae, 5, P. montivagum, 6, P. disciflorum; 1, aecio- 
spore, II, urediniospore, III, teliospore. 


are confirmed, as common in North America, together with one 
additional species now to be described. In defining these spe- 
cies, characters have been drawn from all three stages of the rust, 
aecial, uredinial, and telial. The new species may be character- 
ized as follows: 


24 


Phragmidium montivagum Arthur, n. sp.* 


Pycnia amphigenous, gregarious and often confluent, in small 
groups surrounded by aecia or on spots opposite the aecia, in- 
conspicuous, subcuticular, 80-1124 in diameter by 30-35 py 
high. 

Aecia hypophyllous and petiolicolous, 0.4-1.5 mm. across, 
solitary, or in irregular groups, often confluent over areas 5-10 
mm. long, applanate; paraphyses abundant, conspicuous, sur- 
rounding each individual sorus, noticeably taller than the spore- 
mass, spatulate-capitate or clavate, 12-25 u by 50-70, wall evenly 
thin, I-1.5 2; aeciospores globoid or broadly ellipsoid, 16-19 wp by 
21-26 p, wall medium thin, 1.5—-2 y, rather sparsely but distinctly 
verrucose: 

Uredinia hypophyllous, numerous, scattered, round, small, 
about 0.1 mm. or less across, soon naked, inconspicuous ; para- 
physes numerous and noticeable, encircling the sorus, cylindrical 
or slightly clavate, 9-11 w by 45-64 y, wall thin, about 1 yp, 
slightly thicker above on outer side of curve; urediniospores 
obovate-globoid, 16-19 by 19-23 y, wall pale yellow, rather 
thin, 1-1.5 y, closely verrucose-echinulate. 

Telia hypophyllous, at first arising from the uredinia, numer- 
ous, thickly scattered, 0.1-0.5 mm. across; paraphyses none ; 
teliospores cylindrical, 24-29 by 64-96 y, usually rounded 
below and narrowed above, cells 6-9, closely and rather moder- 
ately verrucose, apex usually with a conical subhyaline papilla- 
7-10 » long ; pedicel rugose when dry, upper half 7-9 » in diam, 
eter, lower part swelling in water to 15-30 y at broadest part. 

On Rosa Sayit Schw., Cummins, Albany Co., Wyo., July 26, 
1895, Aven Nelson 1499 (type), Crow Creek, Albany Co., Wyo., 
August 12, 1903, Aven Nelson 8913, Belt Mountains, Mont., 


* Pycniis amphigenis, in greges dispositis, inconspicuis, 80-112 mu diam., 30-35 fé 
altis. 

Aeciis hypophyllis vel petiolicolis, 0.4-1.5 mm. latis, saepe confluentibus, ap- 
planatis ; paraphysibus conspicuis, marginalibus ; aeciosporis subglobosis vel ellip- 
soideis, 16-19 & 21-26 ; episporio subhyalino, 1.5—2 w crasso, verruculoso. 

Urediniis hypophyllis, numerosis, minutis, rotundatis; paraphysibus cylindraceis 
vel clavatis, marginalibus; urediniosporis obovato-globosis, 16-19 19-23 4; epi- 
sporio dilute flavo, I-15 jx crasso, verrucoso-echinulato. 

Teliis hypophyllis, numerosis, sparsis ; teliosporis cylindraceis, 24-29 >< 64-96 p, 
verrucosis, 5—S-septatis, loculo terminali apiculo conoideo hyalino 7-10 w longo 
ornato ; pedicello supra 7-9 yw diam., infra incrassato, oblanceolato vel ellipsoideo, 
15-30 p late. 

In foliis Rosa Savi, Cummins, Wyoming, Julo 26, 1895, Aven Nelson, 1499. 


6) 5 


September, 1889, /. W. Anderson ; and also on related species of 
hosts from Colorado and Utah northward in the Rocky Moun- 
tains. 

Of the rose rusts in North America belonging to the restricted 
genus Phragmidium there are now to be recognized six valid 
species, all indigenous but one. Space does not permit, and the 
needs of this discussion do not require the full characterization 
to be, given for each species, but the following key, when taken in 
connection with hosts and geographical data, will provide some 
aid to those persons who desire to determine their collections. 


Teliospores slender, 8-1 1-celled. 
Walls of aecio- and urediniospores thin, I-1.5 yw. 


Teliospores long, 80-100 p. 1, P. americanum Diet. 

Teliospores very long, 90-130 Lu. 2. P. Rosae-setigerae Diet. 
Walls of aecio- and urediniospores thick, 2-3. 

Teliospores long, 90-112 uw. 3. P. Rosae-californicae Diet. 


‘Teliospores stout, 5-9-celled. : 
Walls of aecio- and urediniospores medium, 1.5-2 . 
Rosae-arkansanae Diet. 


Teliospores 5—8-celled. dig IP 
5. 2. montivagum Arth. 


Teliospores 6-9-celled. 
Walls of aecio- and urediniospores thick, 2-3 ju. 
Teliospores 5—7-celled. 6. P. disciflorum (Tode) James 

These six species of Phragmidium have a most interesting dis- 
tribution, both as to hosts and territory. The onespecies coming 
from Europe occurs chiefly upon thick-leaved roses of the dog 
and cabbage rose sections, Rosa canina and R. Gatlica, their 
allies and hybrids, and appears to follow wherever these roses 
are cultivated. It is known throughout the United States from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific, northward into Canada, and south- 
ward into Mexico and Central America. It does not appear to 
have passed over to any native rose. 

The distribution of the five indigenous species is shown by the 
accompanying chart. LP. americanum inhabits the northeastern 
region along the Atlantic coast from Maryland northward and 
north of the great lakes, chiefly on Rosa blanda, R. lucida, R. 
Sayi, and certain cultivated varieties derived from these. FP. 
Rosae-setigerae is only known upon Rosa setigera and R. carolina, 
extending nearly throughout the region of the hosts from central 
New Yorktocentral Nebraska. P. Rosac-arkansanaeis only known 


on the prairie rose, formerly called Rosa arkansana, now known 
as R. pratincola, and extends from northern Illinois to Kansas and 
northward. PP. montivagum is found in the Rocky Mountains 
from southern Colorado and Salt Lake in Utah northward. It 
occurs on all or nearly all the many species of native roses of this 
region, having been reported on Rosa Lakert, R. Fendlert, R. 


UW: Phr. americanum 


WW Phx Rosae-seligerae 

miss Phr Rosae-Arkansanae 
Wil, Phr montivagum 

= Phr Rosae-Californicae 


Fic. 3. Distribution of the five American species of Phragmiutum occurring 
on native roses, 
grosse-serrata, R. manca, R. Maximilian, R. Say, R. Under- 
qoodi, R. Woodsi, and others. P. Rosae-californicae extends 
along the Pacific coast from southern California to southwestern 
Alaska, on Rosa californica, R. gymnocarpa, R. pisocarpa, and R. 
acicularis chiefly. 


It will be observed that there are large areas from which no 


Dif 


native rose rusts are reported, notably all the southern region, 
and the plateau between the Sierra and Rocky Mountains. 
Probably this is in part due to the sparseness of native hosts in 
these areas, to the oversight of collectors, or it may be to the 
absence or rarity of the rusts because of unfavorable conditions. 
At present it is only possible to call the attention of observers to 
this hiatus in our knowledge. 

The especially prominent feature brought out in the study of 
the native rose rusts is the remarkable parallelism between them 
and their hosts in regard to geographical distribution and specific 
variability. Each species of rust inhabits one species of host or 
a group of species of similar physical characteristics, and ranges 
over quite definite areas, usually nearly coextensive with the 
range of the respective hosts. Probably the most variable 
species of all is P. montivagum of the Rocky Mountains, and it 
is also true that the roses on which it occurs form the most intri- 
cate complex of ill-defined species known to North America. 
Furthermore, intergrading forms are not infrequent between the 
mountain species, P. montivagum, and the prairie species, P. 
Rosae-arkansanae, along the foothills of Colorado and Wyom- 
ing, just as intergrading forms of the hosts also occur along this 
tension line. 

In explanation of these facts probably many of the ecological] 
factors controling the distribution of the hosts on which the rusts 
occur would also have a bearing on the distribution of the rusts 
themselves. It is not possible, however, to resist the impression 
that one of the chief factors is the intimate relation between host 
and parasite. Whatever the nature of this relationship may be, 
and it would be difficult to define it, it permits of a certain thrifti- 
ness of the parasite in proportion to the susceptibility of the host. 
Any tendencies to variability in the parasite must therefore be 
‘accentuated by changes in the host. That the variability in the 
parasite does not originate through any qualities in the host 
probably needs no proof, but has an admirable illustration in this 
connection. arlea speciosa is found abundantly throughout all 
the territory and upon all the hosts inhabited by the five species 
of Phragmidium, and yet shows no marked variations, whether 


28). 


comparison is instituted between specimens from widely separated 
regions, or from strongly dissimilar hosts. This species of Zar/ea 
possesses an aecium exactly comparable in appearance and habit 
of growth with that of the species of Phragmudium under discus- 
sion; and in other ways a near relationship is evident. 

The fixity of characters in Aarlea and the high variability in 
Phragmidium as shown in American rose rusts present an inter- 
esting contrast. Regarding the latter it may be safely asserted 
that each species of Phragimidium has attained a degree of ortho- 
genetic development and a diversity of characters corresponding 
to those of the hosts on which it occurs, always, however, with 


a certain lag due to the inhibiting nature of parasitism. 
PURDUE UNIVERSITY, 
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA. 


Was TWAOIGININ AION (ue Wels, (CILOW IIx IDOI. 
GUSQU ITA AIPM St TUNE MVTQIRIS = 


By F. C. STEWART AND G. T. FRENCH 


In almost all botanical writings the numerous species of 
Cuscuta are all classed as annuals. It appears to be the prevail- 
ing opinion that none of the dodders survive the winter in the 
thread form and that, in order to perpetuate themselves, they 
must start anew every year from seeds. Yet, so long ago as 
1868 Dr. Julius Kuhn made the announcement,+ based on his 
own observations, that clover dodder, Cuscuta Trifoli (= C. 
Epithymum), lives over winter on clover and alfalfa plants in 
Germany. Also, Sorauer, in the second edition of his well-known 
Handbuch der PAlanzenkrankheiten, published in 1886, states that 
clover dodder is not annual but perennial, and that on perennial 
plants it perpetuates itself more often by the further growth of 
the previous year’s dodder plants than by the germination of 
new seeds. On the other hand, Frank, { ten years later, makes 
an equally positive statement that the dodders are all annual 
plants that start anew every year from seed. In 1900 Kuhn 


* Read before Section G of the American Association for the Advancement of 
Science, Baltimore Meeting, December 31, 1908. 

t Ztschr.. landw. Centralvereins der Provinz Sachsen 25: 238. 

{ Die Krankheiten der Pflanzen, Zweite Aufl. 2: 523. 


29 


published a second paper * on the subject, in which he character- 
izes the supposed annual habit of clover dodder as one of those 
errors which, even in the realm of science, are sometimes held to 
with remarkable tenacity. After citing his observations made in 
1868, he states that he has since confirmed them in various years, 
even in those having the hardest winters. 

With the exception of two recent articles + by the writers of 
this paper, there seems to be no published record of any dodder 
living over winter in the United States. Yet, our observations 
indicate that Cuscuta Epithymum is frequently perennial here. { 
During the past three years this species has lived over winter in 
New York alfalfa fields, hibernating on the crowns of alfalfa, red 
clover, and certain weeds. This is not accidental or occasional, 
but of common occurrence. Inthe writers’ opinion, it is the chief 
method by which dodder is carried over from one year to the next 
in New York alfalfa fields. In dodder-infested fields live dodder 
may be found readily during the winter and spring at any time 
when the ground is free from snow. One should take a sharp, 
heavy hoe or light grub-hoe and cut off and examine the crowns 
of plants standing on the margin of a dodder spot of the previous 
season. For the most part, the hibernating dodder threads 
appear in the form of tufts of short, stout yellow threads, one 
fourth to one half inch long, attached to the bases of the branches 
close down to the ground around the crown of the host plant 
and especially on the under sides of branches lying close to the 
ground. Yellow, haustoria-bearing threads tightly coiled around 
the very lowest parts of the stem are also common, but in no case 
have we observed dodder on the root proper. 

Besides alfalfa and red clover, the favorite winter hosts of 
dodder are fleabane (Erigeron annuus) and yellow trefoil (Med?- 
cago lupulina). We have seen it also on dandelion. Although 

* Ber, Physiol, lab. u. Vers. Anst. Landw. Inst. Halle. i900. Heft 14, 
144-155. 

+ (1) Stewart, F.C. Further studies on alfalfa dodder and trefoil. N. Y. State 
Dept. Agr. Report of Director of Farmers’ Institutes and Normal Institutes for the 
year 1906, 67, 1907. (2) Stewart, F. C. et. al. Troubles of alfalfa in New York. 
N.Y. Exp. Sta. Bull. 305. Nov., 1908. 


{ Full details of these observations are given in N. Y, Exp. Sta. Bul. 305: 369- 
374- 


30 


Evigeron annuus and Medicago lupulina are generally classed as 
annuals, they are regularly biennial in New York alfalfa fields. 

While the appearance of the hibernating dodder is such that 
there seems little reason to doubt that it really is alive and capa- 
ble of further growth, the writers have thought it best to place 
the matter beyond question by forcing the threads into growth. 
This has been accomplished several times by placing the dodder- 
infested crowns in a moist chamber for a few days. Given warmth 
and moisture the dodder threads begin to lengthen promptly. 
In six such experiments the dodder-infested crowns were placed 
in contact with thrifty young alfalfa plants growing in pots ina 
moist inoculation chamber in a greenhouse. In every case the 
dodder started promptly, established itself on the alfalfa plants 
and there made a vigorous growth. 

Our observations have been confined to the State of New 
York; but dodder hibernates there so frequently and under such 
a variety of conditions as regards soil and exposure, that we can 
but believe that it is perennial also in other parts of the United 
States. 

Whether other species besides Cuscuta Epithymum are peren- 
nial, we cannot now say. In every instance in which the identi- 
fication of the dodder has been made possible by the appearance 


of flowers, the species has been found to be C. Apzthymum. 
AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION, 
GENEVA, NEw YorK. 


INOMES ON SAGOMCAUSILAL 
By ICENNETH K. MACKENZIE 


Almost all American botanists are acquainted with the com- 
mon arrow-head (Sagittaria latifolia Willd.), and are familiar with 
the great amount of variation in the shape of its leaves. These 
are ordinarily strongly sagittate, but they vary from several inches 
broad to but two or three millimeters. All botanists are, how- 
ever, thoroughly agreed that these variations, while striking, are 
of no importance from a systematic standpoint, but depend en- 
tirely on the conditions under which the plant has grown. This, 
then, being the thoroughly understood condition with reference 


31 


to the above species, one necessarily approaches the study of 
related species with similar thoughts in mind. 

Two plants closely related to the common arrow-head were 
separated in 1894 by Mr. Jared G. Smith in his revision of the 
North American species of the genus. All the standard manu- 
als since that time have recognized these two plants as valid spe- 
cies, and the distinctness of Sagittar1a Engelmanniana J. G. 
Smith and Sagzttaria longirostra (Micheli) J. G. Smith, as these 
two plants were named, has not been questioned. They are, of 
course, both thoroughly distinct from Sagzttaria latifolia, but 
when one comes to study the distinctions relied on between the 
two plants themselves, he soon finds out that the distinctions 
emphasized are the very ones which are universally agreed to be 
of no value in separating forms of Sagittaria latifolia. 

Thus Mr. Smith’s own key is as follows : 

“¢ Fertile pedicels much shorter than the bracts; leaves ample; beak of the achenium 
SOU GREC ia coeds obcoobaaneanb9p obb apBoado oH NBgoRUsUb abaodocoaanuanadec R. longirostra 

“‘Wertile pedicels longer than the bracts; leaves with linear lobes; beak of the 
AC NE iaMibyaN GOGH Moone ogsobente cacadecoroouncdeacabuonasecoocceccacebad S. Engelmanniana’’ 

Practically the same key is used in the Illustrated Flora except 
that the achenium characters are omitted, and properly so, be- 
cause in Mr. Smith’s detailed description he says that S. Enge/- 
manniana has a stout beak, thus leaving no marks of difference 
in this respect. 

In the recently issued ‘“‘ Gray’s Manual’ the key used is 


é¢ Stout ; leaf-blades broadly ovate-oblong ...:......5.:..2-..se-e++s S. longirostra 
“6 Sileaglers leavelollaveless Ihbae2he joasqsden sadoocuecdooeanagodvoa sooeadans S. Engelmanniana’”’ 


So much then for the history of the plants, and now for an 
experience of my own with them. Although I had collected 
the plants before this year, the collections never had been under 
the most favorable conditions, but this year conditions seemed to 
be just right, when on Labor Day I went to Forked River in the 
New Jersey pine-barrens. Immediately beyond the station there, 
there is an artificial pond, the shores and shallower portions of 
which I quickly found were lined with Sagittarta. It was in 
fine fruiting condition and many specimens agreed well with S. 
Engelmanniana as described in the manuals, but others had 


32 


broader leaves. Continuing my journey around the pond I found 
back in the bushes at the margins other specimens with the | 
broad leaves and stouter appearance of S. dongzirostra, but I also 
found all manner of intergradation between the two, just as one 
would find with S. datfolia. In fact as many forms could have 
been found as there have been of the common plant. As to the 
comparative length of bracts and pedicels all I can say is that 
these organs varied with individual plants just as in S. datfolza, 
and differences in their comparative length are of no value in 
separating the plants under discussion. 

My conclusion then is that S. Jongzrostra and S. Engelmanniana 
as described in the manuals are but forms of the same species. 
Whether S. Engelmanniana is technically based on specimens 
really representing a species distinct from S. dongzirostra, is a 
question which Dr. Small is now investigating for the North 
American Flora. At all events, however, the characters hereto- 
fore relied on to separate these plants are plainly insufficient. 


NOTES ON RUTACEAE — II 


Xanthoxylum cubense P. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Zanthoxylum juglandifolium Rich. Ess. Fl. Cub. 332. 1845. 

Not Willd. 1806. 

Fagara juglandifolia Krug & Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 587. 1896. 

Type locality: In high mountains of Vuelta de Abajo and 
around Guanimar, Cuba. 

Distribution : Cuba. 

Xanthoxylum jamaicense P. Wilson, sp. nov. 

A glabrous tree 5-10 m. tall with a spiny trunk; branches un- 
armed or armed with few, solitary, slender, brownish prickles, 
3-6 mm. long; leaves odd-pinnate, 13-24 cm. long ; leaflets 3-9, 
oblong to oval or somewhat obovate, 2.8-11 cm. long, 1.5-4.8 
cm. broad, short-petioluled or subsessile, more or less crenate, 
short and obtusely acuminate or rarely rounded at the apex, 
cuneate and equilateral or inequilateral at the base, dull or some- 
what lustrous above, paler and the venation more prominent 
beneath ; inflorescence terminal, paniculate-corymbose ; staminate 


BY 


33 
flowers (immature): sepals 3, semioval to broadly triangular ; 
petals 3, ovate; stamens 3 ; pistillate flowers: sepals 3, broadly 
triangular ; petals 3, ovate, 2—2.2 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. broad ; 
ovary 3-carpellary, sessile; follicles (immature) subglobose, 4 
mm. in diameter, brown, apiculate, the surface pitted. 

Type collected at Dolphin Head, Jamaica, N. L. Britton no. 
2318; also collected in hills near Kempshot, N. L. Britton no. 
2433- 

Distribution: Jamaica. 

RIP VASrAN coum ME tochineh ate M52 700: 

Triphasia trifolia (Burm. f.) P. Wilson, comb. nov. 


Limonia trifoha Burm. f. Fl. Ind. 103. 1768. 
Limonta trifoliata L. Mant. 237. 1771. 
Triphasia Aurantiola Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 1: 153. 1790. 
Triphasia trifolata DC. Prodr. 1: 536. 1824. 
Note: The illustration of the flower in Burm. f. FI. Ind. (pl. 
35) is incorrectly figured with five petals. 
Type locality : Java. 
Cultivated and naturalized in tropical and subtropical America 
as far north as Florida and Texas. 
: Percy WILSON. 


TIROS, = SIURIGID) MOUSSA UNGES “Ole Asie, (IUNs) IOI weyers 


In order that the field meetings of the club may be attractive 
to the members, and also accomplish work of permanent value, 
it is proposed to arrange a definite plan of campaign for the 
entire season of 1909. 

This will be done in cooperation with the chairman of the 
local flora committee, so that the local herbarium may be in- 
creased where it is weakest, and sufficient material may be accu- 
mulated to serve as a basis for a descriptive list of the plants 
growing within the area prescribed by the preliminary catalog of 
the club in 1888. The specimens in the club herbarium, together 
with the collections of the New York Botanical Garden are be- 
ing critically studied and tabulated, so that when the season 
opens everything will be in readiness for an effective system of 


34 


field meetings. These will have in view partly the enlargement of 
the collections, and partly the equally desirable end of providing 
attractive and interesting excursions for ‘members interested in 
our metropolitan flora. 

Various features of interest will be planned from time to time 
such as (a) changes from month to month in the floristic aspect 
of restricted ecological areas, (0) the encroachment of plants be- 
yond their supposed natural habitats, (c) the behavior of aquatic 
and land plants when subjected to unusual conditions, (@) intro- 
duced plants and their ability to spread and maintain themselves, 
(2) the pine-barrens of Long Island and New Jersey and their 
relation and similarity, and (/) so-called ‘‘ weeds”’ and ballast 
plants and their occurrence and adaptability. These are only a 
very few of the problems that offer delightful possibilities to those 
willing to take the time and trouble of collecting and making 
careful notes. In Torreya for July 1908, Dr. R. M. Harper has 
outlined scores of such problems, but many of them are unfor- 
tunately beyond the scope of the field meetings of the club. Care 
will be taken to distribute the excursions so that those interested 
particularly in the cryptogamic flora will not suffer injustice be- 
cause of a preponderance of meetings planned for the higher 
flowering plants, and vice versa. 

There are about thirty-one days upon which it is possible to 
hold field meetings, and it is necessary in order to systematize 
them to make plans early in the season. To do this will require 
the hearty cooperation of members able and willing to act as 
guides. The chairman of the field committee will attend all the 
meetings possible, but it is essential to the success of the meetings 
that an efficient corps of guides volunteer for the work. Every- 
thing that can be done towards the arrangement of time and place 
of meeting will be carefully planned. Those willing to act as 
guides will greatly further the work if they will send their names, 
together with the dates upon which they will serve and the dis- 
tricts with which they are familiar, to the undersigned. 

NorMAN TAYLOR, 


Chairman Field Committee 
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN. 


REVIEWS 


Recent Bulletins of the State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connecticut* 


The State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connect- 
icut published in 1905 ‘‘A preliminary report on the Hymeniales 
of Connecticut,” by Edward Albert White, and ‘The Ustilag- 
ineae or smuts of Connecticut,’ by George Perkins Clinton. In 
the latter part of 1908 there appeared notable continuations of 
the published results of the botanical survey of that state in “A 
preliminary report on the algae of the fresh waters of Connect- 
icut”’ by Herbert William Conn and Lucia Washburn (Hazen) 
Webster, and “The bryophytes of Connecticut’ by Alexander 
William Evans and George Elwood Nichols. The report on the 
fresh-water algae consists essentially of brief synopses of the 
classes and orders, keys to the genera and short descriptions of 
them, the names of the species found, and, with few exceptions, 
figures of all the species collected by the writers within the limits 
of the state. A few species are admitted on the authority of 
Hazen and of Setchell, and the names of a considerable number 
from the ‘ Phycological notes of Isaac Holden,” published by 
F. S. Collins in Rhodora, have been introduced in brackets. 
The Cyanophyceae and Characeae are included, but no attempt 
is made to treat the Diatomaceae. The treatment of the Chara- - 
ceae is, however, very inadequate, only one species and that an 
unnamed one being figured. The authors have evidently not 
made use of the monographs of T. F. Allen and of C. B. Robin- 
son, in which Connecticut materials are mentioned. The authors 
appear to have devoted their attention largely to the Conjugatae. 
Under Spirogyra, Zygnema, Closterium, Cosmarium, Staurastrum, 
and Micrasterias, numerous species are listed and figured, but 
under genera like Cladophora, Oedogonium, and Vaucherta, which 
may reasonably be supposed to be well represented in Connect- 
icut, the lists are confined to two or three species each. For the 

*Conn, H. W., & Webster, L. W. A preliminary report on the algae of the 
fresh waters of Connecticut. State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Conn. Bull. 10: 
1-78. pl. 1-44. 1908. 

Evans, A. W., & Nichols, G. E. The bryophytes of Connecticut. State Geol. 
and Nat. Hist. Surv. Conn. Bull, 11: 1-203. 1908. 


36 


species, no descriptions or keys are given, and specific determina- 
tions, if they are to be made from the report at all, must be made 
from the figures. The keys, it is to be regretted, are often inad- 
equate and sometimes positively misleading, as when under Chara 
it is asserted that ‘‘ The stems are covered with a cortex,’ a state- 
ment that would result in excluding Chara Schwetnitzi (C. cor- 
onata of most American authors), one of our commonest species. 
Many of the figures, especially, perhaps, those of the desmids, 
give a fair idea of the general habit and form of the organisms 
treated, but some of the others, like that of Glocotrichia Pisum, 
can scarcely be of service to the student, in the determination of — 
the species, at least. 

fhe bulletin on) The bryophytes of Connecticut ;{sbyakne= 
fessor Evans and Mr. Nichols is a thoroughly scholarly and 
scientific paper and one that is likely to have much good influ- 
ence in stimulating and aiding the study of the bryophytes in 
Connecticut and neighboring states. The catalogue of species 
is prefaced by a general introduction of thirty-seven pages, in 
which are discussed ‘‘ General characteristics of the bryophytes’, 
“History of bryology in Connecticut”’, ‘ Distribution of the 
bryophytes in Connecticut according to environment’, and “ Eco- 
nomic value of the bryophytes’’. Under the head of distribution 
according to environment, the factors considered are latitude, 
character of substratum, intensity of light, and water supply. In 
the body of the catalogue are keys to the families, genera, and 
species, lists of the known Connecticut species, names of collec- 
tors, references to exsiccatae and to the principal literature, and 
statements as to the extra-limital distribution of the species. 
The general summary shows.that 387 species of bryophytes are 
at present known to occur in Connecticut and that of these 12 
belong to the Marchantiales, g2 to the Jungermanniales, 3 to the 
Anthocerotales, 31 to the Sphagnales, 2 to the Andreaeales, and 
247 to the Bryales. Only about 18 per cent. of the species are 
peculiar to America. Over 62 per cent. are common to Europe 
and Asia, while, of the remainder, 16 per cent. have been found 
in Europe but not in Asia and 4 per cent. have been found in 
Asia but not in Europe. Misprints in this paper are few, but 


on page 101 Dicranum fulvum is listed where D. montanum 
was evidently intended, as is apparent from the key. It is to be 
hoped that members of the Torrey Botanical Club will in the 
near future devote themselves to the study of the flora of the 
metropolitan district with the purpose of publishing a series of 
papers similar to ‘‘ The bryophytes of Connecticut” in order to 
facilitate the study and ready identification of both the seed- 
bearing and seedless plants of the vicinity of New York City. 
Meanwhile, ‘“‘ The bryophytes of Connecticut’’ will prove almost 
as useful in New York and indeed along our whole North At- 
lantic seaboard as it will in Connecticut. 
MarsHatit A. Howe. 


ROG ADIINES, Ove Wiese, CwUs; 
JANUARY 12, 1909 


The first meeting of the Club for 1909 was held at the Ameri- 
can Museum of Natural History, with President Rusby in the 
chair. [here were ten members present. 

After the reading and approval of the minutes for December 
8, 1908, the resignations of the following members were presented 
and accepted: Miss Anna Murray Vail, Miss Henrietta E. 
Eiookeru\irs. John KR: Delaheld, Mr G. ©) Hanmer, and! Mie 
Albert Ruth. 

This being the annual meeting of the Club, reports were pre- 
sented by the treasurer, editor, chairman of the field committee, 
and the secretary. These were read, accepted, and placed on fle. 

The editor reported the completion of Volume 35 of the 
Bulletin, containing 608 pages and 4o plates. The only Memoir 
published during 1908 was ‘“ A Study of the Lactariae of the 
United States” by Dr. Gertrude S. Burlingham. This paper 
was issued in May as No. 1 of Volume 14 of the Club’s Memoirs, 
and contained 10g pages and 15 half tone illustrations. 

Mr. Charles Louis Pollard presented his report as chairman of 
the field committee up to the time of his resignation in August. 
Mr. George V. Nash, who acted as chairman for the remainder 


* No meeting was held the last Wednesday in December. 


38 


of the season, presented a supplementary report. Mr. Norman 
Taylor was appointed by the president chairman of the field 
committee for 1909. 

The secretary reported that 15 regular meetings had been held 
during. the year, at which 463 persons were present. Nine 
persons have been elected to membership but not all have 
qualified, and 14 resignations have been received and accepted. 
Through death the Club has lost three members. — 

The treasurer’s report indicated that the Club’s finances are in 
a Satisfactory condition. 

The following officers were elected for the year 1909: 

President: Henry Hurd Rusby. 

Vice-Presidents : Edward Sandford Burgess and John Hendley 
Barnhart. | 

Secretary: Percy Wilson. 

Treasurer - William Mansfield. 

-iditor : Marshall Avery Howe. 

Associate Editors : John Hendley Barnhart, Jean Broadhurst, 
Philip Dowell, Alexander W. Evans, Tracy Elliot Hazen, 
William Alphonso Murrill, Charles Louis Pollard, and Herbert 
Maule Richards. 

The Club adjourned at 10:15 P. M. 

PERcy WILSON, 
Secretary 


OMT JUNINSEINIGS IO IQ) IBA IGUEIRS 


LABORATORY TEACHING 


Professor Charles H. Shaw, discussing laboratory teaching for 
culture students in Sczence for September 11, states that the aver- 
age student falls to a discouraging degree short of ‘‘ developing 

that power of obtaining knowledge which it was planned that he 

should,” and ‘as a matter of fact the hours when actual inde- 
pendent work is being done are few and precious, and the greater 
part of the laboratory time is spent in merely performing assigned 
tasks.” 

Professor Shaw further adds: “In looking for a solution my 


39 


point of departure would be the fact that certazu of the lessons 
actually do call out a real interested and independent effort 
on the part of the student. That ounce of fact is worth tons of 
theorizing. Then if it is true that the greatest good which can 
come to the student out of such courses is the development of 
his own powers of obtaining knowledge, it would not seem far to 
this principle: Zhe laboratory course should be composcd mainly 
of those lessons which the instructor can so present as to arouse in- 
dependent effort on the part of the student. 

“Then the question will at once arise ‘ What about the lessons 
of which this is not true; what about the many and important 
topics in which the student can at best scarcely do more than to 
perform faithfully the task assigned?’ My answer would be to 
remove most of them frankly to the domain of lecture and demon- 
stration. A good demonstration, where the student feels the 
spark of inspiration from the teacher’s performance and example, 
is far better for both teacher and student than a time-serving 
laboratory exercise. 

““No doubt a certain proportion of laboratory lessons which 
are mere verification exercises are desirable, but on the whole it 
still remains true that for culture students the laboratory hours are 
too precious to be used in anything butindependence begetting work. 
In the lecture room is the place to see that the course is rounded 
out, kept coherent, and the ground covered.”’ 


In a recent paper, Charles J. Brand, of the U. S. Bureau of 
Plant Industry, traces the history of alfalfa in the United States. 
The earliest date of introduction is 1855, from South America to 
California ; the next, 1857, from Europe to Minnesota. 

The South American seed finding a congenial soil and climate 
easily became the basis of an extensive industry now netting 
$150,000,000 a year. The European seed, despite the favorable 
soil in Minnesota, was acclimated with difficulty ; but Grimm, the 
farmer who introduced it, worked with “ characteristic German 
persistence, realizing neither the practical nor the scientific im- 
portance of his unconscious experiment in acclimatization.” He 


40) 


“patiently saved generation after generation of seeds from the 
plants that survived each successive winter, planting new fields 
to replace the deteriorated ones on his own farm, and selling his 
surplus seed to his neighbors. He was probably oblivious both 
to the difficulty of the task he had undertaken and to the great 
value of the result, and took as a matter of course the yearly de- 


generation of his stands,’ 
nized as one of the hardiest ; it ‘‘is undoubtedly the direct prod- 


until now the Grimm strain is recog- 


uct of fifty-one years of perpetuation of fit and elimination of 
unfit individuals under climatic conditions whose rigors are un- 
known in Germany.” 


Robert Kennedy Duncan in his recent book, ‘‘ The Chemistry 
of Commerce,” has a chapter on cellulose which is written in a 
manner making it equally interesting to a scientist or to a novice 
in the field. He shows the stupendous industrial utility of cellu- 
lose and the immense value of each fact gleaned from the field of 
cellulose research. At present, although one third of the dried 
vegetable matter of the world is cellulose, it cannot be synthesized 
in the laboratory and very little is known about it. 

One class of cellulose industries is based on its inertness and 
resistivity to the disintegrating action of air and moisture. First 
in importance comes paper, both that made from the comparatively 
pure cellulose of rags and that from wood pulp. As most of the 
cellulose in wood exists chemically encrusted with other sub- 
stances, the problem has been either to manufacture the paper 
directly from wood, in which case it does not last, or to devise a 
means of extracting the pure cellulose. This has been done 
but the resulting cellulose is not so pure as that from cotton. 
Another important cellulose industry, the making of fabrics, has 
almost reached perfection. One interesting phase is the merceri- 
zation of cotton by the application of caustic soda. Twine and 
rope are also cellulose products. Out of the 110,000 species of 
flowering plants that exist in the world, the fiber-making possi- 
bilities of only half a dozen are used. 

- Cellulose also has merit as a chemically active body. Dis- 
solved in one substance it forms vulcanized fiber or may be car- 
bonized for incandescent light flaments. When treated in another 


4] 


way an insulating material for electric wires is formed. By still 
another method, viscose, a very plastic form of cellulose, can be 
obtained. This can be moulded into various forms or made into 
films possessing great elasticity. The addition of nitric acid or 
nitroglycerin results in gun cotton, blasting gelatin, or smokeless 
powder. Our common celluloid comes from low cellulose ni- 
trates dissolved in solid camphor and alcohol. One of the 
sreatest triumphs of technological science is the production of 
artificial silk from either cellulose nitrate or viscose. The value 
of a pine tree is increased nearly 600 fold when it is spun into this 
silk. 

The cellulose industry is developed upon an exceedingly 
slender knowledge of the raw material and it would be well for 
manufacturers and centers of technical education to give more at- 
tention to the subject. — Jane R. Condit. 


Recent government publications contain the following state- 
ments: “When water falls on the soil part of it runs off the sur- 
face, and part of it runs through the surface by gravitation and 
comes out in the subsoil, and part of it starts and rises as soon as 
we get sunlight on the surface, and this part comes up in films 
over and through the finer spaces, and is bringing with it dis- 


”) 


solved material from below.” The water that passes through 
larger openings, gets very little of the soluble material, “‘ because 
it is not long in contact with the soil grains. It gets some by 
reason of the fact that, as we know, our springs and rivers and 
wells are all soil solutions and carry mineral matter. Now, 
water rising by capillarity cannot get very concentrated because 
it gets saturated with the minerals, and any excess that is 
contained in it is thrown out, except in extreme conditions, as 
in the west, and then we get alkali conditions; but under ordi- 
nary humid conditions we cannot have an excess of it, and the 
soil solution is bringing materials from below which the plant 
gets, and, as a matter of fact, the most important discovery of the 
Bureau of Soils in recent years is that plants are feeding on ma- 
terial from the subsoils, far below where the roots go. If this is 
true, and there are many other arguments in the same line, it is 
absurd to make an analysis of the surface soil and say that is the 


42 


soil that the plant is feeding on.” Professor C. G. Hopkins, ina 
lecture given at Cornell last July, refers to the above quotation 
and states that because of proven ‘“‘ uncompensated loss by leach- 
ing of the upper soil in all normal humid sections, we dare not 
base our definite plans for systems of permanent agriculture upon 
a theory that by the rise of capillary water plant food is brought 
from the lower subsoils sufficient to meet the needs of large crops 
and to maintain the fertility of the surface soil in all places and 
for all time.”’ 

Professor Hopkins further says: ‘One dollar taken from 100 
dollars leaves not 100 dollars, but only gg dollars. This is a 
scientific fact which no theory or hypothesis can nullify. Like- . 
wise when a crop removes 20 pounds of phosphorus from the 
soil it leaves that soil 20 pounds poorer in phosphorus than before 
the crop was grown. The rotation of crops or the application of 
salt or some other stimulant may liberate another 20 pounds of 
phosphorus from the soil and thus enable us to grow another 
crop the next year, and possibly this may be repeated for several 
or many years, but meanwhile the total supply of phosphorus in 
the soil is growing smaller and smaller vear by year, until ulti- 
mately neither crop rotation nor soil stimulants can liberate suf- 
ficient phosphorus from the remaining meager supply to meet the 
needs of profitable crops. It is certainly safe teaching and safe 
practice to return to the soil as much or more than we remove 
of such plant-food elements as are contained in the soil in limited 
amounts when measured by the actual requirements of large crops 
during one lifetime.”’ 


The following extracts from President Roosevelt’s recent mes- 
sage to Congress are of interest : 

(1) ‘“ There are, of course, two kinds of natural resources. One 
is the kind which can only be used as part of a process of ex- 
haustion; this is true of mines, natural oil and gas wells, and the 
like. The other, and of course ultimately by far the most im- 
portant, includes the resources which can be improved in the proc- 
ess of wise use; the soil, the rivers, and the forests come under 
this head.” 

(2) ‘“‘ There are small sections of our own country, in the east 


43 


and in the west, in the Adirondacks, the White Mountains, and 
the Appalachians, and in the Rocky Mountains, where we can 
already see for ourselves the damage in the shape of permanent 
injury to the soil and the river systems which comes from reck- 
less deforestation. It matters not whether this deforestation is 
due to the actual reckless cutting of timber, to the fires that in- 
evitably follow such reckless cutting of timber or to reckless and 
uncontrolled grazing, especially by the great migratory bands of 
sheep, the unchecked wandering of which over the country means 
destruction to forests and disaster to the small homemakers, the 
settlers of limited means.” 

(3) “Not many centuries ago the country of northern China 
was one of the most fertile and beautiful spots in the entire world 
and was heavily forested. 

“We know this not only from the old Chinese records, but 
from the accounts given by the traveler Marco Polo. He, for 
instance, mentions that in visiting the provinces of Shansi and 
Shensi he observed many plantations of mulberry trees. Now 
there is hardly a single mulberry tree in either of these provinces, 
and the culture of the silkworm has moved further south, to 
regions of atmospheric moisture. As an illustration of the com- 
plete change in the rivers, we may take Polo’s statement that a 
certain river, the Hun Ho, was so large and deep that merchants 
ascended it from the sea with heavily laden boats; to-day this 
river is simply a broad sandy bed, with shallow, rapid currents 
wandering hither and thither across it, absolutely unnavigable. 

‘“ But we do not have to depend upon written records. The 
dry wells, and the wells with water far below the former water 
mark, bear testimony to the good days of the past and the evil 
days of the present. Wherever the native vegetation has been 
allowed to remain, as, for instance, here and there around a sacred 
temple or imperial burying ground, there are still huge trees and 
tangled jungle, fragments of the glorious ancient forests. The 
thick, matted forest growth formerly covered the mountains to 
theirsummits. Al] natural factors favored this dense forest growth, 
and as long as it was permitted to exist the plains at the foot of 
the mountains were among the most fertile on the globe, and 
the whole country was a garden. 


44 


‘Not the slightest effort was made, however, to prevent the 
unchecked cutting of the trees or to secure reforestation. .. . 
The big trees disappeared centuries ago, so that now one of these 
is never seen save in the neighborhood of temples, where they 
are artificially protected ; and even here it takes all the watch and 
care of the tree-loving priests to prevent their destruction.” 


NEWS ITEMS. 


Professor John M. Coulter, of the University of Chicago, and 
his family were on the steamer Republic during the recent col- 
lision with the Florida. Professor Coulter lost the manuscript of 
‘his proposed new book on gymnosperms. He expects to resume 
his journey soon ; he had originally planned to attend the Darwin 
celebrations in England. 


The University of Wisconsin is to build on its campus a build- 
ing suitable for the United States Forestry Service, thus enabling 
the Service to concentrate its western laboratories, and carry on 
a series of investigations on timber, lumbering, the making of 
wood pulp, and the utilization of present by-products. The 
government will in return equip the building and provide for 
lectures to students at the university. 


A series of nine lectures on Charles Darwin and his influence 
on science are being given Friday afternoons, at 4 P. M., in_ 309 
Havemeyer Hall, Columbia University. The first two on “ Dar- 
win’s Life and Work” by Henry Fairfield Osborn and “ Terres- 
trial Evolution and Paleontology’ by William Berryman Scott, 
have been given. The others are: “ Darwin’s Influence on 
Zoology” by Thomas Hunt Morgan, February 26; ‘* Darwin 
in Relation to Anthropology’ by Franz Boas, March 5 ; “ Dar- 
win’s Contribution to Psychology” by Edward Lee Thorndike, 
March 12; ‘‘ Darwin’s Influence on Botany”’ by Daniel Trembly 
MacDougal, March 19; ‘‘ Darwinism and Modern Philosophy ” 
by John Dewey, March 26; ‘‘ Cosmic Evolution” (date subject 
to change) by George Ellery Hale, April 2 ; and “ Darwinism in 
Relation to the Evolution of Human Institutions” by Franklin 
Henry Giddings, April 16. 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year Igog 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to zew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which THe Nature-Stupy Review 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms nay 
be credited as member’s fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF. THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol, 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 


and 4o full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, ~ 


14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents _ 
for England. : a CF 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire ; cer 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock . 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each ; Vols. 28—35 three dollars each. 

Single copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only when not 
breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 18809, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes 1-11 and 13 arenowcompleted; Nos. 1 and 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol, 14 have been issued. The sub- | 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New 
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be an 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy — 
115 W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol.g | March, 1909 No. 3 


TORREYA 


\ 


A Monrucy Journat or BoranicaL Notes anD News 


EDITED FOR 


no) 


ce THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


J@HN TORREY, 17960-1873 


CONTENTS 
Botanical Observations in Iceland and Spitzbergen: JULIA IT. EMERSON......... 45 
Wotes on Uromyces: JoHNn L. SHELDON,..... Lt MSNA NGS on term eee a IS cos Om 54 
Reviews: Willis’s Flowering Plants and Ferns: Tracy E. HAZEN)..... .....2.- 56 | 
Proceedings, of ‘the: Club’: «PERCY, OWIESON re eye he ae ea de 57 
Of Interest to Teachers: College Entrance Botany .......0..0.......00 gees eecsee ees 60 
PI CWS LEIS et ule ea Ns ee tatiana aaoe hia as Ga PU ae ULE Tg Se 63 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


At 4x NortH Queen Srreet, LANCASTER, Pa. 
BY THe New Era Prinrinc Company 


(Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter } 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Presidents 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY WILSON 
Botanica) Garden, Bronx Park, New York City ~ 


Editor Treasurer ; 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St. 
New York City New York City 


Associate Editors 
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D. 


JEAN. BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Pu.D. 
PHILIP DOWELL, PH.D. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, 5.D. 


TorRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City. 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should besent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST ; 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


MAR 29 1909 


{ 


TORREYA 


March, Igo0g9 
Vol. g. No. 3. 


BOTANICAL OBSERVATIONS IN ICELAND AND 
SPITZBERGEN * 


By JuLiA T. EMERSON 


In July of this year the writer was so fortunate as to have the 
opportunity of visiting some of the islands of the northern seas of 
Europe, and it is hoped the following notes may prove of interest 
to others who‘are as ignorant of the countries seen as the writer 
was. 

The steamer was in port often for a few hours only, in one or 
two places for thirty-six hours, and the excursions on land never 
went far inland or off the regular roads. A small trunk already 
well filled, and nothing but a life preserver to press specimens 
with made it necessary to keep the collections very small ; there- 
fore the list of plants observed does not pretend to be complete, 
especially as the writer was unfamiliar with the flora of northern 
Europe. 

After a couple of days in Edinburgh, one being spent in the 
city and the other in a hurried trip through the Trosachs, we 
reached Kirkwall in the Orkney Islands in the middle of the day. 
Substantial stone or brick houses with small windows and little 
yards or gardens made a typical Scotch town. The sycamore 
maple and the beech were the most conspicuous trees, and they 
were evidently glad of the shelter of houses, for exposed speci- 
mens were blown sideways by the strong winds, and the sur- 
rounding hills looked bare of trees or shrubs. All the season- 
able vegetables and flowers were growing in the cultivated 
grounds near the town, butas the old Saint Magnus Cathedral and 
the ruins of the bishop’s and the earl’s palaces were well worth 
looking at there was no chance to get into the real country. 


[No. 2, Vol. 9, of TORREVA, comprising pages 21-44, was issued February 26, 1909. ] 
* Vlustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 


45 


46 


THORSHAVN, FAROE ISLANDS 


A misty, cool day and the few trees or cultivated flowers made 
us feel as if we were getting rather far north. Perhaps the many 
rocks and high winds discouraged farming or else fishing was a 
more profitable industry; at any rate the season was late and 
probably short, although the friendly fisherwomen declared 
they did not have a cold winter, and that it frequently was no 
colder than the day we were there. Grass was luxuriant on the 
sodded roofs of many of the tiny houses of the very picturesque 
little settlement, and some of the spring flowers were still in bloom 
— suchas buttercups, marigold, forget-me-not, daisy, Vzscarza vul- 
garis, and a pink stone crop. <A species of Sordus, broad leaved 
willow, mountain ash, alder, hawthorn, and maple, grew behind 
buildings, and in the yards were rhubarb, potatoes, and goose- 
berries. Some people who had gone inland came back with 
orchids, somewhat like the English Orchis pyramdals, in their 
button-holes, which showed that a walk on those bare hills 
might lead to interesting discoveries. All the inhabitants turned 
out to receive us and were so cordial and clean, that in spite of 
the difficulties of speaking Danish we would have been tempted 
to remain for a few days had it been possible. 

On leaving Thorshavn our course took us through our first 
fiord, between Stromoe and Osteroe, and it was all the more im- 
pressive because unexpected. High terraces of bare rocks gave 
way to. mountains with sides so sheerthat the sheep seemed cling- 
ing to precipices, and multitudes of sea birds rose in whirring 
clouds from the deep fissures, startled by the unaccustomed 
sound of our whistle. The hills crowded in upon the waters 
until we could toss a biscuit ashore on either side ; clouds hung 
low, lifting momentarily to reveal higher peaks beyond; the 
wind caught in such narrow valleys howled in the rigging, and 
as we had a glimpse of open sea through two majestic, jagged 
guardians of this gloomy passage, all the blasts of Boreas at once 
bore down upon us, and threatened rough waters outside — but 
instead the waves were not ruffled, the sun came out and the 
wind went as abruptly as it had come, while we went on our 
way to Iceland awed by such a strange farewell from those vol- 
canic islands. 


47 


ICELAND 


Pointed snow summits emerging above pink clouds and blue 
water was our first picture of Iceland, and all one wonderful day 
we watched the mountains assume more solid form, and could 
scarce believe our eyes when we came abreast of the vast Jokull 
ice fields which reached very nearly to the sea; gradually the 
coast became less wintry in aspect, and as we got around to the 
west side and passed between the Westmann Islands we could 
see grass on the hill slopes. 

The approach to the harbor of Reykjavik was during a ten 
o'clock simultaneous sunset and moon rise, and our anchor was 
hardly down before we were greeted by a boat load of young 
women and men, who made a circle of our ship singing their 
native songs. The town of Reykjavik has no beauty; the 
houses are of wood covered with corrugated iron as a protection 
against fire, and have none of the picturesqueness of the little 
fishing village of Thorshavn. The harbor was large and occu- 
pied by a number of whaling or fishing boats, and on a clear day 
must have been rather fine in its setting of snow-patched moun- 
tains, but clouds hung low on the 11th of July veiling the sun 
sufficiently to interfere with taking photographs. The country 
around the town was destitute of trees or color, and the hills 
were not high enough to be impressive. Even a New England 
farmer would be in despair at the stones of Iceland, and one is 
surprised to see any grass or plant growth when one looks at the 
unpromising soil, if it can be called that. I believe the flowers 
and vegetables I saw in the yards in the town must have been 
grown on imported earth, and yet there were little fields of fairly 
thick grass which was most carefully cherished as hay for the 
ponies. One man came to the gate of his yard when he saw me 
looking at his garden, and we had a peculiar talk, he knowing no 
English and very little German and I no Danish, so the Latin 
names of the plants furnished our means of communication. 
His plants looked as if they had been set out about a year, and 
I understood that they were not all native and certainly the trees 
were dwarfed and pathetic in appearance; he had growing the 
mountain ash and sycamore maple both 5-6 feet tall, Azdes alpina, 


48 


Lonicera(?) in bloom, rhubarb, potatoes, poppies, and young 
cabbages, Caragana Szbirica, and either a geranium or a malva. 
In another garden I observed tulips, phlox, forgtt-me-nots, 
Sorbus, and, on a new lawn, a bunch of Corprinus. On a drive 
a couple of miles inland to see the hot springs where the women 
wash their clothes, I noticed patches of pink thyme in among 
the stones, and, where the ground was wet, cotton grass and real 
grass and a number of little inconspicuous things were taking 


Fic. 1. On the road between Reykjavik, Iceland, and the Salmon River. Pink 
thyme, Statice and Svlene maritima, Polygonum viviparum and some other little 
plants growing in scattered clumps among the stones, 


advantage of favorable conditions, such as Statice maritima, 
Silene maritima and S. acaulis, Polygonum viviparum, Alchemlla 
alpina, Galium verum, and Tofieldia palustris. 

There was a pony race in the afternoon after a very good con- 
cert, and it took place on a great level plain which was one mass 
of little stones with about a dozen plants in a square yard; a 
desolate spot but gay with people gathered from the ends of the 


49 


earth watching those sturdy, fleet little horses scamper over the 
course. 
AKREYRI 

As the clouds lifted in the late afternoon of the 12th we found 
we were close to the north coast, which here shows plainly its 
volcanic origin as the mountains were craters or half craters of 
considerable height and regularity, every basin and flank touched 
with patches of snow; and it was surprising how level the layers 
of rock or lava deposits were, seldom tipped or broken though 
worn by weather into cathedral columns, or when painted by the 


Fic. 2. Bell Sound, Spitzbergen; in foreground Saxifraga, oppositifolia, Dryas 
octopetala and Casstope tetragona. 
rosy rays of a low evening sun, turned into veritable Valhallas, 
fit abodes for northern heroes. We wound far up a beautiful 
fiord to a whaling station and saw four dead monsters, and met 
another being towed in by a little tug hardly bigger than the 
whale. The settlement of Akreyri, which is called the second 
largest town of Iceland, is situated at the end of a long fiord and 
surrounded by high hills, which here have retreated a short dis- 


50 


tance from the water, leaving lower grassy slopes which make 
good farms for the fishermen. As at Reykjavik there was noth- 
ing attractive about the little town, and we all walked a mile in- 
land to a brisk river which took a thirty or forty foot plunge into 
a small canyon. It was refreshing to sit near the falls as it was 
a warm day, and here was the best collecting ground I had 
found, both for flowering plants and mosses. Dvryas octopetala 
was very pretty and common; Lrzophorum angustifolium and EL. 
vaginatum, Parnassia palustris, and Viola tricolor made bright 
spots of color; and Pinguzcula vulgaris was in cracks of the damp 
rocks, where Racomitrium lanuginosum and several Grimmias 
were mixed with Dustechinm capillacium, Timmia austriaca or 
Philonotis fontana. There were also Empetrum nigrum, Galiums, 
Erigeron alpina, Silene acaulis, and yarrow, dandelions, and 
sorrel, but no trees or shrubs. 

It took us three hours to steam out of the fiord and about 7 
p. M. we crossed the Arctic circle and had a call from Neptune, 
who invited us to be present at the baptismal ceremonies on deck 
the next afternoon, and then he disappeared astern floating away 
in a smoking barrel. We could scarcely believe we were. within 
the Arctic circle it was so mild, only 55° F. on deck after dinner, 
and the sun gave up any attempt at setting. The next two days 
at sea however were cooler, and in the evening we sighted an ice 
floe off to the northwest where Greenland was not very far away, 
and the thermometer said only 39° F. 


SPITZBERGEN 


It was pleasant to have reached a place where the birds were so 
tame and so numerous as at Advent Bay. There were funny ones, 
puffins I think, which could not rise from the water but flapped 
their wings frantically and half walked in a zigzag path, graceful 
gulls often sitting on the icy water within ten or twenty feet of 
the boats, and many others I did not know, and all in great 
numbers. The island is well named Spitzbergen, its peaks are 
generally very pointed, very steep and pretty much covered with 
snow, and the valleys are filled with great glaciers whose ends 
break off into the waters of the Bay, which is also said to be the 


51 


terminus of the Gulf Stream. There was little floating ice, it was 

too late in the season. A couple of whaling boats, a steamer 

come to get coal from amine recently opened which has remark- 

ably good, hard coal, and, on the land, the mining buildings and 

one or two houses for the workmen, and a shanty put up for the - 
occasional hunter, were the only signs of life in this great arena 

of dazzling snow, black rocks, and blue water. We brought with 

us the best day the isolated men had had for the year, and our 

pilot, a whaler of forty years experience, declared the bay was 

more open and the seas quieter than he had ever known them. 


Fic. 3. Merok, in the Geirangerfiord, Norway. The tree is a white birch, and 
there are plenty of flowers and grass and other birches part way up the mountains, 
which are perhaps 4,000 feet high. 


We went ashore merely to say we had set foot on Spitzbergen, 
and wondered why otherwise we took the trouble, it looked so 
uninteresting. At the point where we landed there was a plateau 
of great extent about six feet above the level of the shingle 
beach, and composed of flat stones, probably left by a retreating 
glacier; what had looked like a barren field of rock proved to be 


52 


a garden with many dainty little flowers about six inches high, 
which forced their way between the stones. Here were the Ice- 
land poppy (Papaves radicatum), Saxifraga oppositifola, either 
pink or white and with a delicate odor, Pedicularis lanata, Poten- 
tilla emarginata, and Pulchella, and Cerastium Edmonstoni, these 
last three very hairy, Dryas octopetala, a Draba, perhaps /ap- 
pontca, and Casstope tetragona making quite a turf or bog where 
melting snow was near it, and with it the tiny Sa/x retusa. 
There were a number of mosses but none with fruit, and I 
brought back specimens of only Polytrichum gracile, Hypnum 
uncinatum, and of Grimmias not yet identified. The Pedicularis 
fanata was most beautiful growing on the very edge of a snow 
bank, nestled in between the stones and daintily protected by its 
veil of grey hairs, through which the pink of the waiting flowers 
shone. 

Many of the climbers achieved the summit of the nearest 
mountain, and it was appallingly steep as we looked at their prog- 
ress from below, over the sliding, wet stones, with no ledges or 
trees to afford a foothold and a deep ravine with a milky river 
rushing far below them. When they were ready to come down 
they sat down on the snow and coasted, and we ona much lower 
shoulder found it the best way to get over the half melted banks 
we encountered. The light for taking photographs was better at 
I A. M. than it had been twelve hours earlier when we came into 
the bay, and we all stayed up to see the weighing of the anchor 
and the sun at our northernmost point of the trip; and indeed, it 
was the night of nights to stay up there was so much that was 
beautiful and strange to see. 

Later in the morning we woke at Bell Sound, a favorite harbor 
of whalers, where three or four immense glaciers empty into one 
little bay. Here again we had marvellously clear skies and were 
deceived as to distances, so opinions varied as to the breadth and 
height of the glaciers, whether two miles or five, and forty feet 
or one hundred in height. Unfortunately there was not time 
to walk on any of the glaciers. Perhaps the Captain felt 
such weather was too good to last long, so we sadly bade adieu 
to the regions of clean snow and magnificent distances, and ina 


5d 


couple of days, towards eight o’clock one evening, first beheld 
that great rock called the North Cape of Norway. 


NortH CAPE 


It seemed like being in the tropics to see such a luxuriant 
growth of grass, butter-cups, geraniums, sweet yellow vfolets, 
pink campion, saxifrages, etc., as were wild in the somewhat shel- 
tered valley up which the exceedingly steep path zigzagged to 
the flat top of the great cliff. But the first steps on the wind- 
swept stony summit were as devoid of plants as the plains of Ice- 
land had been. Walking to the very edge we looked off to the 
sun just at its lowest point for that night, it being then twelve 
o'clock, and proved the photographer’s warning useless in this 
instance for we could take pictures when the sun was just at set- 
ting or rising. From this height of about goo ft. there was a 
fine view of the other bays and headlands, only less tremendous 
than the one we were on, of which the coast is composed. 

In the Lyngenfiord still well to the north of the Arctic Circle, 
we spied our first trees, white birches, and many other flowers ; 
and here too we visited the Laplanders in their summer camp 
in a beautiful valley within sight of a fine glacier. At Diger- 
mulen on the Lofoten Islands we climbed a mountain about 
1,100 ft. high to get a view of many fiords and islands and snowy 
summits, and on the way up noticed the following plants: Ca/- 
luma vulgaris, white heather or lyng, which is supposed to have 
suggested the name of the Lyngenfiord, violets, Cornus suecicia, 
Lotus corniculatus, which I had last seen in bloom on the South 
Downs of Sussex in early June, 7rientalis Europoea, Vaccinium, 
Vitis idaea, Andromeda polyfolia, very fresh pretty pink, Rudus 
chamaemorus, and dwarfed willows, and Betula nana, also many 
mosses and ferns. 

I will make no attempt to enumerate the flowers in the re- 
maining places we visited, because they were too many and are 
well known to anyone familiar with the European flora or even 
with the English country at this season of the year, but must 
mention two places we stopped at because of their surpassing 
beauty. Merok is at the end of the very narrow Geirangerfiord 


o4 


and is like a gem of deep blue-green color in a setting of lofty, 
jagged mountains, whose lower parts are good farms well watered 
by countless falls and brimming brooks. The other is Gudvan- 
gen and Stalheim, which we reached by driving eight miles up 
the Naeroedal, a valley at the base of mountains 4,000—5,000 ft. 
almost sheer from sea level, and so close together that our necks 
ached with the effort of seeing their summits. At the end of 
the drive we walked up the winding road to the Stalheim cliff 
and hotel, from which we had a fine view down the narrow val- 
ley and the many mountains one behind the other until they 
faded into the blue distance. Those two places were a fitting 
conclusion to a most interesting journey and are within easy 
reach of Bergen. In the little botanical garden in Bergen I 
found in flower and named some of the plants I had noticed in 
the yard of the man in Reykajavik. 

Iam indebted to Mr. Rydberg for naming the plants I brought 
back, which are now in the New York Botanical Garden 
herbarium. 


NOGESPONWWROMMEES 
By JoHN L. SHELDON 


In the spring of 1906, I found an Uvomyccs on a number of 
plants of Szsyrinchium graminotdes Bick., usually associated with 
Aecidium houstoniatum Schw. on Houstonia caerulea L. Men- 
tion has been made of this in a previous number of Torreya,’ 
together with a description of the Uromyces and the results ob- 
tained from inoculations made in the field. Observations and 
inoculation have been kept up for the past three years. Suc- 
cessful inoculations of plants of Szsyrinchium graminoides, with 
aecidiospores from Houstonia cerulea, have been obtained each 
year. During the winter and spring of 1907, I finally succeeded 
in obtaining aecidia on a few plants of HYoustonia caerulea, grown 
in the greenhouse and inoculated with teleutospores from Szsy- 
rinclium graminoides. These results showed that the Uromyces 
and the Aecidium are different stages of the same rust. And 

1 A rare Uromyces. Torreya 6: 249-250. D 1906. 


55 


according to the system of nomenclature in use at the present 
time, the name becomes Uvomyces houstoniatus (Schw.) n.n. If 
the system of nomenclature proposed by Professor J. C. Arthur is 
followed, then the name becomes Wigredo houstoniata (Schw.) n. n. 

One of the most interesting things in the life history of this 
rust is that the teleutospores germinate in the living leaves of 
Sisyrinchium and probably infect plants of Houstonia during the 
summer and autumn, the mycelium remaining dormant until the 
following spring when aecidia develop. In so far as I have been 
able to ascertain, species of Uromyces, whose teleutospores germi- 
nate in living leaves, rarely have an aecidial stage. 

I have tried several times to inoculate Szsyrinchium gramuinotdes 
with aecidiospores from H/oustonia purpurea L., both in the field 
and the greenhouse, but without definite success. Whether the 
plants were not susceptible at the time the inoculations were 
made, or whether the Aeccdium of H. purpurea is not the same 
as the one of ZH. caerulea, 1 am unable to say. I have shown 
elsewhere* that there is considerable difference in the suscepti- 
bility of plants to infection by rusts, even the same plant, at 
different times. I have repeatedly observed a marked difference 
in the susceptibility of Zrzfolium pratense L., T. hybridum L., 
and 7. repens L. to infection by Uromyces trifolu (A. & S.) Wint. 
When one of these was seriously injured by the rust, the other 
two, growing beside it so that their leaves intermingled, were 
not affected by the rust. 

Last spring I noticed that there were abundant aecidia on a 
blue violet growing beside Axdropogon vwirginicus L. having 
Uromyces andropogonis Tracy on the dead leaves and stems. To 
test whether the Aecidium was related to the Uromyces, pieces 
of the rusted grass were collected and taken to the laboratory. 
The next day the pieces of grass were distributed through five 
clumps of the same kind of violet. Two weeks later yellow 
spots began to appear on the leaves of each clump, followed by 
aecidia. In all probability, aecidia on certain species of Viola 
have been determined as those of Puccinia violae (Schum.) DC. 


* Preliminary studies on the rusts of the asparagus and the carnation: Parasitism 
of Darluca filum. Science, N.S. 16: 397. 235-237. 8% Ag 1902. 


56 


when they should have been determined as those of U. andro- 
pogonts. 
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY, 
MORGANTOWN, WEST VIRGINIA 


REVIEWS 


Willis’s Flowering Plants and Ferns * 

The publication of a third edition calls attention to this hand- 
book in the Cambridge Biological Series as a book which is 
probably not so widely known in this country as its usefulness 
might warrant. The preface states that the book is aimed to 
supply such information about the plants met with in a botanical 
garden or museum, or in field work, as is required by any but 
specialists. The introduction contains helpful notes on field 
work and collecting. Following this, about one hundred pages 
are occupied with a brief and somewhat categorical account of 
general morphology and physiology, the paragraphs on nutri- 
tion, in particular, being rather inadequate. The constant em- 
phasis on the phylogenetic point of view gives the discussion of 
morphology a suggestive value for teachers. This standpoint is 
further emphasized in the chapter on evolution and classification. 
In a two-page note at the end of the first part, the author 
announces his conversion to the theory of mutation, giving a 
brief but effective apology for this change during the publication 
of the work. The other chapters of this part are devoted to 
useful summaries of plant geography and economic botany. 

The second and larger part of the book (covering over 400 
pages) is a dictionary of ‘the classes, cohorts, orders, and chief 
genera of the flowering plants and ferns.”’ It is unfortunate that 
this “‘ provincial’’ group-terminology is retained, in view of the 
general use in America and in the best Continental works of the 
terms order and family, as prescribed in the Vienna Code, 
though even the makers of that Code had not arrived at a full 
appreciation of the desirability of uniformity in ordinal termina- 
tions. 


* Willis, J.C. A Manual and Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. 
12mo. Pp. xii+714. 1908. [3ded.] Cambridge, University Press. 


57 


Part III consists of a glossarial index, including English 
names. Although the preface states that this edition has been 
enlarged to bring in colonial and American names of plants, yet 
the absence of such names as Dryopteris, Stenanthium, Philotria, 
Filix, and Gyrostachys, as well as scant mention of American 
works in his bibliography, suggests that the author is not very 
familiar with our manuals or journals. Nevertheless, this dic- 
tionary, especially as regards plants growing outside of our 
region, may be commended as a very convenient and valuable 
reference hand-book for American teachers and students. 


Tracy E. Hazen 
BARNARD COLLEGE, 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


RPROCER DINGS OF rE (CeEuUB 


JANUARY 27, 1909 

The meeting was held at the Museum of the New York Botan- 
ical Garden at 3:40 Pp. M., President Rusby in the chair. There 
were 17 persons present. 

After the reading of the minutes of the meeting of January 12, 
Mr. Fred. J. Seaver was nominated for membership. 

‘The President appointed the following committees for the year 
1909. 

Finance Committee: Addison Brown and H. M. Richards. 

Program Committee: Fred. J. Seaver, Tracy E. Hazen, Miss 
Jean Broadhurst, Charles L. Pollard, and Mrs. E. G. Britton. 

Field Committee: Norman Taylor, E. B. Southwick, and Wm. 
Mansfield. 

Committee on Local Flora: N. L. Britton, Chairman ; Phanero- 
gams, —N. L. Britton, C. C. Curtis, Eugene P. Bicknell, K. K. 
Mackenzie, E. S. Burgess, and E. L. Morris. Cryptogams, — 
Wm. A. Murrill, Mrs. E. G. Britton, Tracy E. Hazen, M. A. 
Howe, and Philip Dowell. 

The scientific program consisted of two papers of which the 
following abstracts were prepared by the authors. 

‘Studies in the Embryology of the Mistletoe, Dendropemon”’’, 
by Miss Mary M. Brackett. 


58 


This study was made from two species of Loranthaceae — 
Dendropemon caribaeus, gathered by Prof. F. E. Lloyd from lime 
trees in Dominica, and Dendropemen parvifolius collected by the 
writer from the bitter-broom, Baccharis, at Cinchona, in the Blue 
Mountains of Jamaica. 

The flowers of Dendropemon are perfect, regular, and sym- 
metrical. The buds form in clusters of three in the axils of the 
leaves, and are protected by bracts. The corolla consists of six 
petals, which, in D. parvifolius, are of a reddish color on the out- 
side, and a delicate pink within. There are six stamens borne 
upon an inferior ovary, the three fertile stamens alternating with 
three sterile stamens. The flower has one style and: one stigma. 
At the top of the ovary is the cup-shaped calyculus. 

At the time that the corolla and stamens appear as rounded 
knobs, two carpellary leaves meet over a central placenta, forming 
a cavity. The carpellary and placental tissues gradually unite, 
filling the cavity. Growth in the length of the pistil begins to 
be rapid, and the stamens develop. During this time cell division 
is going on in the region of the nucellus. There is, however, 
nothing to mark the development of an ovule as a distinct organ, 
nor is there any indication of integument. In the center of the 
ovary the cells increase in number and size and contain large 
nuclei. They elongate parallel to the main axis, become irregu- 
lar, and constitute the archesporial tissue. Their growth is 
accompanied by periclinal division in the adjacent cells. Several 
large archesporial cells form megaspores ; the neighboring cells 
become disorganized and gradually disintegrate. Apparently 
only one of the megaspores becomes an embryo-sac. — 

The embryo-sac was not made out in these species, but along slit 
was observed reaching from the center of the ovary into the tissues. 
of the style, which it seemed, had been occupied by the embryo- 
sac. Of this Hofmeister says (ewe Beitrage zur Kenntniss der 
Embryobildung der Phanerogamen, 539, 1859). ‘The growth 
in length of the embryo-sac is not ended with its formation. The 
sac makes its way through entangled cells of the closed style to: 
a quarter of its length upwards.” 

Young stages of the proembryo were observed composed of 


59 


four, and then of six cells in two parallel rows, with the long 
suspensor, of three greatly elongated cells, reaching into the 
tissues of the style for nearly half its length. 

The embryo occupies a vertical position in the center of the 
berry, and from its position in the surrounding tissue, suggests 
all the characters of an orthotropous ovule. As the embryo 
develops, it is surrounded with endosperm. A change in the 
nature of the tissue below the embryo suggests a series of con- 
ducting cells between the embryo and the starch-filled cells in 
the lower part of the ovary. The cotyledons become green, and 
the suspensor gradually disappears, except for a few capping 
cells at the anterior end of the embryo, which now occupies the 
ovatial cavity for almost its entire length. 

The points of particular interest are: the rapid disintegration 
of the cells of the gynoecium before and after fixation, the lack 
of an ovule as a distinct organ, the lack of integument, and the 
green color of the embryo as it lies in the berry. 

“‘ Botanical Observations in Iceland and Spitzbergen”’, by Miss 
Julia T. Emerson.* 

Dr. Britton showed a photograph of a new and interesting 
cycad collected by Dr. MacDougal and Dr. Rose in Tomellin 
Cafion, Mexico, in 1906. The plant was sent to the New York 
Botanical Garden and installed in the propagating houses, where 
it remained for two years before showing any signs of growth. 
This appears to be a new species of Dzoon. 

Dr. Murrill exhibited a number of tropical fruits obtained on 
his recent trip to Jamaica. 

The Club adjourned at 5:10 P. M. Percy WILSON, 

Secretary 
FEBRUARY 9, 1909 

The Club met at the American Museum of Natural History at 
8:15 Pp. M. and was called to order by President Rusby. The 
attendance was 20. After the reading and approval of the 
minutes of the preceding meeting, resignations were read and 
accepted from Mr. LeRoy Abrams, Mr. W. Ralph Jones, and 
Mr. John M. Holzinger. 


* Printed in full in this issue of TORREYA. — EpiTror’s NOTE. 


60 


Mr. Ewen MacIntyre was nominated for membership. 

The announced paper of the evening on ‘‘ The Rubber Forests 
of Mexico”’ was then presented by Dr. H. H. Rusby. The lec- 
ture was illustrated by lantern slides made from photographs, 
many of which were obtained by the speaker while in the field. 
This paper has been printed in full in the January number of the 
Journal of the New York. Botanical Garden, and an abstract 
accompanied by illustrations will appear at an early date in 
TORREYA. 


The meeting adjourned at 9:40 P. M. 
Percy WILSON, 


Secretary 


OR UNEPRESD TO} PACH ERS 


COLLEGE ENTRANCE BOTANY 


A fourth report on the college entrance course in botany has 
been formulated by the Committee on Education of the Botanical 
Society of America. In authorizing the. publication of this re- 
port * the Society urges that a year’s thorough work in botany 
be accepted by a// colleges as an “entrance option” for under 
the present educational conditions it is “ practically impossible 
for any subject to receive suitable consideration in the three 
upper years of most high schools unless it can be counted for 
entrance to college.” 

The ‘ten principles upon which the course is formulated” 
are given below, and the general statement of the subject-matter- 
will, for lack of space in this issue, be printed next month. The 
preparation of such a course of study is not an easy matter ; 
and the work of the members of the committee, Professor W. 
F. Ganong, of Smith College, Professor F. E. Lloyd, of the 
Alabama Polytechnic Institute, and Professor H. C. Cowles, of 
the University of Chicago, should receive our hearty appreciation. 
Thanks are also due the Society for the effect such a course will 
have upon the teaching of botany in the high schools — both 
directly and indirectly. What do the teachers of high school 


* The School Review, Vol. 16. November, 1908. 


61 


botany think of the following principles upon which the course 
is based? From them the committee should receive most help- 
ful criticisms. Here, as indicated by the committee in the last 
paragraph of this paper, is an opportunity by the high school 
teachers to help form the “ college requirements’ which are so 
generally denounced in all secondary subjects. 


PRINCIPLES UPON WHICH THE COURSE IS FORMULATED 


1. It is founded upon the two important reports of the Nat- 
ional Educational Association —the ‘‘ Report of the Committee 
of Ten” (Washington, 1893), and the Report on College Entrance 
Requirements (Chicago, 1899). These have been modified in 
accord with the results of more recent experience, and the advice 
of leading teachers. 

2. While intended primarily as an option for entrance to col- 
lege, it is designed equally for the education in the high school of 
the general student who can follow the subject no farther ; there 
- are in botany no advantages in having the college preparatory 
and the general educational courses different, at least none that 
are at all commensurate with the additional burden thus laid upon 
the schools. 

3. It is designed to yield a mental discipline fully equal in 
quality and quantity that yielded by any other subject studied 
for the same length of time. 

4. It should, if possible, have as a foundation a considerable 
body of botanical fact learned through nature-study in the lower 
schools ; it should be given in one of the three upper years as 
part of a four years’ high-school course in the sciences : it should 
be considered and treated as an elementary or preliminary course 
leading to second courses in college, and colleges accepting the 
option should arrange second courses to articulate economically 
with it. 

5. Theimmediate plan of its construction is very simple, namely, 
to include those topics in the leading divisions of the subject 
which most teachers now regard as fundamental, whether for 
their value in scientific training, or as knowledge ; but the individ- 
ual teacher is left free to follow his own judgment as to sequence 


62 


of topics, text and other books, and special methods. Advice is 
occasionally offered, however, upon important points in which 
most teachers are now known to agree. 

6. It recognizes the existence of, and provides for, two modes 
of procedure in the sequence of topics. In one, which is that 
strongly advised by the committee, the general facts of plant 
structure and function, permitting a beginning with large and 
familiar objects and phenomena, are first studied, to be followed 
later by a study of representatives of the groups of plants from 
the lower to the higher ; in the other the study of the groups is 
the backbone, as it were, of the course, which begins with the 
lowest forms and introduces the physiological and morphological 
topics at appropriate places in the ascending series. The two 
modes, however, lead to substantially the same result, and a 
common examination is practicable for both. 

7. The amount of work in the course is designed to occupy a 
a year of five periods a week under good conditions. Where 
special circumstances, such as exceptional difficulty of obtaining 
material, etc., prevent the completion of the entire amount while 
allowing its equivalent in thoroughness, it is recommended that 
some of the minor topics here and there be omitted rather than 
that the attempt be made to cover all superficially. To provide 
for this possibility the examination papers should always include 
a number of alternative questions. 

8. The time per week, inclusive of recitation, preparation, and 
laboratory should be the same as for any other subject. Where 
five periods a week, with an hour of preparation for each, are de- 
manded for other studies, this course should receive the equiva- 
lent of two recitation periods with their preparation, together with 
three double (not six separated) periods in the laboratory. Varia- 
tion from this should be towards a greater, not a lesser propor- 
tion of laboratory work. The preparation of records of the 
laboratory work, in which stress is laid upon diagrammatically 
accurate drawing and precise and expressive description, should 
be regarded as an integral part of the course ; and these records, 
preferably in a notebook, should be counted at least one-third 
towards the students’ standing. 


63 


9. The course is arranged in two parts, each occupying a half- 
year and complete in itself. This isin part to accord with prin- 
ciple 6, preceding, and in part to allow either a combination of a 
half year of botany with a half year of zoology to.form a year’s 
course in biology, or else to provide a shorter course as needed 
in some schools. In any case a half-year course in botany should 
consist of Part I or Part II, never of a combination of both, a 
recommendation based partially upon educational principle and 
partly upon the practical difficulty of providing examinations and 
articulating later college courses with such diverse combinations. 

10. The course is intended to be relatively permanent, yet is 
modifiable in adaptation to changing educational conditions and 
the approved results of experience. Changes will not, however, 
be made for some time, and not until announced in a fifth edition 
of this report. The committee will welcome all suggestions and 
criticisms, 

Those interested in the theories of sex-heredity will find an 
interesting paper on “ A Mendelian View of Sex-heredity”’ by 
Professor W. E. Castle, of Harvard, in Sczence, for March 5, 
1909; in this paper Professor Castle brings ‘‘ into harmony the 
seemingly discordant results of Wilson, of Correns, and of Bate- 


dy 


son and his associates.’ 


NEWS ITEMS 


A company called “The Luther Burbank’s Products Com- 
pany, Incorporated” has recently been formed with a capitaliza- 
tion of several million dollars. The company will attend to busi- 
ness matters connected with Mr. Burbank’s work, and control 
the distribution of his new productions. 

Dr. N. L. Britton, director-in-chief of the New York Botanical 
Garden; accompanied by Mrs. Britton and Dr. Marshall A. 
Howe, curator of the museums, sailed for Jamaica, February 20. 
They expect to spend about six weeks visiting the eastern parts 
of Jamaica and Cuba, and possibly some of the southwestern 
Bahamian islands. 


64 


Two: new national forests were recently created by Presi- 
dent Roosevelt. One is the Ocala National Forest in Marine 
County, in eastern Florida, the first created east of the Mis- 
sissippi River, and it contains over 200,000 acres, well adapted 
to the growth of sand pine. The second is the Dakota National 
Forest in Billings County, North Dakota, and it consists of over 
14,000 acres in the Bad Lands region, part of which are to be 
used as an experimental field for forest planting. It is to be 
hoped that these Dakota nurseries may prove most successful, as 
“North Dakota has a lower per cent. of forest land than any other 
state — about one per cent. 

The first number of AZycologia, a new journal devoted to fungi 
and lichens, was issued in January, 1909. Dr. William A. 
Murrill, of the New York Botanical Garden, is the editor. 
Many well-known mycologists appear as associate editors ; and 
several others have promised their support. Although under- 
taken in continuation of the work formerly done by the /ournal/ 
of Mycology, edited by the late Professor Kellerman, MZycologia 
has not assumed any of the obligations of the publisher of that 
journal. The main features of the new journal will be, first, 
technical articles of value to investigators in pure or applied 
mycology, second, popular articles of interest to the fungus- 
loving public, third, good illustrations, many of them in natural 
colors, fourth, news and notes, largely relating to literature of 
interest to American students. 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year Igo9 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to zew sub- 
-scribers, of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which THE Nature-Stupy Review 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms nay 
be credited as member’s fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to aDOVG special 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD | 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 4o full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho aan Poco are Bole 
for England. : ae 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stogk? 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24-27-are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each; Vols. 28—35 three dollars each. yy 

Sisal copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only when not 
breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular 
intervals, Volumes 1-11 and 13 arenow completed ; Nos. 1 and 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued: The sub-. 


scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 5 


numbers can also be purchased singly. A. list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred .miles of New 
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to : 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol. 9g | | April, 1909 No. 4 


‘ORREYA 


A Monruiy Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 
BY) J 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 17960-1873 


‘CONTENTS 
The Distribution of Three Naturalized Crucifers: E. A face Ba bao aka ae rm elena cee 65 
_ Additions to the Pleistocene Flora of North Carolina: Epwarp W. BERRY)...1. 7 
PiesoatianiN ores PP x07 (© STANDLEN Se a ee a, ean 
Shorter Notes : vie ate ae a 
The. Cedar: of Lebanon), JAMES, MACPHERSON. <.)..550 4. (osc eh puseeoes + weave dens ee ae 
Submerged Willows: Henry C. BEARDSLEE..... 20... cec cece uae So raaeee FAN hoy, 
Some Crocuses Grown in a New York Room: GRACE L. MORRISON.,......... 78 
New Stations for European Plant Immigrants: Huron H. SMITH......... 79 
Proceedings of the Club: PERCY -WILSON.......0....... SMA eas SOR Seelt tC EN Ma 79 
Of Interest to Teachers: College Entrance Botany (Concluded). ..... See 81 
PECTS UCGIIS Mit a5, shale Aichoe Aipesosias nese ee ot Mabinbiniel Ge titan «mers MET ean AN chomp ons nis ieicwentees Memes 87 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


At 4s NorrH Quzen Srreer, Lancaster, Pa. 
BY THe New Era Printing Company 


(Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter } 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS. FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D, 


Vice-Presidents 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary . 


PERCY WILSON ~~ 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor Ti yeasurer 
¢ MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D: »§ WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PHAR.D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, z15 West 68th St. 


New York City } New York City. 


| Associate Fditors Ra 
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.. 


JEAN. BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, PH.D: 
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 
~ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. 


ToRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New Vork City 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent.. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. | Subscriptions and remittances should be sent. 
to TREASURER, ToRREY BoranicaL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


, 


TORREYA 


April, 1909 
Vol. 9. ; No. 4. 
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THREE NATURALIZED 
CRUCIFERS 
IBY 195 Mo Jaligee 


Late in the autumn of 1906 I noticed a strange cruciferous 
plant in a vacant lot near my home on the south side of the city 
of Chicago. It was growing by the sidewalk and had been sub- 
ject to such severe treatment by children who use such spaces 
for playgrounds that I was not certain as to its specific identity, 
except that it was a Dzplotaxis, It was not observed the 
next season, but it had survived and good specimens were ob- 
tained the past summer which showed it was D. murals (L.) DC. 
I have not seen it elsewhere nor heard of its presence hereabouts. 
from others. The range accorded it in Britton and Brown’s. 
Illustrated Flora (1897) is: ‘‘ Waste places and ballast, Nova 
Scotia to New Jersey and Pennsylvania, chiefly about cities.” 
This is substantially repeated in Britton’s Manual (1go1). The 
Gray’s New Manual (1908) says: ‘“‘ About Atlantic ports and 
rarely inland,” but without specifying how far from the coast. 
In Beal’s Michigan Flora (1904) a single station is given, Grand 
Rapids, about the same distance from the coast as Chicago. Not: 
having been mentioned in previous editions of Gray’s Manual, it 
may be regarded as a comparatively recent introduction. As the 
migration of adventive plants is a matter of interest it seems well 
to record its appearance here. 

In 1890 I recorded the finding of another erieienoes plant, 
Nasturtium sylvestre R. B., since called Roripa sylvestris (L.) 
Bess, and which now has another name, Radicula sylvestris (L.) 
Druce, the common yellow cress. It was growing in the low 
ground adjacent to Salt Creek, a tributary of the Desplaines 
[No. 3, Vol. 9, of TorREYA, comprising pages 45-64, was issued March 26, 


1909. | 
65 


A 
ha VY 


66 


River, and along the highway that crosses the creek not far from 
Western Springs, a few miles west of Chicago. Since then it has 
spread throughout the region, being abundant by water courses, 
and especially so by the low margins of the Desplaines to Joliet 
and below. It should now be looked for southwest of here 
along the Illinois and perhaps the Mississippi, to which rivers the 
Desplaines is tributary. As it does not require wet grounds ex- 
clusively for prosperity, but may do well by moist roadsides or 
even on drier railway embankments, creeping up probably from 
near by ditches, it has still another means of distribution. 

This plant seems to have received its first notice in American 
botany in 1818, both by Nuttall in his Genera (2: 68), and by 
Barton in his Compendium Florae Philadelphicae (2: 55), both 
published that year. It was not mentioned by Barton in his 
earlier work, Prodromus of the Flora Philadelphica (1815), nor 
in Muhlenberg’s Catalogue (1813), nor in Pursh’s Flora (1814). 
Taking these dates as a starting point, it may be concluded that 
it was introduced into this country not far from that time, since 
otherwise it could hardly have escaped the eyes of those who 
then represented the most active botanical center in the land. 
Under the name of Stsymbrium vulgare Persoon (sylvestre L.), 
or the creeping water rocket, Nuttall states of it: ““On the 
gravelly banks of the Delaware, near Kensington, Philadelphia. 
Introduced? Agrees exactly with Sir J. E. Smith’s very accu- 
rate description, Flor. Brit., 2, p. 701. I have never before seen 
it in America.’ Barton, under Szsymbrium sylvestre L., says: 
“This plant covers large patches of ground on the low wet mar- 
gins of the Delaware, just above Kensington; and it has every 
appearance of being a native there. It is not improbable, how- 
ever, that it has been accidentally introduced in that neighbor- 
hood, where at least it is unequivocally naturalized. I have 
this summer found young leafing specimens four miles higher 
up the Delaware.”’ From the tenor of this and from the ques- 
tion mark used by Nuttall it would seem that there was some 
doubt about its foreign origin. In Torrey and Gray’s Flora of 
North America (1838-40), under Nasturtium sylvestre R, Br., 
Philadelphia is the only station mentioned, Nuttall being cited 


67 


as authority. So also in Eaton and Wright’s Botany (1840), 
and Wood’s Class-Book (1854). In Gray’s Manual (1856) it 
appears with an additional station, the entry being: ‘‘ Wet mea- 
dows near Philadelphia and Newton, Mass., C. /. Sprague.’ In 
the fifth edition (1868) the range had been extended, as we read : 
“Massachusetts to Virginia, rare.’ This is repeated in the sixth 
edition (1889). In the Illustrated Flora (1897) the range is 
still further extended. ‘‘ Occasional from Massachusetts and 
_ Virginia to Ohio.’ In Britton’s Manual (1901) the range is 
““Newf. to Mass., Va. and Mich.”’ -It had found a place in 
Beal’s Michigan Flora (1904) but was not in the preceding 
catalogue of Beal and Wheeler (1892), the single station being 
Detroit. In Kellerman and Werner’s Catalogue of Ohio Plants 
(1893) a single station is also mentioned, Painesville, near Lake 
Erie, or just east of Cleveland. 

One cannot from these data make out more than a general 
movement of the plant north and south, near the Atlantic coast, 
or westward toward the interior, either from the original station 
at Philadelphia or from other points of introduction along the 
seaboard. I find it mentioned for New York in a report of the 
State Cabinet of Natural History for 1865. The regent re- 
porting on the topic refers to a previous list of Torrey, made in 
1853, in which it does not appear, and says, that to his knowl- 
edge it had been reported from no other place than the one men- 
tioned, Flushing, Long Island. The authority for the station 
was Mr. W. H. Leggett, who subsequently, as well as others, 
gave additional localities for New York and vicinity, as I find re- 
corded in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club from time 
to time, up to 1889. One of these by Addison Brown mentions 
it in 1879, among ballast plants, as if a new introduction by such 
means in that special case. 

Taking the rest of the state of New York, the plants of the 
central and western parts are quite well represented in four cata- 
logues or floras issued between 1865 and 1896. The first of these 
is Paine’s “ Plants of Oneida County and Vicinity” (1865). That of 
David F. Day, “The Native and Naturalized Plants of the City of 
Buffalo and Vicinity’ (1882), took in most of the territory west 


68 


of the Genesee River, as well as a portion west of the Niagara, 
as its radius was one of fifty miles about Buffalo. The Cayuga 
Flora of Professor Dudley (1886) was for the basin of Cayuga 
Lake and some adjoining ground, though covered in part already 
by Paine’s Oneida list. The three lists mentioned do not record 
the plant. In the ‘‘ Plants of Monroe County and Adjacent Ter- 
ritory,’’ published in 1886 by the Rochester Academy of Sciences, 
it is listed for places near the Genesee River, being abundant in 
some of them. Macoun does not give it in any list of Canadian 
plants up to 1890, that being the date of some entries as “ addi- 
tions and corrections to parts I-IV”’ of his Canadian catalogue. 
I canadd asa matter of personal observation, that in the summers 
of 1882 and 1884 I spent some weeks examining streams, lakes, 
and ponds in western New York for the study of Najadaceae, 
but collected other plants as well. The localities were princi- 
pally south of the area recorded in the Rochester list and east of 
that of the Buffalo list, being in the counties of Wyoming, Genesee, 
Livingston, and some adjoining parts of Monroe and Ontario 
counties. I did not meet with the plant. Judging by the rate 
at which it has spread since it was first observed in the Desplaines 
valley, it is not likely to be present in a locality for any length of 
time without becoming abundant enough to attract attention, since 
it soon forms extensive mats or beds in favorable localities. 
Though the year of discovery is not generally given in the 
publications cited, the time of publication is covered by ten years 
for places as widely separated as Rochester, Painesville, Detrcit, 
and Chicago. This is about seventy years after the first notice 
by Barton and Nuttall by the Delaware. The distribution 
between these places and the seaboard and between one another, ~ 
if in any way connected, must be ascribed to other causes than 
that of steady accretion of area along lines of natural or unaided 
seed distribution, however this may act in localities where a 
plant is once established. Nor are the places mentioned so con- 
nected by water communication that plants of this character 
would be likely to traverse the spaces in the reverse direction to 
the course of drainage, however this may aid when the direction 
of flow is in their favor. Yet they are on main lines of railway 


69 


traffic, and to some extent of lake navigation, if these may have 
any connection with such seemingly sporadic dispersal of plants. 
That lines of railway are important factors in plant migration, 
especially for those of a weedy nature, is readily seen by one 
passing along their roadbeds. But there are evidently other 
means by which plants, whose seeds cannot be borne by currents 
of air, are able to cross widely intervening spaces. For those 
that grow in water or in the feeding places of migratory birds, 
seeds lodged in their feathers or in the mud that may cling to 
their feet is a plausible conjecture for dispersion. The trans- 
mission of undigested seed in the alimentary canal of birds is also 
the source of wide dispersion of plants. But when once 
established, as in the case of this plant in the Desplaines valley, 
which has now been under observation nearly twenty years, the 
natural flow of the water bearing plants or seeds that may be 
taken up by it becomes a means of the more effectual dissemi- 
nation in a given area. A specimen collected in 1892 by Dr. 
W. S. Moffatt on the banks of Salt Creek at Elmhurst has upon 
the label the statement: “abundant locally, covering several 
acres of creek-bottom.’’ This being higher up the stream than 
where I found it in 1890, from its abundance may have been an 
earlier station and the source of those at Western Springs. Dr. 
Moffatt in the same connection mentions its presence at Riverside 
where Salt Creek enters the Desplaines River. 

The case with the third crucifer, Szsysbrium altissimum L., is. 
somewhat different, as it doubtless came into this region from the 
northwest; it is given as S. Szuapistrum Crantz in Macoun’s. 
Catalogue among the additions and corrections to parts I-IV, 
published in connection with part IV. It had then (1890) been 
“introduced in a number of places along the Canadian Pacific 
Railway.” The earliest date recorded is 1883, at Castle Moun- 
tain, Rocky Mountains. In 1886 it is mentioned as by Lake 
Superior ; in 1889 at a station forty-five miles east of Toronto. 
The first authentic record I have for Chicago is an unnamed 
specimen received from Dr. Moffatt, collected at Forest Glen, 
1393 ; it was soon after seen by him in the western part of the city. 
The first place mentioned is on the Chicago, Milwaukee, and St. 


70 


Paul railroad and can well account for the line of introduction. 
It soon spread to various localities in and around Chicago, though 
I did not see it in the locality where I reside till 1900. In 1903 
I found it common by the side of the Lake Shore and Michigan 
Southern railroad at Dune Park, Ind., thirty-five miles east of 
here. It is a quite common weed in the waste grounds of Chi- 
cago now. In Beal’s Michigan Flora the first date given for a 
locality is Benton Harbor, 1896. This is on the east side of 
Lake Michigan, nearly opposite Chicago. The entry is also 
made, “later in many localities.” As the Gray’s New Manual 
states that it is ‘“‘ locally abundant as a pernicious weed”’ it may 
be considered as quite generally spread throughout the northern 
parts of the United States and the southern part of Canada. 
Since Britton and Brown give it a piace as a ballast plant at New 
York, there may also be other centers of migration from eastern 
harbors, but the main line has evidently been from the northwest. 

The spreading of this weed has been quite rapid, gaining a 
large area in about twenty years. It produces seeds in great 
abundance. As I have observed it the height does not generally 
exceed 5 to 8 dm., that is, not very tall as one might infer from 
its specific name, though the stature is more or less influenced 
by the character of the soil. When crowded by its own kind or 
by other growths it may be very slender and but little branched, 
but with ample room it is bushy-branched, the diameter equaling 
or exceeding the height, or of a somewhat globular form, like a 
tumble-weed. Whether it actually functions as such I have seen 
no case, but the shape is one that suggests that it could be easily 
rolled by the wind if loosened from the ground by any means. 


These are the possibilities of a tumble-weed. 
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 


or 


(il 


ADDITIONS TO, THE PLEISTOCENE FLORA .OFr 
NORTH CAROLINA* 


By Epwarp W, BERRY 


In a previous paper the writer enumerated thirty-eight species. 
mostly forms which still exist, from the Pleistocene deposits of 
North Carolina. Considerable new material, for the most part 
unstudied as yet, has since been obtained, from which the follow- 
ing have been selected for enumeration at the present time. 


Juglandales 


Hicoria aguarica (Michx. f.) Britton 
Saasp berry Journ Geolwms.: 340% 1907. 

Additional material has made possible the certain correlation 
of the specimen previously listed as a willow with this species of 
hickory. In the modern flora it isa denizen of low river banks 
and swamps from Virginia to Florida and westward in the Gulf 
region to Texas. It has not hitherto been found as a fossil, 

Station 850, Neuse River. 


Fagales 
“QUERCUS MICHAUXII Nutt. 

This occurrence is based upon fragments of leaves and charac- 
teristic acorn cups. In the modern flora it inhabits low, wet sit- 
uations from Delaware to Florida and westward, but has not 
been previously obtained in the fossil state. 

Station 850, Neuse River. 


Ranales 
LiRIODENDRON TULIPIFERA Linné 
Berry, Amer. Nat. 41: 695. 1907. 

Winged carpels of this species were recently recorded by the 
writer from the Pleistocene of Alabama, but leaves have not been 
previously recorded from American strata younger in age than the 
Cretaceous, although the genus is common in the Arctic and Eura- 


* Illustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 
+ Berry. Journ. Geol. 15: 338-349. 1907. 


72 


sian Tertiary. The present record is based upon abundant and 
characteristic leaves collected by Dr. L. W. Stephenson from a 
clay lens in the sands of the Wicomico formation, one and one- 
fourth miles east of Weldon. One of the specimens is shown in 


JENS, ihe 


Fic. 1. Liriodendron Tulipifera Linné, from the Pleistocene of North Carolina. 


Rosales 
CERCIS CANADENSIS Linne 


Penhallow, Amer. Nat. 41: 446. 1907. 

The accompanying figure (Fig. 2) shows a characteristic leaf 
of this species which comes from one and one-fourth miles east of 
Weldon. It has been previously recorded by Penhallow from the 
famous interglacial deposits of the Don valley near Toronto and 
in the modern flora it is said by both Britton and Small to range 
northward to southern Ontario. Both Sargent and Sudworth 
give its normal northern range as New Jersey and southern 
Michigan from which points it ranges southward to Florida and 
Mexico. It is essentially a warm temperate type, most of its near 
relatives being subtropical in habitat. Like the present species 
in this country Cercis stliquastrum Linne of southern Europe has 
been found in the interglacial deposits of France. 


Se oe 


i = 


>-~— = 


~ — 


Fic. 2. Cercés canadenszs Linné, from the Pleistocene of North Carolina. 


Ericales 
VACCINIUM ARBOREUM Marsh 
Berberis sp., Berry Journ. Geol. 15: 343. 1907. 

Additional material shows that what was formerly listed as 
doubtfully referable to Berberis is unquestionably the foliage of 
this species of Vaccinium. It is sometimes removed from the 
latter genus and placed in the genus Latodendron of Nuttall. In 
the modern flora it ranges from North Carolina to Florida and 
westward to eastern Texas and up the Mississippi to southern 
Illinois. 

Station 850, Neuse River. 


Jouns Hopkins UNIVERSITY, 
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 


74 


HERBARIUM NOTES * 


By Pau C. STANDLEY 


In mounting a considerable number of plants recently the 
writer had occasion to notice a number of common defects in 
labels and in herbarium specimens — defects which could easily 
be remedied by a little care and forethought on the part of the 
collector ; some of these are discussed in the following notes. 

Labels should never be printed on stiff paper. Such paper is 
certain to curl up at the corners and edges unless it is kept under 
pressure until dry. True, if the corners do curl at first they are 
usually flat on the sheet after they are thoroughly dry, but they 
will always be loose and likely to be torn or still further loosened 
if anything happens to catch on them. It is preferable to use 
paper that is thin and will not curl away from the sheets when it 
is wet. 

The size, too, deserves consideration. The largest labels that 
I have seen are about 234 by 534 inches and some of the speci- 
mens which they accompanied had 
to be broken to keep them from 
covering parts of the labels. Such 
pieces of paper require too much 
time for pasting on the sheet and 
are not necessary if the labels are 
filled in by hand, no matter how 
large a hand the collector may write, and are still less necessary 
when all the data are printed in. The size most generally used 
seems to be about 44% by 2% inches. : 

While neatness of labels is always desirable, other ornamenta- 


tion than the necessary wording is superfluous. This applies to 
ornamental borders and all advertising of the scenic attractions 
of the locality in which the plants were collected. 

The type used should be plain. The most conspicuous parts 
of the label should be the name of the state in which the collection 
was made and the name of the plant. These things are not of 
so much importance in a small herbarium but when working with 

*Tllustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 


75 


a large number of specimens in one of the larger herbaria they 
will save a great deal of time. 

Typewritten labels are not desirable unless black indelible ink 
is used. The purple and blue ink that is ordinarily used on 
typewriter ribbons will fade so much in eight or ten years that it 
will be impossible to read it. 

Of course there is every variation in the quality of the speci- 
mens themselves, due in part to the climatic conditions of the 
locality in which they were secured (and very largely to the pres- 
sure under which they were dried). The preservation of the 
original color of the plants is always desirable but not always 
possible with thick and fleshy specimens, with certain plants in 
which peculiar chemical changes take place in drying, or in very 
damp climates. 

Here in New Mexico the making of good specimens is a very 
simple matter providing the proper kind of plants can be found. 
It is often unnecessary to change the driers for small plants or 
those which contain little moisture. Some of our best specimens 
have been made in the following manner: First a drier is placed 
upon the table ; on this is laid a sheet of drying paper upon which 
the plant is placed; over this another drier, then a sheet of corru- 
gated paper such as is used in packing glassware, etc. ; over this 
another drying paper and specimen, or if one prefers another 
drier and then the sheet; and so on until a bundle of sufficient 
size is formed. This is then strapped and thrown out in the sun- 
shine upon the sand and left for several days. It is necessary to 
tighten the straps occasionally but no other attention is needed 
unless a rain should come. Excellent specimens can be made 
in this way, even of the cacti and other fleshy plants. Of course 
this method is practicable only in a dry region where there is an 
abundance of hot sunshine. In the mountains frequent changes 
of driers are necessary. 

Most plants which contain considerable moisture will be black- 
ened and consequently ruined if the bundles containing them are 
placed in the sun and heated to a high temperature before the 
driers have been changed at least once. If the driers themselves 
are heated before the plants are placed between them the heat 


76 


does not seem to blacken the plants and hastens their drying 
appreciably. 

Too large and too generous specimens are an abomination 
when it comes to mounting them. It is best to use drying papers 
a little smaller than the standard size of herbarium sheets; then 
there will be no difficulty in getting the specimens upon the sheets. 
Sometimes one receives specimens so large that they must be 
almost ruined in trimming them down to the size of the mount- 
ing paper. 

If a sheet contains more material than can be conveniently 
mounted upon an ordinary herbarium sheet it necessitates the 
writing of a new label or else the throwing away of the surplus 
material. The second course is perhaps the better, for it is very 
seldom that one cares for two sheets of one collection. If one 
sheet is properly filled it should, except in rare cases, contain 
material enough for the study of a plant. 

Besides the use for corrugated paper mentioned above we have 
found it useful in mounting. When we are gluing plants upon 
the sheets we lay a piece of the corrugated paper over the glued 
plant, corrugated side down, and then a drier upon this, contin- 
uing in this manner until we have a pile of sufficient height to be. 
placed somewhere and weighted until the glue has thoroughly 
dried. The corrugated paper, because of its corrugations, has 
less surface to stick to the plant and holds it in contact with the 
mounting paper just as well as the driers or sheets of pasteboard 
would do. 

The accompanying figure shows an end view of a piece of appa- 
ratus that we have found very useful for moistening straps in 
strapping herbarium specimens. It wasdesigned and made by Mr. 
O. B. Metcalfe, who was formerly student assistant in botany here. 
AA are pieces of wood about 3 % inches long and 1 % inches wide ; 
to these is riveted a strip of galvanized iron C, which is T-shaped 
at the ends so as to cover the blocks of wood; upon the wood 
are tacked two or three layers of ordinary felt drying paper, BB ; 
in order to make the paper last longer it is covered with a 
piece of cloth of medium. thickness, & The apparatus is then 
placed in a small tin pan, D (the lid of a baking powder box will 


Ci 


do), containing a little water. The straps are picked up with a 
pair of forceps used in applying them to the sheets, and while 
held in the forceps are laid onthe moistened lower pad, while the 
upper one is pressed down upon it. In this way the straps can 
be moistened very rapidly and one soon learns to regulate the 
amount of water in the pan so that they will get just the right 


amount of moisture. 
H.«éRBARIUM OF THE NEw MEXxIco AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE 


SHORTER NOTES 


Tue CEepar or LEeBAanon. —I have read the compilation of 
notes on Cedrus Lidani in TorrReEyA, and as usual in similar pub- 
lications botanists alone are made to figure. William Lithgow, 
a Scotch traveller, visited the Lebanon Grove in 1611 and found 
twenty-four trees much burnt in one grove, and spoke of another 
of seventeen trees nine miles west. 

One of the first trees planted in Britain zs at Bretby, Derby- 
shire, planted in 1676. The late Sir J. D. Wolff, ‘“‘ Rambling 
Recollections,’ Vol. 2, p. 18, seems to have known Rustem 
Pacha (spoken of by J. D. Hooker) who told him that he 
replanted the Lebanon Grove with young trees from the Brussels 
Botanical Garden! (This ought to be easily verified.) 

Professor Marquand’s tree at Princeton had a fine growth and 
lots of cones a year or two ago, but remains quite pyramidal (see 
Downing’s 1859 ed.). 

JAMES MaAcPHERSON 
TRENTON, NEW JERSEY 


SUBMERGED WILLows. — My attention was called during the 
past summer to an interesting illustration of the tenacity with 
which our common willows cling to life. An artificial lake was 
formed in my vicinity last year by damming a small brook, mak- 
ing a lake nearly a mile long and fifty feet deep at the deepest 
point. Part of the valley which was covered by the water was 
occupied by a thicket of willows. These were left standing with 
the belief that they would soon rot away and disappear, and were 
covered so that their topmost branches were five or six feet below 


78 


the surface of the water. During the past summer the lake was 
drained to allow repairs upon the dam. The willows had at this 
time been under water for seventeen months without once being 
exposed to the air. At the end of the first week they were dis- 
tinctly green with a new growth of leaves, and in less than two 
weeks were in full leaf. Apparently, but for the filling of the 
pond a second time, they would have continued their growth 
from the point * at which they had been interrupted nearly a year 
and a half before, and would have been little the worse for the 
experience. | 


Henry C. BEARDSLEE 
ASHEVILLE SCHOOL, 


ASHEVILLE, N. C. 


SomME CrocusEs Grown IN A NEw York Room. — Tempera- 
ture variable ; daytime about 70° F.; night almost that of out- 
doors. Soilloamandsand. Planted October 31, 1908. Twelve 
bulbs — nine unnamed and three of the Sir Walter Scott variety. 
They were planted in an unglazed clay pot 8’ in diameter, 3/” 
deep and placed under a desk in the coolest part of the recom. 
In about five weeks they were set in a south window which 
received direct sunlight for about five hours of the day. For 
several weeks the leaves of the nine unnamed bulbs grew rapidly 
and the bud sheaths looked promising, then growth ceased and 
the leaves turned yellow at the tips. The Sir Walter Scott plants 
showed almost no evidence of growth. So after five or six weeks 
in the window, the entire dozen were deemed failures and they 
were banished to their former corner under the desk. There 
they were neglected, save for an occasional drink. After having 
been in that subdued light for about four weeks, a bud was dis- 
covered on one of the Sir Wafter Scott crocuses. It opened on 
February 9, 1909, and in a few days was followed by a second 
blossom. The second Sir Walter Scott began to bloom February 
20, 1909, and had three blossoms. The third has at present, 
March 5, 1909, two thrifty looking buds. 


GrAcE L. Morrison 
TEACHERS COLLEGE 


* The condition of the willows at the time they were submerged — whether in 
leaf or only in bud — would be of interest. — EDITOR. 


79 


NEw STATIONS FOR EUROPEAN PLANT IMMIGRANTS. —In my 
field work for the past few months in eastern West Virginia, 
making extensive economic botanical collections, I repeatedly 
inquired for any plants from which brooms were made, and was 
shown a wild specimen of Cytisus scoparius (L.) Link, by a native 
who informed me that it was sometimes used to make ‘‘snow”’ 
brooms. The plant was growing on an old deforested hillside, 
one mile east of Pickens, Randolph County, and was 200 yards 
or more from any path or cultivated field, with no evidence of 
previous habitations. None of the natives had a common name 
for this plant, and few had noticed it, except a German, who 
was acquainted with the plant in Europe. He informed me that 
it was called ‘‘Ginster’’ in the old country. The range of Cytzsus 
Scoparius is given as Nova Scotia and the coast region of Massa- 
chusetts, Delaware and Virginia, where it is often used as a sand- 
binder. 

Close to the Cytisws, I found several specimens of Ulex europaeus 
L. This was called “thistle” by the natives, doubtless on account 
of its excessively prickly character. The range of Ulex is given 
from southern New York to eastern Virginia near the coast, 
where it is cultivated as noted under the above species. I have 
not found these plants elsewhere in the state. 

Specimens of both species are preserved in the botanical de- 
partment of the Field Museum of Natural History. 


Huron H. SmMirx, 
FIELD MusEuM OF NATURAL HIsToRY, 
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 


POC DINGS NOR Ha "Crus 
FEBRUARY 24, 1909 


The Club met at the Museum of the New York Botanical Gar- 
den at 3:30 p. M. In the absence of the President and both 
Vice-Presidents, Mr. Fred J. Seaver was called to the chair. 
Eight persons were in attendance. 

After the reading and approval of the minutes of the meeting 
for February 9, the following names were presented for member- 
ship: Mrs, Pamela Eakin, 38 Oakwood Avenue, Arlington, N. J., 


80 


and Miss Gertrude L. Cannon, 1786 Clay Avenue, New York 
City. 

The announced scientific program was then presented : 

“ Collecting Fungi in Jamaica,’ by Dr. W. A. Murrill. 

This paper has been published in full in the February Journal 
of the New York Botanical Garden. 

“Cypripedium in the Light of its Segregates,’ by Mr. G. V. 
Nash. ; 

Mr. Nash exhibited living plants and herbarium specimens illus- 
trating the four segregates now recognized by orchidologists, and 
formerly considered as parts of the genus Cypripedium. These 
segregates are : Cypripedium, Selenipedium, Paphiopedilum and 
Phragmipedium. These divide themselves into two groups. In 
the first group are Cypripedium and Selenipedium, characterized 
by the usually long, leafy stem and broad, flat, thin, many-nerved 
leaves which are convolute in vernation, and the withering peri- 
anth persistent on the ovary. In Cypripedium the ovary is 
1-celled, and the seeds elongate with a thin testa. This genus 
is of north temperate distribution, its representatives, about 30 in 
number, being found in North America, Europe, and Asia. 

The other genus of this group, Se/epedium, has a 3-celled 
ovary, and the seeds nearly globose with a crustaceous testa. This 
is found from Panama to northern South America and is rare. It 
contains only 3 species, which are seldom seen in cultivation. 

The second group is at once recognized by the conduplicate 
vernation of its long, narrow, fleshy, strap-shaped leaves, and the 
deciduous perianth. The flowers are borne on scapes, which are 
rarely somewhat leafy below. To this group belong the remain- 
ing two genera, Paplopediluim and Phragmipedium. In the former 
the ovary is 1-celled and the sepals imbricate in the bud. The 
most evident character, however, differentiating this at once from 
Phragmipedium, is in the lip, which has the margin-of the opening 
straight not infolded. The scape is also commonly 1-flowered, 
the exception being with more than one. There are some 50 
species known in this genus, which is entirely Old World, being 
generally distributed in tropical Asia and the Malay region. 

The genus Phraguipedium is entirely New World, occurring 


81 


in northern South America and Panama. It contains in the 
neighborhood of a dozen species, and is at once separated from 
Paphiopedilum by the character of the lip in which the margin 
of the opening is marked by a broad infolded portion. In addi- 
tion to this the ovary is 3-celled and the sepals valvate in the 
bud; the scape, moreover, bears several, sometimes many, flowers. 

We have then in the New World three of the genera, two, 
Phragmipedium and Selenipedium not known elsewhere, and 
Cypripedium which it shares in distribution with the Old World. 
The only strictly Old World genus is Paphiopedilum. 

The meeting adjourned at 4:30 P. M. 

Percy WILson, 
Secretary 


CNP MINING SI SO WAC SURES) 
COLLEGE ENTRANCE Botany (CONCLUDED) 
SPECIFICATIONS OF THE TOPICS TO BE STUDIED 


Part I. The General Principles of (A) Anatomy and Morphology, 
(L) Physiology and Ecology 
A. Anatomy AND’ MorPHOLoGcy. 

The Seed. Your types (dicotyledon without and with endo- 
sperm, a monocotyledon and a gymnosperm); structure and 
homologous parts. Food supply ; experimental determination 
of its nature and value. Phenomena of germination and growth 
of embryo into a seedling (including bursting from the seed, as- 
sumption of position and unfolding of parts). 

The Shoot. Gross anatomy of a typical shoot ; including the 
relationships of position of leaf, stem (and root), the arrangement 
of leaves and buds on the stem, and deviations (through light ad- 
justment, etc.) from symmetry. Buds, and the mode of origin of 
new leaf and stem; winter buds in particular. Specialized and 
metamorphosed shoots (stems and leaves). General structure 
and distribution of the leading tissues of the shoot; annual 
growth ; shedding of bark and leaves. 

The Root. Gross anatomy of a typical root; position and 
origin of secondary roots; hair-zone, cap and. growing-point. 


82 


Specialized and metamorphosed roots. General structure and 
distribution of the leading tissues of the root. 

The Flower. Structure of a typical flower, especially of ovule 
and pollen; functions of the parts. Comparative morphological 
study of four or more different marked types, with the construc- 
tion of transverse and longitudinal diagrams. 

The Fruit. Structure of a typical fruit. Comparative mor- 
phological study of four or more marked types with diagrams. 

This comparative morphological study of flowers and fruits 
may advantageously be postponed to the end of II, and then 
taken up in connection with the classification of the Angiosperms. 

The Cell. Cytoplasm, nucleus, sap-cavity, wall. 

As to the study of the cell, it is by no means to be postponed 
for consideration by itself after the other topics, as its position in 
the above outline may seem to imply, but it is to be brought in 
earlier, along with the study of the shoot or root, and contin- 
ued from topic to topic. Although enough study of the individ- 
ual cell is to be made to give an idea of its structure (a study 
which may very advantageously be associated with the physio- 
logical topics mentioned first under B), the principal microscopi- 
cal work should consist in the recognition and study of the dis- 
tribution of the leading tissues. 


B. PHysioLoGy AND ECOLOGY. 


Role of water in the plant ; absorption (osmosts), path of trans- 
fer, transpiration, turgidity and its mechanical value, plasmolysis. 

Photosynthesis ; Dependence of starch formation upon chlorophyl, 
light, and carbon dioxide; evolution of oxygen, observation of 
starch grains. 

Respiration ; ced of oxygen in growth, evolution of carbon 
dioxide. 

Digestion; Digestion of starch with diastase, and its role in 
translocation of foods. 

Irritability ; Geotropism, heliotropism and hydrotropism. 

Growth ; localization in higher plants; amount in elongating 
stems ; relationships to temperature. 

Fertilization ; sexual and vegetative reproduction. 


83 


Although for convenience of reference, the physiological topics 
are here grouped together, they should by no means be studied 
by themselves and apart from anatomy and morphology. On 
the contrary, they should be taken up along with the study of 
the structures in which the processes occur, and which they help 
to explain; thus — photosynthesis should be studied with the 
leaf, as should also transpiration, while digestion may best come 
with germination, osmotic absorption with the root, and so on. 
The student should either try, or at least aid in trying, experi- 
ments to demonstrate the fundamental processes indicated above 
in italics. 

Modifications (metamorphoses) of parts for special functions. 

Dissemination. Cross-pollination. 

Light relations of green tissues ; leaf mosaics. 

Special habitats ; Mesophytes, Hydrophytes, Halophytes, Xe- 
rophytes; Climbers, Epiphytes, Parasites (and Saphro- 
phytes), Insectivora. 

The topics in ecology (particularly the first four and in part 
the fifth), like those in physiology, are to be studied not by them- 
selves, but along with the structures with which they are most 
closely associated, as cross-pollination with the flower, dissemina- 
tion with the seed, etc. The fifth may most advantageously be 
studied in G in Part II. 

In this connection field-work is of great importance, and, for 
some topics, is indispensable, though much may be done also 
with potted plants in green-houses, photographs, and museum 
specimens. It is strongly recommended that some systematic 
field-work be considered as an integral part of the course, coor- 
dinate in definiteness and value as far as it goes with the laboratory 
work. The temptations to haziness and guessing in ecology must 
be combated. 


Part Il, The Natural Fhistory of the Plant Groups, and 
Classification 
A comprehensive summary of the great natural groups of 


plants, based upon the thorough study of the structure, repro- 
duction and adaptations to habitat of one or two types from each 


84 


group, supplemented and extended by more rapid study of other 
forms in those groups. . Where living material is wanting for the 
latter, preserved material and even good pictures may be used, 
and a standard text-book should be thoroughly read. The gen- 
eral homologies from group to group should be understood, 
though it is not expected that these will be known in detail. 

In general, in this part of the course, it is recommended that 
much less attention be given to the lower and inconspicuous 
groups, and progressively to the higher and conspicuous forms. 

Following is a list of recommended types from which, or their 
equivalents, selection may be made: 

A. AuGaE. Ffleurococcus. Sphaerella, Spirogyra, Vaucheria, 
Fucus, Nemation (or Polysiphonia or Coleochaete). 

B. Funer. Bacteria, R/zzopus, or Mucor, Yeast, Puccinia (or 
a powdery mildew), Corn Smut, Mushroom. 

Bacteria and yeast have obvious disadvantages in such a 
course, but their great economic prominence may Justify their 
introduction. 

C. Licnens. Physcia (or Parmelia, or Usnea. 

D. Bryopnyres. In Hepaticae, Radula (or Porella or Mar- 
chantia). In Musci, Wnium (or Polytrichum or Funaria). 

E. Preripopuytes. In Filicineae, Aspzdium or equivalent, in- 
cluding, of course, the prothallus. 

In Equisetineae, Eguzsetum. 

In Lycopodineae, Lycopodium and Selaginella (or Isoetes). 

F. GymmMosPermMs. /2zus or equivalent. 

G. ANGIOSPERMS. A monocotyledon and a dictoyledon, to be 
studied with reference to the homologies of their parts with those 
in the above groups; together with representative plants of the 
leading subdivisions and principal families of Angiosperms. 

Classification should include a study of the primary subdivi- 
sions of the above groups, based on the comparison of the types. 
with other living (preferably) or preserved material. The princi- 
pal subdivisions of the Angiosperms, grouped on the Engler and 
Prantl system, should be understood. 

The ability to use manuals for the determination of the species. 
of flowering plants is not considered essential in this course, 


85 


though it is most desirable. It should not be introduced to the 
exclusion of any part of the course, but should be made voluntary 
work for those showing a taste for it. It should not be limited 
to learning names of plants, but should be made a study in the 
plan of classification as well. 

The preparation of an herbarium is not required nor recom- 
mended except as voluntary work for those with a taste for col- 
lecting. If made, it should not represent so much a simple ac- 
‘cumulation of species as some distinct idea of plant associations, 
or of morphology, or of representation of the groups, etc. 


The recent report of Gifford Pinchot, chief forester of the 
United States, shows that about 700,000 trees were planted last 
year on forests in Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado, New Mexico, 
Arizona, Utah, Idaho, and California. There are now growing 
at the planting stations more than 2,200,000 trees, which will be 
ready for planting in 1909. Sufficient seed was sown in the 
spring of 1908 to produce 4,600,000 seedlings. 


For the Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden issued 
February, 1909, Addison Brown has written an interesting ac- 
count of the Elgin Botanical Garden, created by Dr. David 
Hosack, and its relation to Columbia College. The Azadletin also 
contains a paper on the North American Gill Fungi with a simple 
key that will be very helpful to many readers of TorrEyA. Each 
of the above contributions is also issued separately by the New 
York Botanical Garden. 


At the first annual conference of the governors of New Eng- 
land one session was devoted to the planting of trees. Forest 
trees were discussed, but especial interest was shown in orchard 
trees. New England, with its convenient markets, low land 
prices, and large proportion of hilly country not well suited to 
farming, could easily rank first in the production of apples, if the 
business were conducted with the energy characterizing western 
agricultural enterprises and guided by up-to-date methods. 


86 


Mycologia, the new journal issued from the New York Botan- 
ical Garden, contains the following on the chestnut canker which 
Dr. Murrill has earlier described for TORREYA: It is well known 
that practically all of the chestnut trees in and about New York 
City have been killed within the past few years by the chestnut 
canker, Diaporthe parasitica ; but the number of trees destroyed 
has been only very roughly estimated. Through the efforts, 
however, of Mr. J. J. Levison, arboriculturist of the parks of 
Brooklyn, who has made a careful survey of Forest Park, it is 
now known that 16,695 chestnut trees were killed in the 350 
acres of woodland in this park alone. Of this number, about 
9,000 were between eight and twelve inches in diameter, and the 
remaining 7,000 or more were of larger size. 


A report has been made by the Commission which was ap- 
pointed by the Association of American Agricultural Colleges 
and Experiment Stations in 1906, to consider various matters 
relating to the expenditure of public funds. The members of the 
commission are David Starr Jordan, Stanford University, chair- 
man; Whitman Howard Jordan, of Geneva, New York, secre- 
tary; Henry Prentiss Armsby, State College, Pennsylvania ; 
Gifford Pinchot, Washington, D. C., and Carroll Davidson 
Wright, Clark College, Massachusetts. Among other recom- 
mendations are the following : 


1. Every effort should be made to promote the training of competent investigators 
in agriculture both in the agricultural, and, so far as practicable, in the non-agricul- 
tural, colleges and universities, and their training should be as broad and severe as 
for any other field of research. 

2. The progress of agricultural knowledge now demands that agricultural research 
agencies shall deal as largely as possible with fundamental problems, confining atten- 
tion to such as can be adequately studied with the means available. 

3. The work of research in agriculture should be differentiated as fully as practi- 
cable, both in the form of organization and in the relations of the individual investi- 
gator, from executive work, routine teaching, promotion and propaganda, and should 
be under the immediate direction of an executive trained in the methods of science 
who should not be hampered by other duties of an entirely unlike character. 

4. An advisory board is suggested consisting of members appointed by the Secretary 
of Agriculture and by the Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experi- 
ment Stations, respectively, which shall confer with the Secretary of Agriculture re- 
garding the mutual interests of the department and the stations and shall consider 
the promotion of agricultural investigation in general. 


87 


NEWS ITEMS 

Edward Valentine Hallock, president of the Society of Amer- 
ican Florists, died March 3, 1909, at his Long Island home. 

The University of Michigan has recently received a gift of ninety 
acres of land to be used as a*botanical garden and arboretum. 

In the departments of biology, L. L. Woodruff, of Yale, has 
been promoted to assistant professor, and R. W. Hall, of Lehigh, 
to full professor. 

Mr. Patrick H. Lawlor, a well-known arboriculturist died 
recently at Flushing, Long Island. Many of our rare shade trees 
were first imported by Mr. Lawlor. 

M. Louis Mangin has been madea member of the Paris Academy 
of Sciences, in the section of botany, succeeding M. Van Tieghem, 
who has been elected permanent secretary. 

The new chief of the Bureau of General Statistics and Agri- 
cultural Information in the International Institute at Rome is Dr. 
C. C. Clark, of the United States Department of Agriculture. 

Further cooperation is planned between the government and 
the University of Wisconsin. This will include the cultivation of 
medicinal plants including related investigation and research work. 

Since Dr. George H. Shull’s return from Europe, where he 
was studying scientific and economic plant breeding, he has gone 
to California to resume his work on Mr. Burbank’s methods and 
results. 


As the result of the North American Conference on the Con- 
servation of Natural Resources, held in Washington last week, 
all nations are to be asked to send delegates to an international 
conference on conservation, to be held at The Hague. 

The fifth summer school session of the University of Washing- 
ton, opens June 22, at Friday Harbor, Washington. Courses 
are offered in elementary and in field botany. The tuition fee is 
but $13, making the entire charges for board, etc., for the six 
weeks only $45. 

The Station for Research at Agar’s Island, Bermuda, will be 
open for about seven weeks this summer. There are accommo- 


88 


dations for a limited number of instructors or research students 
in either zoology or botany. Members of the expedition may 
leave New York on one of the steamers of the Quebec Steamship: 
Company’s Line, either the middle of June, or, if more con- 
venient, about the first of July. For further information address. 
Professor E. L. Mark, 109 Irving Street, Cambridge, Mass. 


The next annual session of the Biological Laboratory of the 
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences located at Cold Spring 
Harbor will be held during the months of July and August, 
1909. The regular class work will begin on July 7, and con- 
tinue for six weeks. The Laboratory offers courses in zoology 
and botany, and facilities are promised to independent investiga- 
tors ; excursions and evening lectures form additional features of 
interest. The laboratory fee is $30; board will be furnished stu- 
dents for $5 aweek. For further information address Dr. Charles 
Davenport, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, New York. 


The following illustrated lectures will be delivered in the lec- 
ture hall of the museum building at the New York Botanical 
Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, on Saturday afternoons, at 


4:00 o'clock : 

April 24. ‘*A Winter in Jamaica”, by Dr. William A. Murrill. 

May 1. ‘‘Spring Flowers’’, by Dr. Nathaniel I. Britton. 

May 8. ‘‘ How Plants Grow’’, by Dr. Herbert M. Richards. 

May 15. ‘‘ Evergreens: How to Know and Cultivate Them”’, by Mr. George 
V. Nash. 

May 22. ‘‘ Collecting Seaweeds in Tropical Waters’’, by Dr. Marshall A, Howe. 

May 29. ‘‘ Vanilla and Its Substitutes’’, by Dr. Henry H. Rusby. 

June 5. ‘‘ The Selection and Care of Shade Trees”’, by Dr. William A. Murrill. 

June 12. ‘*The Ice Age and Its Influence on the Vegetation of the World’’, 
by Dr. Arthur Hollick. 

June 19. ‘* Haiti, the Negro Republic, as seen by a Botanist’’, by Mr. George 
V. Nash. 

June 26. ‘‘Some American Botanists of Former Days’”’, by Dr. John H. Barnhart. 

July 3. ‘* An Expedition up the Peribonca River, Canada’’, by Dr. Carlton C. 
Curtis. 

July to. ‘Collecting Experiences in the West Indies’’, by Dr. Nathaniel L. 
Britton. 


They will close in time for auditors to take the 5:34 train from 
the Botanical Garden Station, arriving at Grand Central Station 
at 6:04 P. M. 


| TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year Ig09 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
_will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to zew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of. the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which Tue NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may 
be credited as member’s fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS. 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
_and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents 
for England. 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each ; Vols, 28-35 three dollars each. 

Cae copies (30. cts.) will be furnished only when not 
breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 1880, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes I-11 and 13 arenow completed ; Nos. 1 and 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 
numbers can also be purchased singly... A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one Ee miles of New 
York..1836:. Price; $1.00. 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
: 115 W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


ore 


VWolig ; May, 1909 No. 5 


TORREYA 


A MonTHLy Journal or BoranicaLt Notes anp News 


Ly) 


EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 
BY : 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


| CONTENTS 
Reproduction by Budding in Drosera; WINIFRED, J. ROBINSON.........0.0s.0c.000: 89 
Juglandaceae from the Pleistocene of Maryland: Epwarp W. BERRY..,............ 96) 
Proceedings) of ther Club :s-PERCY, WWALSON Qcto sca ore ieee rete seu uete dene cracked ake 99 
Reviews: Ward’s Trees: JEAN BROADHURST...., 001.2454. Heigtromule a cinta cn shen eM crn 103 
Of Interest to Teachers: Biology in Summer Vacations .................. Lay rene 104 


PVE WS UL ETS 6 ey hea Ni SA RU aM AA ee SIT yl IM Ta La Cae SRN A Ue) Ae ATS Ue 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Ar 41 Nortu Quzen Street, Lancaster, Pa. 
By THe New Era Printing Company 


[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter 1 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS. FOR 1909 


_ President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Presidents 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M ,M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY “WILSON 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor Treasurer 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D... WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar,D. | 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St. 
New York City ~ New York City 


Associate Editors 


JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D: 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, PH.D. * 
PHILIP, DOWELL, Pu.D, CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 


ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.. 


‘Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and ~ 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City 
banks are accepted in payment, but. the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL Chup, 41 North Queen St., Lan-\ 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHUEST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


MAY 1- 1909 


LIBRARY) 


NEW York 


TORREYA greet 


May, I909 
Vol. o. No. 5. 


REPRODUCTION BY BUDDING IN DROSERA * 


In August, 1907, young plants were found growing from old 
leaves of Droscra rotundifolia (Fig. 1) in the propagating houses 
of the New York Botanical Garden. At first they were thought 
to be seedlings but further observation showed that they had no 
cotyledons, no nepionic leaves like those of seedlings, no roots 
with one exception (Fig. 5), while they bore glandular foliage 
leaves like those of the adult plant except in size. Hence it was 
evident that the young plants were produced from the budding 
of the old tissue. In some cases the leaves upon which they 
grew were green and apparently normal; in others, brown and 
decaying. 

Microtome sections through the point of connection between 
the young plant and the parent tissue (Figs. 2 and 3) showed no 
union between the vascular tissue of the parent plant and that of 
the young plant. A differential stain (Haidenhain’s iron haema- 
toxylin) showed the difference between the vigorous tissue of the 
young plant and the disintegrating tissue of the parent plant very 
clearly, but Delafield’s haematoxylin showed no such distinction. 

In each case, the stem of the young plant gave rise to five or 
six leaves before the root appeared as alateral outgrowth. The 
root had a red apex and was diageotropic until it had passed be- 
yond the margin of the old leaf, when it bent downward into the 
sphagnum in which the original plants were growing. In cne 
case only (Fig. 5) was a root observed on the under (non-glan- 
dular) surface of the leaf. Later, leaf-petioles and one flower- 
stalk (Fig. 6) that had accidentally been broken from a plant were 
found to be proliferating in a similar way. 

This growth from an inflorescence is noteworthy because so 

* Tllustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 

{No. 4, Vol. yg, of ToRREYA, comprising pages 65-88, was issued April 8, 1909. ] 
89 | 


i 


90 


Fig. 1. Drosera rotundifolia, showing a young plant growing from leaf. 


91 


few examples have been reported (Kupfer, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 
I2: 224. 1907; Robinson, Plt. World 8: 131. 1905). Plan- 


Fic. 2. Photomicrograph of section through an old leaf in region from which 
young plant is developing. 

Fic. 3. Photomicrograph of section through a leaf petiole which bears a well 
differentiated plantlet. There is no connection between either of the vascular bundles 
of the petiole and the vascular tissue of the young plant. 


chon (Ann. Sci. Nat. III]. 9: 84. pls. 5 and 6. 1848) described 
and figured flowers of Drosera intermedia which had passed into 
a chloranthic condition. The petals and the valves of the ovary 


Fic. 4. Leaf upon which young plant is growing. 
Fic. 5. Dorsal surface, showing root protruding. 


were provided with stipules, bore glands, and were circinate in 
vernation. Leavitt (Rhodora 7: 14. 1905) described a similar 


92 


aberrant form of Dvosera rotundifolia but neither observer re- 
corded the development of young plants from the flower-stalks. 

To determine whether it was necessary that a leaf should be 
in connection with the parent plant in order to proliferate, two 
leaves cut froma mature plant were placed on sphagnum ina moist 
chamber September 7. One month later a bud was seen upon 
the surface of oneleaf. Three months from the date of beginning 


Fic. 6. Flower stalk from which two young plants are growing. 


the experiment (Dec. 3) the parent leaf was still green, the leaf- 
lets of the young plant were like those of the adult, except in 
size, and the internodes of the stem were proportionately long, 
but no root had developed. At the end of four months (Jan. 3) 
a root was observed which had grown laterally from the base of 
the stem, while the parent leaf had entirely decayed. This was 
repeated with four leaves with practically the same results. A 
portion of a leaf was able to produce a new plant as readily as 
an entire leaf. Leaves placed with the gland-bearing surface 
downward in the moist chamber did not produce buds, and all 
the buds which appeared upon leaves still attached to a plant 
were upon the upper or ventral side of the leaf. 


93 


Nitschke (Bot. Zeit. 18: 57. 1860) described reproduction 
by budding in plants of D. rotundifolia growing in their native 
bogs. He observed that while the bud-formation from the leaf 
surface occurred throughout the summer it was especially frequent 
in the fall. The buds always developed from the upper side of 
the leaf. He compared the plant arising from the bud with the 
seedling and noted that the bud-plant had only a stem-root 
while the seedling had numerous roots at the base. The first 
leaves of the bud-plant resembled the mature leaves while the 
seedling had cotyledons each with a single stoma, and nepionic 
_ leaves without glandular hairs. Both the bud-plant and the 
seedling were caulescent during their first year’s growth and 
_ attained their rosette form at the beginning of the second season, 
though bud-plants produced in spring in some cases gained the 
rosette form during the summer. The first leaves made an acute 
angle with the stem but the angle made by succeeding leaves 
increased until it became 90° and the rosette form was reached. 
Drought tended to hasten the production of the rosette form, 
while fully developed plants placed under moss produced elon- 
gated axes like those of their early form. 

Grout (Am. Nat. 32: 114. 1898) noted adventitious buds on 
the leaves of D. rotundifolia, also the occurrence of glandular 
hairs a short distance from the base of stems of young plants. 
The latter observation corresponds with a statement made in 
Nature (15: 18. 1876) that plants of D. rotundifolia exhibited 
at the Chester (England) Society of Natural Science showed 
elongated axes which produced leaves and glandular hairs 
alternately. 

Similar proliferation of the leaf tissues of D. zutermedia was 
recorded by Naudin (Ann. Soc. Nat. II. 14: 14. pl. 7. f. 6. 
1840). Two plants developed between the mid-vein and margin 
of the leaf which had rosettes of leaves like those of the mature 
plant. The lower surface of the budding leaf was perfectly intact 
and there was no indication of a root. 

The appearance of buds upon leaves of D. longifolia was re- 
ported by Kirschleger (Bull. Soc. de France 2: 723. 1855). 

Winkler (Ber. d. Deutsch. Gesell. 21: 105. 1903) noted 


94 


reproduction in J. capensis as arising not from latent embryonic 
tissue but from ordinary epidermal cells at the apex or near the 
petiole of the leaf, or upon the petiole itself. 

Goebel (Einleit. i. d. exp. Morph. d. Pflanz. 196.97. 1908) 
describes and figures a portion of a leaf of D. dimata, a species 
whose leaves fork into two long segments. If a part be cut 
away and placed in a moist chamber it develops adventitious 
shoots, which have leaves like those of D. votundifola instead of 
being like the parent plant in form. This is the only species so 
far observed, in which young plants which arise by proliferation 
from mature tissue, develop leaves different from those of the 
adult. The question arises as to whether D. rotundifolia is not 
near to the antecedent form in structure while D. dzvata may be 
the result of the greatest modification, so that it is still in a state 
of variation and hence reverts to the D. rotundifolia type. 

An allied form of reproduction which occurs in D. pygmaea, 
a native of southern Australiaand New Zealand, is described by 
Goebel (Flora 98: 324. 1908). The leaves are arranged ina 
rosette like those of other species but they are peculiar in having 
a peltate form and little chlorophyll, the work of assimilation 
being carried on chiefly by the petioles which are fleshy, contain 
much chlorophyll, and have stomata. At the close of the vege- 
tative period, in the latter half of October in cultivated plants, 
numerous brood-bodies which resemble the gemmae of M/ar- 
chantia appear in the center of the rosette. Each is borne upon 
a slender hyaline stem, the turgid cells at the apex of which set 
up such a tension that the brood-bodies are easily broken off by 
the animals which pass over them or by the rain. These small 
(0.730mm. by 0.515 mm.), heart-shaped brood-bodies show dor- 
so-ventral differentiation, the under side being smooth while the 
upper side is rounded into a horse-shoe-shaped cushion. There 
are stomata on both sides and a vascular bundle runs from the 
point of attachment to the center of the brood-body. The tissues 
are rich in starch, fat, and other reserve foods. The anlage of 
the new plant lies in the hollow at the base and may develop 
immediately after separation from the parent plant if conditions 
are favorable, drought being the most serious hindrance. The 


95 


first leaves are peltate like those of the adult while the nepionic 
leaves of the seedling are simpler in form. Goebel believes that 
the origin of the brood-body is from a leaf anlage which explains 
their appearing alternately with the foliage-leaves, also the de- 
velopment of a slender vascular strand. It is more difficult to 
correlate particular parts. At-first one is inclined to homologize 
the blade of the foliage-leaf with the brood-body and the petiole 
of the foliage-leaf with its stem. However the petiole of the leaf 
is more strongly developed than the blade, while the stem of the 
brood-body is less developed. Stipules which appear very early 
in the formation of the leaf have no homologue in the brood-body. 
The foliage-leaf is curved so that the apex is directed inwards 
while the brood-body remains upright. The brood-body de- 
velops early from the leaf-anlage and its stem must be regarded 
as a new structure, the function of which is the dissemination of 
these reproductive bodies. The part homologous with the foliage- 
leaf is a group of cells which arises on the inner side of the 
anlage. No axial buds have been observed in the inflorescence 
of D. pygmaca so it seems reasonable to regard the brood-bodies 
as new structures which do not arise from axial buds. 

From the above observations it is seen that reproduction by 
budding occurs in D. rotundifolia, D. intermedia, D. longifolia, 
D. Ginata, and if the brood-bodies of D. pygmaea be taken as 
aborted leaves, the reproduction is by budding in that case also. 
In each species except D. d:mata the first leaves of the young 
plant resemble those of the adult. In D. rotundifolia at least, 
the resulting form is the same whether the young plant arises 
from a leaf still attached to the plant, a leaf cutting, or a flower- 
stalk removed from the plant. 

Whether this is regarded as regeneration or not, depends upon 
the definition of regeneration which is accepted. Morgan (Re- 
generation, 23. 1901) says, ‘“‘ The word Regeneration has come 
to mean in general usage not only the replacement of a lost part 
but also the development of a new, whole organism, or even a 
part of an organisn, from a piece of an adult, or of an embryo, 
or an egg.” Goebel (Einleit. 1. d. exp. Morph. d. Pfilanz. 136. 
1908) expresses his idea of regeneration as the phenomenon of 


96 


completion or restoration of a plant body after injury without 
regard to the manner in which it occurs. Pfeffer (Phys. of Plts. 
trans. by Ewart, 2: 167. 1903) states that “only those cases 
ought to be designated as regeneration in higher plants in which 
the new parts formed after injury or loss exactly resemble in 
number and position the organs that have been removed.” Mc- 
Callum (Bot. Gaz. 40: 98. 1905) recognizes three forms of re- 
generation as follows: ‘(1) The part removed is entirely restored 
by the growth of cells immediately below the cut surface; (2) 
there is no growth of embryonic tissue at the wounded surface, 
but at a greater or less distance from it the organization of en- 
tirely new primordia which develop organs which replace those 
removed ; (3) the organ removed is restored by the development 
of already existing dormant buds.” Dr. Kupfer (Mem. Tor. 
Bot. Club 12: 196. 1907) says “ The word regeneration ought 
to be limited to those cases in which an organ is formed, de novo, 
at a place or under conditions in which it would not normally be 
formed.” 

In the broadest sense of the term this form of reproduction in 
Drosera may be termed regeneration, but since it may occur on 
portions of the plant which are still attached to the main axis, 
without the apparent stimulus of injury, it seems better to place 
it in the category of plants that reproduce by budding than as 
an example of regeneration. However it is an illustration of a 
principle which much of the work on regeneration teaches, that 
the different forms of reproduction in plants may be arranged in a 


scale of slight gradations. 


WINIFRED J. ROBINSON 
New YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN 


| JUGLANDACEA PROM DHE BEEISTOCENE ZO 
MARYLAND * 


By EpwarD W. BERRY 
Some years ago a very complete account of the Pleistocene 
flora of Maryland was given by Dr. Hollick | who enumerated 


* Illustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 
+ Hollick, Maryland Geol. Surv., Pliocene and Pleistocene, 217-237, pl. 67-75. 
1906, 


97 


é 


about forty species of plants from deposits of this age in that 
state. Among these there were five members of the family 
Juglandaceae represented by leaflets of /ug/anus, Hicoria, and pos- 
sibly Pterocarya (although the latter is doubtfully determined), 
and a small poorly preserved nut of A/corza. 

Remains of //coria, both leaflets and nuts, have proved to be 
very common in such of our Pleistocene deposits south of the 
terminal moraine as have been exploited. /ug/ans, on the other 
hand, has ‘thus far proved to be exceedingly rare. 

I am indebted to Dr. F. H. Knowlton, of the U. S. National 
Museum, for the privilege of describing the present exceptionally 
well preserved specimens which were collected from the Talbot 


formation, about one mile south of Chesapeake Beach in Calvert 
County by William Palmer. 
Hicoria glabra (Mill.) Britton. 

Several extremely well preserved specimens of the fruit of this 
species were collected some of which are shown in figs. I-5. 
These bring out very well the pear-shaped outline, the indehis- 
cent husk, and the thick shell which characterize the modern 


98 


fruits of this species and from which the fossils are indistinguish- 
able. This species has been found fossil at a number of localities, 
The writer has recorded it from both Virginia * and North Caro- 
lina; + Mercer reports numerous specimens from the celebrated 
cave deposits at Port Kennedy, Pa.; { and the leaflets described 
by Hollick § from the Maryland Pleistocene as Aicoria pseudo- 
glabra may well belong tothe same species. This comparative 
frequency of occurrence in the Pleistocene would seem to indicate 
that it was exceedingly abundant. Its presence in these deposits 
can hardly be attributed to more favorable opportunities for pres- 
ervation since other hickories like /zcorta minima and Fiicoria 
aguatica inhabit wetter situations and would seem to be equally 
well situated for interment in river and estuary swamp deposits. 

As previously mentioned, the genus AZzcorza is abundant in the 
Pleistocene, additional American records being those of A/zcoria 
pecan,|| Hicoria ovata,§| Hicoria aquatica,** and HAicoria alba. ++ 
The latter is found in the remarkable Interglacial deposits of the 
Don Valley near Toronto, Canada, and enables us to form some- 
what of an estimate of the time involved in the ceological changes 
of the Quaternary, since with the exception of the occasional 
carrying and burying of the nuts by squirrels, the normal rate of 
migration which includes the factors of seed dispersal and rate 
and time required to grow to bearing age, is comparatively slow 
in this family. 


Juglans nigra Linne. 

The single nut of this species which was found is shown in 
fig. 6. It is identical with the smaller nuts of the modern tree. 
The husk was entirely rotted away and the surface largely 
smoothed before entombment, the rugosities of the shell being 
partially eliminated. It seems probable that the tree which bore 


* Berry, Torreya6: 89. 1906. 

+ Berry, Journ. Geology 15: 340. 1907. 

{ Mercer, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. (Il) 11: 277, 281. 1899. 

AEVollickseloceicite 221s 0 p/5n 7/2 9 /anz, LOL 7p 

|| Lesq., Am. Journ. Sci. 27: 368. 1859. 

{| Mercer, loc. cit. 279. Berry, Journ. Geology 15: 340. 1907. 

** Berry, Torreyag: 71. 1909. 

Tt Mercer, loc. cit. 281. Penhallow, Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 10*: 73. 1904; 
Amer. Nat. 41: 446. 1907. 


99 


the present specimen grew at some distance from its final resting 
place and that after a period of desiccation it was brought down 
by some temporarily swollen stream to the estuary where it 
finally became water-logged and deposited. 

Remains of /ug/ans are not abundant in the Pleistocene de- 
posits and so far as I know nuts have not heretofore been de- 
scribed from our American Pleistocene. In Europe the /ug/ans 
tephrodes Unger of the Pliocene persists in the Lower Pleistocene 
of the Netherlands: /uglaus regia Linné is recorded from a 
number of Pleistocene localities in France, Italy, and Germany ; 
and fruits practically identical with the present species and de- 
scribed as /uglans nigra var. fossilis by Kinkelin * occur in the 
Upper Pliocene of Germany. Both genera have a long and in- 
teresting geological history, the records of /ug/ans antedating 
those of Acoria by a considerable interval of time, since the first 
recorded species of the former are found in strata of Mid-Creta- 
ceous age while the latter has not been found as yet until toward 
the close of the Upper Cretaceous. 


JouHns Hopkins UNIVERSITY, 
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 


ROG TI EIDIONGS) Owes Welle, (C008 
MARCH 9, 1909 


The meeting was called to order at the American Museum of 
Natural History at 8:30 p. m., with Dr. E. B. Southwick in the 
chair. About fifty persons were present. After the reading and 
approval of the minutes of the preceding meeting, the resignation 
of Mr. E. L. Rogers was read and accepted. The Club then 
listened to a very interesting lecture on “Ferns” by Mr. Ralph 
C. Benedict. The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides made 
from photographs taken by the speaker. 

The meeting adjourned. Percy WILSON, 

Secretary 
MARcH 31, 1909 

The meeting was held at the Museum of the New York Botan- 
ical Garden at 3:30 p.M., with Dr, J. H. Barnhart in the chair. 

* Kink., Senckenb. Abhandl. 29°: 237. p/. 30. f. 8, 9. 1908. 


100 


Sixteen persons were in.attendance. After the reading and ap- 
proval of the minutes of the preceding meeting, the scientific 
program was presented. The following abstracts were prepared 
by the authors: 

“Exploration in the Everglades”, by Dr. J. K. Small. 

“TI was accompanied on my recent expedition by Mr. J. J. 
Carter, of Pleasant Grove, Pennsylvania. 

‘The principal undertaking of the expedition was the explora- 
tion of the group of keys forming the southwestern extension of 
the everglade reef or chain of islands. This group, extending 
westward from near Camp Jackson for about ten miles and thence 
southwestward for about eight miles, dies out in the everglades 
eighteen miles from Cape Sable. It is popularly known as Long 
Key, and has furnished the basis of much misunderstanding among 
the native Floridians and superstition among the Seminole 
Indians. 

“ While awaiting the arrival of baggage delayed in transit from 
the north, we took occasion to visit some of the upper Florida 
Keys, including the group of Ragged Keys, making notes of 
observations and complete collections of the plants inhabiting 
them. Our main object was to determine whether or not 
Soldier Key and the Ragged Keys really belong to the Florida 
Keys, from the standpoint of their structure and vegetation. The 
fact that these islands are members of the Florida Keys was 
demonstrated in the affirmative by evidence furnished by their 
coral structure and tropical vegetation. Thus Soldier Key is to 
be considered the most northern member of the Florida Keys. 
A glance at a map of that region will also indicate that it is sep- 
arated from the two islands lying north of it by about five miles 
of water, including a natural channel. The two islands just 
referred to, namely, Virginia Key and Key Biscayne, are gener- 
ally included among the Florida Keys; but a previous study of 
their structure and vegetation proved them to be merely detached 
portions of the narrow coastal peninsula, which thus ends at the 
historic Cape Florida. Soldier Key consists of several acres of 
partially sand-covered coral-rock with both herbaceous and 
woody vegetation, the number of species growing there amount- 


101 


ing to about five dozen. The Ragged Keys lie about five miles 
south of Soldier Key and consist of about six islands, the 
majority of them being larger than Soldier Key. 

“The first attempt to reach Long Key was defeated by the 
high water in the everglades caused by recent rains. While 
_ waiting for the water to subside, we visited Key Largo and spent 
several days exploring the southern portion of that key for a dis- 
tance of about fifteen miles. We found a considerable original 
forest about the middle of the key, where four species of cactus 
were quite common, two spreading opuntias, one spine-armed 
and one spineless, and two climbing forms, one, a Cereus, with 
three-angled stems, the other, a /arrisia, with fluted stems. 
The leaf-mould in the forest was very deep, in some places cov- 
ering the coral-rock for a depth of one or two feet, but curiously 
enough, herbaceous vegetation was almost, if not completely, 
absent, and places where humus-loving orchids should have 
grown were barren. In such places the only visible plant not a 
shrub or tree was the climbing fern, Phymatodes exiguum, a trop- 
ical American plant known from the United States only on Key 
Largo. On parts of the key where the forest had been cleared 
off several plants were found evidently lately introduced from 
other parts of the tropics. 

‘“The rains having become less frequent and a steady dry 
southeast wind having set in, Long Key was reached, and a 
‘supply-camp established on the eastern end, from which point 
exploring trips were made to different localities. 

‘“On the most distant island visited we found another tree to 
add to the arboreous flora of the United States. Returning we 
crossed portions of the three larger islands which form the back- 
bone of the group, exploring both the pinelands and such ham- 
mocks as had not been burned out by recent fires. The flora of 
the pinelands was both rich and interesting, but that of the small 
hammocks turned out to be rather disappointing as compared 
with that of the hammocks twenty miles to the northeast. The 
larger hammocks certainly contained a more varied flora than the 
smaller ones, but the fires had been so recent that not a plant 
could be found in a condition to collect. The second journey was 


102 


made along the northern side of the largest key for more than 
half its length. The everglades seem to be lower on the northern 
side than on the southern, for we found them submerged, and 
when the depth of the water prohibited further progress we grad- 
ually worked across the key towards the south, and returned to 
the supply-camp across the higher prairies. A third journey 
was made along a course close to the southern side of the largest 
key for eight or nine miles to the west, and then up through the 
narrow intersecting prairie into the everglades on the north side 
directly west of the point where we were forced to turn south on_ 
the second journey. We then returned to the supply-camp, 
crossing the largest key through both pinelands and hammocks. 

“The last day of the Long Key expedition was devoted to 
work on Royal Palm Hammock and the two smaller islands ad- 
jacent to its western side. Royal Palm Hammock is remarkable 
for thegrowth of palms (Roystonea regia), from which it takes its 
name. These trees are visible across the open everglades almost 
as far as the eye can reach, and curiously enough this species of 
palm is confined to this island, with the exception of two plants 
which grow on the small key which lies near its western side 
and a very few plants which exist on a key about two miles 
directly east. Royal Palm Hammock is also noted as being the 
only locality in the United States where several tropical American 
epiphytic orchids grow naturally. 

““We were surprised to meet with a number of plants, both 
herbaceous and woody, characteristic of more northern or cooler 
parts of the country. Among the woody plants the more con- 
spicuous were the laurel-leaved greenbrier (Slax laurifola), 
Ward's willow (Salix longipes), sweet bay (Magnolia virginiana), 
Virginia creeper (Parthenocissus quinguefolia), persimmon (Lio0- 
spyros virginiana), French mulberry (Cadllicarpa americana), and 
buttonbush (Cephalanthus occidentalis). The most interesting of 
these was the sweet bay, which occurred in diminutive forests, 
the plants assuming the form of a tree and ranging from one to 
three feet tall. Their trunks were characteristically buttressed, 
with a diameter of several.inches at the base, tapering to about 
one half an inch a foot above. The diminutive trees bore both 
flowers and fruit. 


105 


“Our last field work was done on the .Vaccas Keys, Crawl 
Keys, and Grassy Key. We secured a good collection of the 
plants inhabiting these islands, including some additions to our 
flora, and a view of the remarkably dense growth of the palm, 
Thrinax floridana, which is well worth a trip there to see.” 
“Notes on North American Pondweeds”’, by Mr. Norman Taylor. 

‘‘A short historical review of previous treatments of the genus 
Potamogeton shows that Morong (1893) credited 37 species to 
North America, while Pflanzenreich (1907) lists 42 species and 
scores of varieties. The forthcoming part of the North Ameri- 
can Flora will contain descriptions of only 36 species. A 
decidedly conservative tendency in the conception of specific 
limitations accounts for the difference in the number of species, 
and this is based on a more or less fixed adherence to the prin- 
ciple that in Potamogeton fruit characters are the only ones of any 
real stability. 

“The usual characters that have been used by monographers 
and their relative value for taxonomic purposes, was discussed. 
As an example of the variability of the group, a series of speci- 
mens showing every gradation between the lanceolate leaves of 
P. Richardsonit and the orbicular ones of P. bupleuroides was 
shown, and the contention was advanced that in all probability the 
three species P. Richardsoni, P. perfoliatus, and P. bupleurotdes 
were in reality one aggregate species with trifling differences.”’ 

Discussion followed by Dr. Barnhart, Dr. Rydberg, and the 
speaker. . 

The meeting adjoumed at 4:30 P. M. 

PERcy WILSON, 
Secretary 
REVIEWS 


Ward’s Trees* 


The little book, which follows the three volumes on Buds and 
Twigs, Leaves, and Inflorescences and Flowers, is of course de- 
signed primarily for use in England; yet, it will prove helpful in 

* Ward, H. Marshall. Trees: A Handbook of Forest Botany for the Woodlands 


and the Laboratory. Vol. IV. Fruits. Pp. 154. f. 147. 1908, Cambridge, 
University Press (Putnam’s, New York). 


104 


this country, especially to the teacher of general botany. The key 
is simple, and despite its broken character, owing to the interpola- 
tion of many illustrations, can be used easily by any one really in- 
terested in trees; it is based upon the fruits as the sub-title indicates. 
The list of trees included, does not, of course, agree with similar lists 
of American trees ; this is noticeably true of the oaks (5 species) 
and the maples (3 species). The greatest value to Americans 
is in the general chapters on fruits (pp. 3-55) in which the 
distinctions between seed and fruit, and between the various kinds 
of fruits, is told in a very readable way. The illustrations will 
prove very helpful for general demonstration purposes; one very 
great advantage over most illustrations is the care with which 
the seed attachment is shown. 
JEAN BROADHURST 


OW IUNINBIRISS IF IMO) INS /AVEISUEIKS 


BIoLoGy IN SUMMER VACATIONS 


In the preliminary report on the high school course in biology 
prepared by the New Jersey Science Teachers’ Association,* sug- 
gestions are given for observations during the summer vacation. 
They are divided into the studies possible at the seaside, on the 
mountains, in gardens, etc. The questions suggested by Dr. 
Harper in the July (1908) TorreyA may be too difficult for most 
of the high school pupils, but some of them, at least, can be 
used. Will not some teacher, who is in touch with’ his botany 
or biology classes again in the fall, send us a report of what he 
has been able to do in this line? We hear much claimed for 
biology because it is such a vital subject, in close touch with the 
child’s life. Caz we in one year give the high school pupil 
enough to interest him in any such problems and can we enable 
him to carry them out independently during the summer? Oris 
it mere talk? Will not some of our teachers try it this summer ? 
Reports upon work of this kind would be more convincing than 
pages on ‘educational biology”’ as to what we can rightfully 


* Committee: Mr. G. H. Trafton, Passaic, Chairman; Prof. J. Nelson, Rutgers 
College, and Miss S. Streeter, Jersey City. 


105 


claim for biology or botany and also, as to what we must grace- 
fully yield as wholly beyond high school possibilities. 
JEAN BROADHURST 


Professor C. S. Gager has an illustrated article on some phys- 
iological effects of radium rays in the American Naturalist for 
December, 1908. 


The March Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club has a study 
of winter buds with reference to their growth and leaf content 
by Emmeline Moore. This interesting article is illustrated with 
growth curves and many line drawings of bud sections. The 
same number contains also an article on some aspects of the 
mycorhiza problem by Benjamin C. Gruenberg. 


The Journal of Biological Chemistry for December, 1908, con- 
tains an article on /bervillea Sonorae, specimens of which are » 
growing in the New York Botanical Garden. Theauthors, Miss 
Julia T. Emerson and Mr. William W. Walker, discuss the plant’s 
chemical composition and its toxicity. One swollen stem that 
has been lying on a board in a museum case since 1902 still 
sends up yearly shoots bearing leaves and tendrils. 


The parasitic fungi of Aleyrodes citri, a serious scale pest of the 
orange groves in Florida and other southern states, have been 
recently fully described and illustrated by Mr. Howard S. 
Fawcett, of the Florida Agricultural Experiment Station ; the 
study was made from an economic standpoint, for the “ greatest 
success in the use of fungi to combat insect pests seems to have 
been attained in Florida, where proper conditions of temperature 
and moisture are present.” 


The Botanical Gazette for January, 1909, has an illustrated 
article by Robert Greenleaf Leavitt on homoeosis, in which is 
discussed the translocation of characters, such as abscission from 
the petiole to the petiolules in the horsechestnut, the subdivision 
of the pinnae as in the frond as a whole in the Pierson and other 


106 


ferns, and several other phases of homoeosis, the complete or 
partial translocation of foliage characters to the flowers or vice 
versa, and the omission of one of the alternative generations as 
in some ferns, where the tips of the pinnae may be converted into 
prothallia bearing archegonia and antheridia. 


The New York Tribune for February 14 reports that ‘‘a buried 
prehistoric forest on the New Jersey coast, near the Sandy Hook 
military reservation, has been discovered by army engineers while 
boring for an additional water supply. When the test pipes were 
down nearly four hundred feet, through strata of red clay, shale, 
and white sand,a broad strata of wood was found. At one point 
the borers reported that they went through twenty feet of wood, 
which they think was a tree trunk still remaining upright. In- 
vestigations are being made in the interest of archaeology. If 
a forest flourished where the sand dunes are now, it is believed 
it was covered with sand by the action of the sea until buried.” 


The Calaveras National Forest, the famous grove which con- 
tains about 1,400 giant sequoias over six feet in diameter is de- 
scribed in Sczence, Marchig. The grovealsoincludes many very 
large sugar pines, yellow pines, white firs, and cedars. Most of 
the larger sequoias have been named for famous generals, states- 
men, or for states. The Father of the Forests, now fallen, has a 
basal diameter of over forty feet. Some of these trees contain 
as much lumber as fifteen acres of ordinary timberland. The 
first Calaveras bill was introduced some four years ago; the pres- 
ent bill is one of the last signed by President Roosevelt. 


Loco-weed, the cause of extensive losses of live stock in the 
western United States, has been recently investigated by A. C. 
Crawford (Bull. 129, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry). Having 
proved its toxic powers, which was doubted by some investi- 
gators, Mr. Crawford next found that the toxicity remained after 
boiling and was also easily proven in the ash of the plants under 
examination. In the experiments with animals it was noticed 


107 


that a ‘close analogy exists between the clinical symptoms and 
pathological findings in barium poisoning and those resulting 
from feeding extracts of certain loco plants. Small doses of 
barium salts may be administered to rabbits without apparent 
effect, but suddenly acute symptoms set in analogous to what is 
reported on the range,” and finally “barium was found in the 
ash of many ‘loco’ plants in amounts sufficient to account for the 
symptoms.” 

The authcr mentions that in other localities the toxic action 
may be due to substances other than barium, and explains the 
contradictory results previously obtained as follows: 

‘‘Loco plants grown on certain soils are inactive pharma- 
cologically and contain no barium. In drying certain loco plants 
the barium apparently is rendered insoluble so that it is not ex- 
tracted by water, but can usually be extracted by digestion with 
the digestive ferments. 

“The barium to be harmful must be in such‘a form as to be 
dissolved out by digestion. 

‘In deciding whether plants are poisonous it is desirable not 
merely to test the aqueous or alcoholic extract, but also the ex- 
tracts obtained by digesting these plants with the ferments which 
occur in the gastro-intestinal tract.” 


INTE WS) AMES 

At Munich Dr. P. Renner has been made curator of the cryp- 
togamic herbarium. 

The University cf Minnesota has been given over 2,000 acres 
of land for experimental forestry. 

L. Lancelot Burlingame has been advanced to assistant pro- 
fessor of botany at Stanford University. 

Columbia University is contemplating establishing a course in 
forestry, with the degree of forest engineer. 

The Smithsonian Institution has recently received from Captain 
John Donnell Smith a second herbarium consisting of over seven 
thousand fern sheets. 


Professor William Stuart, of the Department of Horticulture, 


108 


University of Vermont, has accepted an appointment in the U. S. 
Department of Agriculture. 


Dr. H. Metcalf 


b) 


who has been traveling in Italy collecting re- 
sistant varieties of rice, has resumed his work in this country at 
the Bureau of Plant Industry. 

The biology department of Princeton University has received 
about ten thousand specimens of mosses and hepatics from Dr. 
Per Dusen and Dr. Hj. Maller, of Sweden. 


The British Science Association is to meet at Winnipeg, August 
25 to September 1. Reduced rates from points east and west, 
with side trips in Canada, are being offered. 

Mr. B. E. Dahlgren, formerly connected with the American 
Museum of Natural History, New York, is now in Jamaica, 
making studies for a series of models of representative tropical 
plants for the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago. 


Dr. M. H. Boye, a prominent chemist, died in March. Though 
far from the most important of his discoveries, readers of TORREYA 
may be most interested in his process of refining cotton seed oil 
(1845) thus securing the well-known colorless oil instead of the 
former blackish thick liquid. 


The New York Botanical Garden offers from the income of the 
Caroline and Olivia E. Stokes Fund for the Preservation of Native 
Plants the following prizes for essays not exceeding 5,000 words : 
(Z) $40.00, (2) $25.00, (3) $15.00. The essays must be type- 
written in duplicate and must reach the Garden not later than 
June 20, 1909. 

Professor F. S. Earle reports through Sczence that the Cuban 
administration has demanded the resignation of the staff of the 
Cuban Agricultural Station —a repetition of the Cuban football 
policy followed to satisfy the office seekers. Among the men thus 
unjustly displaced are the following botanists whom Professor 
Earle ‘‘ heartily recommends to any institutions having vacancies ”’ 
in their lines: Dr. H. Hasselbring, botany ; Prof. Wm. T. Horne 
and Mr. J. S. Houser, vegetable pathology ; and Prof, €. F. 
Austin and Mr. C. F. Kinman, horticulture. 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year 1909 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to zew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which THE NaATuRE-STuDY REVIEW 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may 
be credited as member's fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 
OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


en monthly journal devoted to general botany, established. 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, —. 
14 shillings, Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents . 
for England. | . a 
Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer-" 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stant 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. , 
Vols, 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each ; Vols. 28~35 three dollars each. | ; 
Ginole copies (30. cts.) will be furnished onl when not 
breaking complete volnnee : 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 1880, are published at cleoute 
intervals. Volumes 1-11 and 13 arenow completed; Nos. rand 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The | 
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the» | 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. . 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New 
York): 1888... Price, $1.00. 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM ‘MANSFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


{ 


i 


Voli oq. : June, I909 No. 6 


TORREYA 


A Monruty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News 


EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


| JOHN TORREY, 1790-1873 J 


CONTENTS. 

Experiments upon Drosera rotundifolia as to its Protein-D gesting ‘Power ; 

WINIEFRED J ROBINSON 2.0.20 55... eiccenaees mse Ualt ae SMa niin aNaiets baie cena cere 109 
Species of Gymnosporangium in Southern Alabama: R. E. STONE ..........,... 114 
Fossil Euphorbiaceae, with a Note on Saururaceae: T. D. A. COcKERELL...... 117) 
Reviews: Coulter and Patterson’s Practical Nature Study: ROBERT. G. 

LEAVITT. 4% ec MEU ER ie niles SR ata ile Sate aie ME ate af lB gina AS RUS a malas (E20 
Proceedings of the Club: PERCY WILSON.........2...00... HANNAN ea ton an aN i Cece wea 124 
Field Numbers forthe Torrey Club Excursions: NoRMAN MAVIOR Aiea 126 
Of Interest to Teachers; College Entrance Botany...... 00... lecceseeten ect eeeceeees 127 
Mews tems (ihr, Sim ilias onsce nasa dear pint came Nab rateuse aos Rakes Mae NS Wb aura Muoaemaere 130 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB’ 


Ar 41 Norru Quzen Sirreer, LANCASTER, PA, 
By THe New Era Printinc Company 


[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class mattet ] 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY: H. RUSBY, M.D. 


/ Vice-Presidents : 2 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D.. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D: 


Recording Secretary 
PERCY WILSON 


Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Leditor Treasurer 


MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PuH.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PHAR. 1), 
j Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St. 
New York City New York City 


Associate, f-ditors 


JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. | TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Px.D. 


JEAN. BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILI, Px.D. 
PHILIP DOWELL, PH.D. CHARLES: LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 
ALEX. Wo EVANS, M.D., Pu. D. HERBERT M.° RICHARDS, S.D. 


TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum ; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing. 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York' City 


JUN 2- 1909 


BOTAN CAL 


TORREYA es 


June, I909 
Vol. 9g No. 6 


EXPERIMENTS UPON DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA 
AS TO ITS PROTEIN-DIGESTING POWER 


By WINIFRED J. ROBINSON 


A repetition, with some extensions, of a part of Darwin’s ex- 
haustive series of experiments on the digestive power of the 
leaves of Drosera rotundifolia was undertaken with the purpose 
of ascertaining whether the purer proteins now available would 
give any different results from those obtained by Darwin with 
tissue fragments or crude protein materials, solid and liquid. 
The experiments were carried on at the New York Botanical 
Garden under the direction of Professor William J. Gies, of the 
College of Physicians and Surgeons of Columbia University. 

The plants used were collected in the bogs near Lakewood, 
N. J., in July, 1907. They were planted in sphagnum at the 
propagating house of the New York Botanical Garden, where 
they were kept continuously except when certain of their num- 
ber were brought to the laboratory of the garden fora short time 
for observation. 

The proteins used were prepared at the College of Physicians 
and Surgeons under the direction of Professor Gies with the ex- 
ception of the nucleoprotein, which was extracted from com- 
pressed yeast by Professor Gies’s method, in the laboratory of 
the New York Botanical Garden. _ 

To insure accuracy in the records of the experiments a dia- 
gram of the arrangement of the leaves of the plant was made 
in each case, the point on a leaf where a protein particle was 
placed being indicated on the diagram by anink spot. Observa- 
tions of the plants brought to the laboratory were made at 
intervals of from ten to thirty minutes during the first half day, 


[No. 5, Vol. 9, of TORREYA, comprising pages 89-108 was issued April 30, 1909. ] 
109 


iO) 


while those allowed to remain in the propagating house were 
examined daily. 
Dry EGG-wHITe * 


Particles of dry white of egg were placed upon all the leaves 
of aplant on October 13,1907. The tentacles curved slowly but 
at the end of 24 hours were tightly closed over albumen parti- 
cles. At the end of three days the albumen had entirely dis- 
appeared and was no doubt pretty thoroughly digested. 

In the use of such crude products as egg-white, as was the 
case in practically all of Darwin’s Drosera experiments, the pos- 
sible influence of salts and other non-protein compounds in the 
materials employed, is ignored. In the remaining experiments, 
accessory substances, such as inorganic salts and extractives, 
have had no influence, for they were completely eliminated from 
the protein samples in the course of their preparation. 


ACIDALBUMIN 


Acidalbumin particles were placed upon all the leaves ee 
plant on October 13, 1907, but the response was slight, and the 
albuminate remained at the end of three days. © 


ALKALI ALBUMINATE 


Alkali albuminate particles were placed upon the leaves of a 
third plant, October 13, 1907, with a result similar to that in the 
case of the acidalbumin. 

The results of the foregoing experiments show that egg 
albumen causes a response of the tentacles and ultimate diges- 
tion, while the acidalbumin and alkali albuminate both cause a 
much less vigorous response. The plants upon which the experi- 
ments were tried were just ready to enter the resting stage so it is 
hardly fair to say that they would not more readily digest the 
acidalbumin and alkali albuminate if the plants had been in prime. 
condition. It is possible, of course, that the prior separation of 
saline matters and other impurities from the albuminates, re- 
moved an effective digestive stimulus. 


* This was the only crude product employed. All others were chemically pure. 


iy 


EDESTIN 


Particles of crystalline edestin were placed on each leaf of a 
single plant on October 13, 1907. The response of the plant 
was very slow, and at the end of 24 hours the edestin granules 
showed no apparent change. Gradually, however, they were 
dissolved and at the end of three days had disappeared. 


FIBRIN 


Small shreds of fibrin* were placed upon a leaf August 26, 
1907, at 2:30 P. M., the plant being kept in the laboratory under 
a bell-jar, with tubulure, for observation. At the end of 4 hours 
the tentacles had curved inward and, after 19 hours had elapsed, 
the particles had been carried from the margin to the center of 
the disc. At the end of 67 hours a part of the fibrin remained, 
with the tentacles still slightly closed over it. ° 

On August 26, 1907, small shreds of fibrin were placed on 
one leaf of each of three plants, which were left at the propagat- 
ing house; 24 hours later the tentacles were tightly closed over 
the fibrin in each case. They remained closed through the 
sccond day, when they expanded fully. The fibrin had been 
partially dissolved. Some of the tentacles on two of these 
leaves were closed over insects. Fibrin was then placed upon 
the other tentacles, and these continued to be closed after those 
which digested the fibrin had expanded again. 

In an experiment begun October 13, 1907, shreds of fibrin 
were placed on all the leaves of one plant; 24 hours later the 
response was slight but at the end of 3 days the fibrin had dis- 
solved. 

The results of these experiments show that fibrin, as pure as 
it can be prepared by the best methods, is dissolved and digested 
when placed upon leaves of Drosera rotundifolia. 


TENDOMUCOID 
Small particles of tendomucoid were placed upon two leaves 
of the same plant, September 18, 1907, and soon dissolved, the 
glistening drop of solution remaining some time upon the leaf. 


* Given special care in purification, Ash content was only 0.4 per cent. 


112 


On September 23 the experiment was repeated with similar 
results. 

On October 13 the experiment was again repeated. This time 
the plant was kept in the laboratory under a bell-jar, with tubu- 
lure, and the drop of dissolved mucoid disappeared, hence it was 
inferred that digestion had occurred at the end of three days. 


YEAST NUCLEOPROTEIN 


September 10 particles of yeast nucleoprotein were placed 
upon a leaf of a plant in the laboratory. The tentacles slowly 
closed over it and remained closed three days. 

On September 11 the experiment was repeated with the dif- 
ference that the nucleoprotein was moistened with distilled water 
before it was used. The result was like that of the preceding 
experiment. The nucleoprotein became dark-colored in each 
experiment before it disappeared. 

From the response of the tentacles and the disappearance of 
the nucleoprotein it was inferred that digestion had slowly taken 
place. 

TENDOCOLLAGEN 


Fragments of collagen fibers from tendon were placed upon 
three leaves of one plant. The tentacles bent but did not close 
tightly. No change in size or appearance of the collagen parti- 
cles was observed during four days. 

The experiment was repeated September 23, upon a young 
leaf, with a result similar to the above. 

September 27 and October 13 the experiment was repeated 
upon mature leaves, the result in each case being a bending of 
the tentacles within half an hour with no further change, hence 
the response may be attributed to contact stimulus rather than 
to digestion. 

LIGAMENT ELASTIN 


Particles of ligament elastin were placed on a leaf of a plant 
in the laboratory August 26, at 2:30 Pp. mM. Observations were 
made at intervals of half an hour during the first four hours, but 
no response was noted. Daily observations showed no response 


113 


at the end of a week. On the same day elastin was placed on 
several leaves of each of two plants in the propagating house. 
No change was noted in three days. 

On September 3 nine leaves of a single plant in the propagat- 
ing house were washed with distilled water, after which particles 
of elastin which had been moistened with distilled water were 
placed upon them. No movement of the tentacles was observed 
during six days. On the same day particles of elastin which had 
been moistened with dilute Liebig’s meat extract were placed upon 
two leaves of a plant in the propagating house. Observations 
were made on three successive days, but no change was seen. 
(Note the negative results with creatin recorded in the next sec- 
tion of this paper.) 

On September 4 particles of elastin moistened with distilled 
water were placed upon eleven leaves of a plant in the laboratory ; 
three hours later a slight bending of the tentacles was noted. The 
following morning all the tentacles had recovered, without effect 
on the elastin. On the same day particles of dry elastin were 
placed upon nine leaves of a single plant in the laboratory. After 
three hours a slight bending of the tentacles nearest the elastin 
was noted, but, after an interval of twenty hours, all the tentacles 
had recovered. There was no effect on the elastin. 

On October 13 the experiment was repeated in the laboratory 
with similar results. 

Elastin, then, is not digested by the leaves of these plants. 


CREATIN 


Creatin particles were placed upon three leaves of one plant, 
September 18, in the propagating house. They dissolved but 
caused no bending of the tentacles. The drops of fluid were 
present on the leaves for five days, but had disappeared entirely 
by the ninth day. 

On September 23, the experiment was repeated upon one leaf 
of each of four plants. The creatin dissolved within an hour 
and a beadlike drop remained for three days on each tentacle 
upon which the creatin had fallen. No bending of tentacles nor 
other response occurred. 


114 


In Darwin’s experiments with meat, creatin (and presumably 
the other nitrogenous extractives of meat) had seemingly no in- 
fluence. 

GENERAL CONCLUSIONS 


The results of these experiments indicate the ready digestibility 
of dry egg-white, fibrin, tendomucoid, and nucleoprotein. Acid- 
albumin, alkali albuminate, and edestin were digested, but some- 
what less readily than the products first named. Collagen and 
elastin appeared to be entirely indigestible. Even when moistened 
with meat extract the elastin particles failed to undergo digestive 
alteration. Creatin did not cause bending of the tentacles, 

These observations cannot be directly compared with Darwin’s 
because Darwin dealt with mixtures or crude products. 

The proteolytic enzymes of Drosera are, like those of other 
organisms, able to digest some proteins and unable to digest 
others. 


New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN 


SPECIES OF GYMNOSPORANGIUM IN SOUTHERN 
ALABAMA 


By R. E. STONE 


While connected with the Alabama Agricultural Experiment 
Station I became interested in the distribution of certain fungi, 
especially species of Gymunosporangium. ‘The presence of sev- - 
eral species of cedar as well as many species of the Pomaceae 
would indicate that many species of the genus Gymunosporangium 
might be found. 

Up to the present time the species reported for Alabama are: 
Gymnosporangium macropus Link, G. globosum Farl., G. Clavipes 
C.& P., G. flaviforme Atk., and G. Nidus-avis Thax. All of 
these are reported as occurring on Sadina virginiana (L.) 
Antoine. 

The presence of Chamaecyparis thyoides (L.) B.S.P. and also 
of Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic. and Aronia (L.) Ell. lead 
me to believe that Gymnosporangium biseptatum Ellis or Gymno- 


115 


sporangium Elsi Berk. might be found. Also the presence of 
Sabina barbadense (L.) Small would indicate that Gymmnospo- 
rangium bermudianum Earle might be collected in the state. 

For this reason I made a collecting trip into southern Alabama 
early in March, 1908, for the purpose of gathering material. 
In order to become acquainted with Gymmnosporangium bermu- 
dianum as it occurs on its host, Sabzna barbadense, I went first 
to Biloxi, Miss., the type locality for this species. 

While on the trip I discovered some new combinations. 


New Hosts 

Gymnosporangium macropus Link, on Sabina barbadense (L.) 
Small (new host). 

Collections were made at Biloxi, Miss., March 3, 1908 ; Coden, 
Ala., March 6, 1908; Bayou Labatre, Ala., March 8, 1908. 

At Biloxi, Miss., the Gymnosporangium macropus and Gymio- 
sporangium bermudianum were found growing on the same tree. 

Gymnosporangium globosum Farl., on Sabina barbadense (L.) 
Small (new host). 

Collections were made at Biloxi, Miss., March 3, 1908, and 
Bayou Labatre, Ala., March 6, 1908. 

On this trip the gap in the known distribution of Gymnospo- 
rangium bermudianum was partly filled out by collections made 
at Bayou Labatre, Ala., March 6, 1908, and at Spring Hill, Ala., 
March 8. The collections of this species are complete enough 
now to enable us to say that it occurs all along the Gulf Coast 
from Florida to Louisiana. The species probably extends west 
to Texas and perhaps farther. 

Perhaps the most important collections, as far as extending the 
known range of certain species is concerned, were those of the 
two species of Gymmnosporangium found on the white cedar, 
Chamaccyparis thyoides (L.) B.S.P. As stated previously, the 
presence of the white cedar and both Amelanchier canadensis and 
Arona arbutifolia gave the requisite conditions for either one or 
both of the two species to be found. However since neither had 
been collected in the south my hope of finding them was small 
indeed. 


116 


On March 8, 1908, while collecting in a swamp between Mo- 
bile, Ala., and Spring Hill, a suburb of that place, I secured 
some very fine specimens of Gymunosporangium Eluisa Berk., on 
Chamaecyparis thyoides (L.) B.S.P. The same day I secured at 
Spring Hill a very good specimen of Gymnosporangium biseptatum 
Ellis, on the same host. As I was in a hurry at the time, in 
order to get out of a storm, I did not fully appreciate the find 
until I had returned to my laboratory at Auburn, Ala. I have 
not had another opportunity to secure more of this material. 

Now neither of these species has been collected farther south 
than New Jersey. It would seem improbable that such a wide 
gap as this, from New Jersey to Alabama, would occur in the 
distribution of either of these species, especially when the white 
cedar occurs all along the coast between these points and the 
alternate host plants are usually found in the same localities, at 
least the range given in the various manuals would seem to show 
this. It is probable that both of these species, G. drseptatum and 
G. Elsi occur all along the whole coast from Maine to Texas. 
Careful search, Iam sure, would fill in the gap in the known 
distribution if not extending it. 

Summing up the situation for Alabama we can report the 
following species of Gymnosporangium. 

Gymnosporangium macropus Link on Sabina virginiana (L.) 
Antoine. Sabina barbadense (L.) Small (new host). 

Gymunosporangium globosum Farl. on Sabina virginiana (L.) 
Antoine. Sad:na barbadense (L.) Small (new host). 

Gymnosporangium flaviforme Atk. on Sabina virginiana (L.) 
Antoine. 

Gymnosporangium Clavipes C. & P. on Sabina virginiana. 
(L.) Antoine. 

Gymnosporangium Nidus-avis Thax. on Sabina virginiana (L.) 
Antoine. 

Gymnosporangium bermudianum Earle on Sabina barbadense 
(L.) Small. 

Gymnosporangium biseptatum Ellis on Chamaecyparis thyoides 
(US) 18. Sele. 

Gymnosporangium Ellis Berk. on Chamaecyparis thyotdes (L.) 
BuSplee 


ela 


Specimens of G. globosum and G. macropus on Sabina bar- 
badense as well as specimens of G. diseptatum and G. Elisi 
have been deposited in the following herbaria: Prof. A. B. 
Seymour, Cambridge, Mass.; Dr. J. C. Arthur, Purdue Uni- 
versity, Lafayette, Ind.; Prof. S. M. Tracy, Biloxi, Miss.; Prof 
F. E. Lloyd, Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala. ; Dr. 
E. M. Wilcox, Pathology Herbarium, University of Nebraska, 
Lincoln, Nebr. 

I still have a few good specimens of G. Elisa in my own 
collection. 

I am still greatly interested in securing specimens of both G. 
biseptatum and G. Ellsi, especially from the region between 
New Jersey and Alabama and west to Texas, and any information 
of such collections would be greatly appreciated. 


UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA, 
LincoLn, NEBRASKA 


FOSSIL EUPHORBIACEAE, WITH A NOTE ON 
SAURURACEAE * 


By T. D. A. COCKERELL 


Up to the present time, no Euphorbiaceae have been described 
from the American Tertiaries, although from their present 
abundance and wide distribution there can be no doubt that they 
have long existed on this continent. Most of the plant-bearing 
strata are very poor in herbaceous forms, but Florissant is more 
fortunate in this respect, and has already yielded us a number of 
low-growing genera not elsewhere known fossil.. Among the 
recently gathered materials I have been glad to find a couple of 
species which appear to be certainly Euphorbiaceous. 


Acalypha myricina sp. nov. 


Leaf lanceolate, the blade about 22 mm. long and 8 broad, on 
a short curved petiole; general form very much asin A. gracilens 
Gray ; surface densely glandular-pitted ; margin with very short 
blunt dark-colored gland-teeth; three prominent nervures, run- 
ning nearly parallel. The figure shows. the details better than 
they can be described, 


* Tilustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund, 


118 


The reference to Acalypha seems safe; but there is a possi- 
bility that the plant may be a Cvofon of the type of C. tghum L. 
In Croton tughum the shape, margin, and venation are all different 
from those of the fossil, and I do not know of any Croton which 
matches it better. 


Croton furcatulum Ckll. Acalypha myricina Ckll. 
A, B, calyces (enlarged). 


Flab.— Miocene shales at Florissant, Colorado, Station 13 B 
(W. P. Cockerell, 1908). It occurs on a slab with a beautiful 
branch (bearing thirteen leaves) of Myrica drymeja (Lx.) Kn. 
The Acalypha \eaf is superficially like that of some species of 
Myrica. 


Croton(?) furcatulum sp. nov. 


Represented by a slender twig, 15 mm. long, giving rise to 
three slender branchlets as shown in the figure, these about 11 
mm. long. The central branchlet supports small dark sessile 
objects, which appear to be buds or calyces, at 4.5 and 8 mm. 
from the base, and terminates in a small calyx, below which 
arises a long-oval or elliptical leaf (no doubt originally a pair), on 
a petiole about 3 mm. long; at the base of this leaf is a dark 
object which may be another calyx. The lateral branchlets fork 
at a distance of 6 mm. from their origin, giving rise to a pair of 
branchlets supporting calyces and leaves as shown in the figure. 
The calyces have long pointed lobes, apparently three in number. 


119 


The general appearance of the plant is suggestive of Euphorbia 
(in the old sense), but the calyces are much more like those of 
Croton or Crotonopsis. The species of Croton differ materially in 
the arrangement of the flowers, but among the scanty materials 
at my command I have not found one agreeing with the fossil. 
Possibly C. monanthogynus Michx. is as near to it as anything. 

Hab.— Miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado, Station 14 
(S. A. Rohwer, 1907). 


Tithymalus Willistoni sp. nov. 


Some time ago I was informed by Dr. Williston that seeds of 
a plant almost identical with the well-known ‘ Snow-on-the- 
Mountain” had been found in the Loup Fork Beds of Kansas, 
but had not been described. Through the kindness of Mr. H, T. 
- Martin, I have been able to examine some of these, taken from 
the interior of a skull from the Loup Fork at Long Island, Kan- 
sas. As preserved they are perfectly white, and as Dr. Williston 
stated, they almost exactly agree with the seeds of Zzthymalus 
marginatus (Pursh) Ckll. The sculpture is practically the same 
and the only difference I notice is that they are larger and more 
robust, 4%4 to 5 mm. long, and the larger ones 5 mm. in trans- 
verse diameter. The suture on one side is very evident. On 
some of the seeds, the reticulated sculpture has become almost 
obsolete, but evidently by wearing, as others show it very 
strongly. This fossil species may be called Zzthymalus Willstont. 


Fossil SAURURACEAE ? 


The Saururaceae constitute a small family allied to the Piper- 
aceae, with three genera. Saururus has one species in eastern 
North America and one in Asia. fouttuynia is Asiatic and 
Anemiopsis is represented by a single species living in damp 
alkaline spots in the western United States. Evidently the 
group is a waning one, and it might be expected that it would 
occur more abundantly in the Tertiary strata. It has not been 
recognized as such in our western Tertiaries, but Piper Heerit 
Lx., an unfigured species from the Eocene at Golden, Colorado, 
may belong there. According to Lesquereux, P. Heeri is 
exceedingly like P. antiquum Heer, a fossil from Sumatra. This 
P. antiguum, in the shape and venation of the leaf, agrees 
excellently with Houttuynia, and probably belongs to that genus. 


120 


REVIEWS. 


Coulter and Patterson’s Practical Nature Study * 

The writer once heard from T. C. Mendenhall the story of his 
first impulses to a scientific career; and that history has always 
remained with him as instructive and valuable because suggestive 
of what the elementary school may do for the progress of sci- 
ence. Mendenhall said that when he was a boy in a country 
school in Ohio, his teacher took pains to perform with her scholars 
simple experiments in natural philosophy for the purpose of arous- 
ing their curiosity, opening their eyes, and stimulating their 
minds. One of these experiments was to place a coin in the 
center of a basin, arrange the scholars around in such positions 
that the coin was concealed from every eye by the rim of the 
basin, and then to pour in water until, no one having moved in 
the least, the coin became visible to all. At another time the 
schoolroom was darkened, light was admitted through a small 
aperture, so that the camera obscura effect was obtained, and the 
images of children playing outside were thrown in their natural 
colors on the opposite wall of the room. These simple exhibi- 
tions powerfully stirred young Mendenhall’s imagination. The 
result, as everyone knows, was a career of service in the advance- 
ment of science, the conduct of government surveys, and the 
administration of great educational institutions. 

It is highly important that considerable numbers of people 
form the habit of finding out things for themselves, with respect 
to the processes of nature. As a custom of the race this is not 
an old habit, only about three hundred years old; yet its effects 
are those which most—at least most visibly — distinguish our 
age from every age that has gone before. 

The school may assume a favorable relation to the growth of 
science considered as human endeavor. Boys and girls may be 
awakened by the contact with nature which we give them, as 
Mendenhall was awakened, and thus the numbers of those deal- 
ing with nature in an original way to the end of bringing its 
forces into our employ may be augmented. 

* Coulter, John M., Coulter, John G., and Patterson, Alice J. Practical Natuer 


Study on an Agricultural Basis. A manual for the use of teachers and normal stu- 
dents. Pp. ix +350. 1909. Appleton & Co., New York. | $1.35. 


121 


On the contrary it is possible by means of highly organized 
scientific courses in schools to kill, to a very thorough dead- 
ness, interest in natural history and natural philosophy. The 
writer ventures to express the opinion, long entertained and now, 
through much inquiry among young men issued from the schools, 
become a conviction, that the type of school physics course at 
present in vogue often has this effect. The falling off in the 
election of physics by college students since the general adoption 
of an elaborate entrance requirement in physics is well known. 
As for botany, an experienced college examiner in this subject 
told the writer that candidates in botany could be grouped 
into three classes. The first passed with honors: they came 
from well-equipped schools where the subject was thoroughly 
done. The second group merely passed. The third got in. 
The college electives in botany, this professor continued, were 
manned from classes two and three, the most satisfactory students 
coming from the latter. Boys’ perfectly ‘“prepared”’ never after- 
wards appeared upon the field. 

Such considerations as the foregoing, and the possibility of 
the untoward effect suggested above, would seem to be enough 
to command attention among scientific leaders to the problem 
of school science even in the lowest grades. Unhappily there 
are some who have frowned upon the movement to keep alive 
in school children the ‘tentacles of inquiry’’. Regarding nature 
study as at best ‘the efflorescence of the sciences’ they 
have bidden the grade teacher (salaried at $400) come to the 
university for scientific training. They have neither inquired 
into conditions in order to organize instruction suited to the 
exigencies of the case, nor used their superior endowments of 
knowledge and advantage of prospective in cooperation with 
schoolmen seeking a betterment. But most happily there are 
some eminent examples of the leader of science alive to the 
opportunity for wide service. The activity of these men must 
eventuate not only in the enrichment and improvement of school 
curricula, but also, as has just been suggested, in an acceleration 
of the science process itself. The names of several eminent 
Americans instantly occur to everyone in this connection. 


122 


Lately Professor Coulter of Chicago has appeared as one of the 
authors of a work aimed directly at the solution of the nature 
study problem. 

The work is styled “ practical’’ and the basis is agricultural. 
The field is, therefore, that of the rural school, or at least of the 
schools of communities in which agricultural interests predomi- 
nate. How far the outlines for school-room use and the speci- 
men studies will apply beyond the limits of this field, cannot be 
foretold. But there is no doubt, whatever, that the przuczples 
enunciated are valid for every variety of local condition. The 
treatment is especially noteworthy and should have wide atten- 
tion. The reviewer hopes that its influence may be extensive. 
Could these pages be broadly disseminated among teachers, super- 
visors, and superintendents the effect for good would be imme- 
diate and distinct ; and the fog which so often envelops the subject 
would begin to dispel. 

The book is in four parts: the first deals with the mission, the 
dangers, and the principles of nature study; the second con- 
tains a topical outline in nature study and typical lesson plans ; 
the third is devoted to rural school outlines and subject matter 
for both biological and physical nature study ; and in part four 
are found chapters on bird study, school gardens, general mis- 
conceptions, and evolution. 

The second part represents the course as given in the Training 
School of the Illinois State Normal University. Though definite 
in character and designed to give specific aid to teachers who are 
called upon to handle the subject with little previous training, 
yet they are not indicative of any belief on the part of the au- 
thors that all nature study material should be so prescribed as to 
manner of treatment. 

The authors think that the time has come for extensive ex- 
periment by trained teachers working in the light of certain 
evident principles. They insist that the teacher has the right to 
the last word. 

The utilitarian trend of present-day education is reflected in 
the subjects of study from the first to the last grade — food, 
clothing, shelter, domestic animals, the plants of garden and 


123 


lawn, insect friends and enemies of man, thermometers, stoves, 
pumps, water systems, weather, soils, the selection, cultivation 
and marketing of corn, etc., etc. Wild nature, however, is not 
neglected. General principles of life and of inorganic nature are 
developed in such measure as the grade of advancement will 
allow. Inthe eighth grade the study becomes distinctly scien- 
tific in form on the side of plant study, for under the word 
“ Botany” appears “observation of the gross anatomy of types 
of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns, conifers, monocots, and 
dicots.”’ 

In the minds of these authors there is no confusion of nature 
sentiment, nature fancy, and nature study. The relation of 
literature to nature study, and of nature study to science and 
to agriculture are sanely and firmly grasped. Nature study is 
always to share the scientific spirit, in so far as science is 
a method of problem solving. Sentiment, the love of nature, 
which belongs of right to all healthy minded people, should be 
present as an atmosphere. But it alone is not nature study. 
Neither is nature study diluted botany, zoology, physics, etc. 
Poetry may be an aid; imaginative treatment is often a help when 
it does not substitute interest in fancy for interest in nature. But 
above all we must be clear to the fact that truth ztself when clearly 
discerned is very attractive. 

The intellectual results which the authors believe may be 
looked for are: A sustained interest in natural objects and the 
phenomena of nature; independence in observation and infer- 
ence ; some conception of what an exact statement means ; some 
conception of what constitutes proof. Their hopefulness is born 
of experience with the children themselves. It is surprising and 
gratifying say they —and the reviewer's experience agrees —to 
see how rapidly young children learn to hold steadily to what 
they have seen and to state it without exaggeration or verbiage. 
“ Whole systems of belief and lines of conduct have been con- 
structed upon a basis of claimed fact which a child in the grades, 
trained in nature study, could he understand the terminology, 
would reject without hesitation. An injection of such children 
in large numbers into any metropolitan community would work a 
revolution.” 


124 


The actual treatment of nature study materials is, as above 
stated, largely utilitarian — necessarily so, since nature study in 
this scheme leads to elementary agriculture — but the authors’ 
ideal outcome for all the training given by the school through 
this medium is so broad and so fine that at once the whole system 
is raised above the merely industrial and acquisitive plane. In 
the light of this ideal, nature study becomes, let us dare to sug- 
gest, something better than an “efflorescence of the sciences”’ 
—as one eminent man of science phrased it to the present writer. 
The authors believe firmly in the attainability of this ideal; and 
with good reason, as experiments in some parts of the middle 
west are already beginning to demonstrate. Even those who 
have looked with some contempt upon the nature study move- 
ment will probably be able to discern in the following picture 
the delineation of a condition highly to be desired: ‘‘ We do not 
want our country boys,” say the authors, ‘‘to become merely 
efficient farmers who have learned to do certain things that they 
may make more dollars. We want them to be men who realize 
the larger applications of the laws and principles they are follow- 
ing, men who see and discriminate, who grasp situations, who 
think for themselves, and who have an abiding interest and 
enthusiasm for their profession, looking upon their fields, orchards, 
and meadows somewhat as laboratories in which to work out 
experiments to the end that they may do their work more profita- 
bly and enjoyably. We would have them men who take a keen 
pleasure not only in making their soil more productive, and in 
raising better crops and stock, but quite as much in making the 
home and its surroundings and the life within it more comfort- 
able, more interesting, and more beautiful.” 


Ropert G. LEaAvitTtT 
New YorRK STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, 


TRENTON, NEW JERSEY 


PROCEEDINGS OF fir Clu 


APRIL 13, 1909 


The Club met at the American Museum of Natural History 
at 8:30 P. M. and was called to order by Mr. Charles Louis 


125 


Pollard, who presided in the absence of the president and both 
vice-presidents. The attendance was twenty-five. 

Mr. Norman Taylor, chairman of the field committee, asked 
that authority be given him to issue a circular letter request- 
ing the members to vote relative to the continuance of the field 
meetings. The Club voted that this authority be given. 

The announced paper of the evening on “ Botanizing on the 
Headwaters of the Saskatchewan and Athabasca Rivers” * was 
then presented by Mr. Stewardson Brown. The lecture was 
illustrated by lantern slides. 

Adjournment followed. Percy WILSON, 

Secretary 
APRIL 28, 1909 

The meeting was held at the New York Botanical Garden, 
with Dr. Tracy E. Hazen in the chair. Sixteen persons were 
present. The minutes of the meeting of April 13 were read and 
approved. 

Dr. William A. Murrill, chairman of the cryptogamic section 
of the committee on the local flora, made a report in which the 
following suggestions were submitted : 

(1) The publication of keys and lists of local species for field 
use; (2) the preparation of a map of the territory included ; 
(3) cooperation with other botanical clubs within or bordering 
on this territory ; (4) cooperation with the field committee in 
the selection of suitable places for excursions and the care of 
cryptogamic material collected on these excursions ; (5) the use 
of a given space in Torreya for notes upon and additions to the 
local flora; (6) a joint meeting at an early date with the phan- 
erogamic section of the committee on local flora. 

Mr. Norman Taylor, chairman of the field committee, reported 
the results of a post-card vote on the continuance of the Club’s 
field meetings as follows : 


Non-committal or equivocal (mostly out of town members)...............-. 38 
Hor total discontinwan Coy ack caxcc accor se ccenwe cence lee eae eit cay caval eaasemuanies 9 
For discontinuance during July and August only.................scecee scenes 20 
BOL PeKIMANent CON MAN CCE deena meets te sere sscenecite beser ace cenecsen 28 

Motalmumber ofvotesineceiviedescacsscsecess secesusemmeiinersieuescessscecnices 95° 


* Mr. Brown has promised an illustrated paper based upon this lecture for later 
publication in TORREYA. 


126 


In view of this showing, it was decided to continue the field 
meetings through July and August, as usual. 

On motion, the Club voted to endorse the application of Miss 
Winifred J. Robinson for a grant of $200.00 from the Herrman 
Fund of the New York Academy of Sciences. 

The scientific program consisted of a discussion of “The Cac- 
tuses of the West Indies” by Dr. N. L. Britton. 

The speaker referred to the distribution of cacti in the West 
Indian Islands and the regions inhabited by them; these are 
mostly on the southern side of the larger islands, where the rain- 
fall is very low and where these plants are very abundant, certain 
portions of the southern side of eastern Cuba and of Jamaica 
being actual cactus deserts. On the smaller islands the cacti 
grow less abundantly and mainly at low altitudes. The genus 
Rhipsalis forms an exception to the general xerophytic distri- 
bution, its species growing on trees and cliffs in relatively moist 
regions. Southern Florida contains several species similar to 
some of those growing on the Bahamas and in Cuba or identical 
with them. After a preliminary description of the plants the 
meeting adjourned to the propagating houses of the New York 
Botanical Garden, where specimens of living cacti, including 
nearly all the known species of the West Indies, were exhibited 
and described. Percy WILSsoN, 

Secretary 


UT IEIO) INCAS RIRS INO, Wis, MOINS CIC 
EXCURSIONS 


The chairman of the field committee has started a series of 
field numbers to be used on the days that the Club holds its ex- 
cursions. These will run continuously during the entire season. 
Those members who care to number their collections in accord- 
ance with this set of field numbers will have the opportunity to 
collate specimens thus numbered with notes which will subse- 
quently be published in Torreya. It is planned to publish all 
the determinations of special interest, but no attempt can be 
made to print the determinations of the common and widely 
dispersed plants. NormMAN TAayLor, 

Chairman 


OF INTERPST) LO TEACHERS 


COLLEGE ENTRANCE BOTANY 


In School Science and Mathematics for February Mr. Franklin 
T. Jones, of Cleveland, Ohio, opens anew the discussion of high 
school work for the college boy and for the boy who is not going 
to college. Some entrance papers (September, 1908) are given 
and the question is asked, ‘‘ In what respects would a teacher do 
differently in preparing students for these examinations than if he 
were giving them what he considered best in preparing them for 
life ?’’ While some claim that the best preparation for life is not 
accepted by college people as the best preparation for college and 
that teachers are forced to eliminate the vital part of the various 
subjects in order to fill college entrance requirements, Mr. 
Jones pertinently asks: ‘‘ Are not such assertions more or less 
preposterous on the face of them? Are we, as teachers, ready 
to confess that we cannot do pretty much as we please in shap- 
ing the details of our courses, and that, with such freedom, we 
are therefore (if we accept the judgment of some of our highest 
educational authorities) really making failures of our chosen work ? 
Is not our practice and our theory better than it was even ten 
years ago, and are we not on the up path rather than the down ? 
It seems . . . that it is about time for us science teachers to 
champion strongly what we are doing, or else as we have almost 
perfect freedom to do, on our own individual initiative, change to 
the best thing.” 

The examination questions given in botany in this particular 
case are far from indicating a desire to demand preparation along a 
line that is ‘‘ far from life”’. 


ENTRANCE EXAMINATION IN BOTANY 


Columbia College, September, 1908 


Notre, — Time: Two hours, ten minutes of which will be devoted to an oral exami- 
nation. The certified notebook on the laboratory work must be submitted at the 
examination. 5 
1. What structures of the leaf are of advantage in photo-synthesis? Explain in 

what way each one is of service. 

2. What is the cause and mechanism of the curvature of tendrils ? 


128 


3. How is the root protected against injury? How does it absorb materials from 
the soil? What other functions does it perform ? 

4. Make a sketch of the important stages in the life of a fern, labeling the various 
parts. ; 

5. In what respects does the seed of a Monocotyledon usually differ from that of a 
Dicotyledon ? 

6. Mention the agenciesthat promote the distribution of plants, with illustrations 
of the adaptive features. What factors control the association of plants upon the 
earth ? 

7, Give the characteristics of six families of seed plants that you have studied. 


Popuiar Science Monthly for March contains an illustrated 
article on the influence of radium rays on a few life processes of 
plants by Professor C. Stuart Gager and a history of botany at 
St. Louis by Dr. Perley Spaulding. 


The April Popular Scrence Monthly is a Darwin number with 
numerous well-written articles on Darwin, his theories, and his 
relation to the various sciences ; the one dealing directly with 
botany is by Professor N. L. Britton. 


The Review of Reviews for April has several illustrated articles 
of botanical interest: one on soil erosion in the south by W. W. 
Ashe, a second giving the “truth about dry farming” by C. M. 
Harger, and a third on saving America’s plant food by G. E. 
Mitchell. 


An article on the existence of non-nitrifying soils is to be 
found in Sczezce for March 26. The authors, F. L. Stevens and 
W. A. Withers, report that 44 per cent. of the samples tested 
in North Carolina failed to nitrify, thus showing that all soils have 
not the power to convert organic or ammoniacal nitrogen into 
nitrate nitrogen, z. é., to nitrify. 


Science, for April 16, describes a series of large tanks now 
being constructed at Cornell University. They are specially de- 


129 


signed to help solve the problems related to soil productiveness, 
such as: effects of the continuous use of large amounts of min- 
eral fertilizers upon the physical and chemical properties of the 
soil, and upon the bacterial flora and bacterial activity ; changes 
that occur in a series of years when soils gradually deteriorate or 
improve ; effect of different methods of soil treatment upon the 
loss of lime in the drainage water ; loss of potassium and other 
substances occasioned by manuring with lime; loss of soluble 
salts caused by clean cultivation; extent to which soils under 
field conditions are renewed by accession of the lower soil to 
the plowed surface. 


Professor Otis W. Caldwell, of the University of Chicago, has 
an article on ‘‘The Course in Botany” in the January School 
Scrence and Mathematics. The whole article is well worth read- 
ing by all teachers of botany. A suggestive full-year course is 
suggested for high schools. The principles that, according to Pro- 
fessor Caldwell, should determine the course will be seconded by 
all. They are: (1) ‘The materials selected for use in the course 
should have appreciable significance to the students. . . . This 
appreciable significance may be found in a knowledge of practical 
use of materials, a general understanding of life problems, appre- 
ciation of the aesthetic aspects of plant life, desire for knowledge, 
or a knowledge of the basis of agriculture or other industrial pur- 
suits. (2) The materials:must be of value for general knowledge 
by the public. There is a general culture value in knowing plant 
life, and the time has come when knowledge of the activities of 
plants and the part they perform in modern life is a part of the 
body of knowledge people must have in order to be properly in- 
telligent as to their environment. (3) The materials of the course 
should be organized into a series of natural sequences to make 
possible the development of the problem-solving attitude of mind, 
and to carry this series long enough really to give some facility 
and efficiency in thinking.” 


130 


NEWS ITEMS 


The new keeper of the Kiel Botanical Institute and garden is 
Dr. Ernst Kuster, of Halle. 


After the Alaska-Yukon-Pacific Exposition (1909) is over, the 
forestry building is to be given to the University of Washington. 


Dr. Charles E. Bessey, dean of the industrial college of the 
University of Nebraska, has been made head dean of the 
University. 

A biological station is to be established at Devil’s Lake, North 
Dakota, under the charge of Professor M. A. Brannon of the 
State University. 


MiGs Jo TR Johnston, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, has re- 
cently returned from Cuba, where he has been studying the bud- 
rot of the cocoanut. 


Field classes in the Arnold Arboretum, Boston, are to be con- 
ducted this spring by M. J. G. Jack, for those interested in native 
and foreign trees and shrubs of New England. 

The agricultural colleges and experiment stations of Europe 
are to be visited this summer by Professor F. L. Stevens, of the 
North Carolina College and Experiment Station. 

Among the instructors of the Oklahoma Agricultural College 
affected by the Board’s summary and wholesale dismissal of 
April, 1908, are Professor O. M. Morris, botany and horticulture, 
and Professor E. E. Balcomb, agriculture. 

McGill University at the opening of McDonald College will 
confer the degree of LL.D. upon two members of the United 
States Department of Agriculture: Hon. James Wilson, Secre- 
tary, and Mr. Gifford Pinchot, Chief Forester. 


The Luther Burbank’s Products Company which, according 
to the March Torreya, was to distribute Mr. Burbank’s new 
varieties, was not successfully launched. Mr. Burbank will still, 
fortunately, continue the distribution of his new varieties. 


Dr. George T. Moore, formerly connected with the Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, has accepted the newly created professor- 


ship of plant physiology and applied botany in the Henry Shaw 
School of Botany at Washington University at St. Louis. 


The Marine Biological Laboratory, situated at Woods Hole, 
Mass., gives the usual six-week courses beginning June 30. The 
courses in botany are in morphology and taxonomy ; each course 
requires the full time of thesstudent; the fee is ¢50: The 
laboratory is open the entire summer to investigators. 


Professor George L. Goodale, of Harvard University, with 
which institution he has been connected for more than thirty 
years, will retire this June from active service. Mr. Oakes 
Ames, for several years actively connected with the Harvard 
Botanical Garden, has, since the resignation of Professor Goodale, 
been made director of the Garden. 


The George Washington Memorial Association is initiating a 
movement to erect in Washington a great memorial building in 
recognition of George Washington’s expressed desire to promote 
institutions for the general diffusion of knowledge. The building 

“will contain a great hall or auditorium and rooms for large 
congresses’’ besides ‘‘ rooms for small and large meetings, office 
rooms and students’ research rooms.’ 


A James Fletcher memorial fund is being collected by the 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club. The suggestions as to the form 
it shall take are a fountain, a statue, and a bust or portrait in 
appropriate places in Ottawa, and a bursary at some Canadian 
University. Contributions may be sent to the Secretary-Treas- 
urer of the memorial committee, Mr. Arthur Gibson, Central 
Experiment Farm, Ottawa. 


The University of Colorado is going to establish a Summer 
laboratory for botany and zoology at Tolland, Colorado. The 
laboratory will be in charge of the regular instructing staff of the 
university, and there will be courses in elementary biology, plant 
anatomy, plant taxonomy, and ecology. The location of the 
laboratory, altitude 8,889 feet, will allow students to study con- 
veniently the plants and animals of all the different life zones from 
plains to alpine heights. 


132 


The bronze memorial tablet reproduced below has been placed 
in the New York Botanical Garden fern herbarium, which, as a 
tribute to Professor Underwood, is to be called the Underwood 
Fern Herbarium. 


BARIUM = 


OK yi 


GUS UNDERWOOD. 


= TKSYOV? = 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year 1909 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
‘the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to ew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which Tne Naturp-Stupy Review 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may 
be credited as member’s fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents 
for England. 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. : 
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two Gols 
each ; Vols. 28—35 three dollars each. 

Ginele copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only- wher not 
breaking complete volumes. 


a 
: (2) MEMOIRS 
The Memos, established 1880, are published at irregular — 
intervals, Volumes 1-11 and 13 arenowcompleted; Nos. rand _ 
2 of Vol. 12 and No.1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 
numbers can also,be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New 
York, 1888, Price, $1.00. 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68TH STREET, 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol. 9 July, 1909 No. 7 


TORREYA 


A Monruty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1790-1873 


CONTENTS. 


The Type and Identity of Dryopteris Clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) Dowell: 
RAVPHAC ABENEDICT J o75 sexs ssnieee uate As Sdanilencide ds anh caiiee Mrataepoeds Heel oss evga nee nh bed 133 

Amber in the Laramie Cretaceous: T. D. A. COCKERELL ..:..00.00. ceccesee eecee ct 140: 
Some Moulds from Pennsylvania: DAVID R. SUMSTINE,.........i.0..c0cceeeecoeceeace 143 
Shorter Notes: 

A ew wames BAO. WV OOLON At iva s230 ont kn ab dots ve vaeue swans teh oa cieoy oak dale sy necobreh tee 145 

AEM Ceping 77 Spruce; |EAN BROADHURST. sch cds:c.0as iusenesvasciudoet Sega boxed Sahm 145 
Reviews: West and West’s Monograph of British Desmidiaceae: JosrreH A. 

GSMA oa Ss taahias loc cea panint ss aor apne te abay c cue aa vices wind OTE EHE cic Pas aibh TORS seep embcnidcmab eat 146 
Proceedings of the Club: WRwaar? BUA, ELON Be iets LIV ROO ARN lina aes Fay 146/ 
IL LRILETEStO LO 3A CACIOLS 627 T ik de lone tds De tea To cee Dols ec Sol eheea ober Sate PES dSatiats 149 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 
At 41 Norru Queen Srrent, LANCASTER, Pa. 
BY THe New Era Printinc Company 


{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter } 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


, President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice-Presidents 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A,M., M.D. 


: Recording Secretary 
PERCY WILSON 


Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


' Editor, > Treasurer 


MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park een » College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St. 


New York City New York City 


Associate. Feditors 


JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT: HAZEN, Pu.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M: WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Pu.D: 
PHILIP DOWELL, Px.D. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 


ALEX. W.) EVANS, M.D., PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D; 


~ Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
‘Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To ° 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City 
‘banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
-for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL Cuius, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


TORREYA Ak 


July, 1909 
Vol. 9 No. 7 


THE TYPE AND IDENTITY OF DRYOPTERIS CLIN- 
TONIANA (D. C. EATON) DOWELL * 


By RALPH CuRTISS BENEDICT 


The problem as to the type and identity of Dryopterts Clhin- 
toniana (D. C. Eaton) Dowell is concerned with two questions : 
first, as to the material on which the original material was based ; » 
second, the identity of this material. 

In a recent paper attention was called to the fact that some 
doubt exists regarding both these questions. As noted at that 
time, the material in the Yale herbarium identified by Eaton as his 
Aspidium cristatum var. Clintonianum, comprises two specimens 
of Dryopteris cristaia x marginalis as well as several sheets of 
what is now known as D. Clintomana, but does not include any- 
thing collected by Judge G. W. Clinton, in whose honor the fern 
was named, and whose collection was cited in the original 
description. 

Through information contained in a letter from Mr. G. E. 
Davenport to Miss Margaret Slosson, it was learned that the 
original ‘‘ Clinton” fern had been deposited in the Museum of 
Natural Science at Springfield, Mass. Thanks to the courtesy 
of the Springfield Botanical Society, in whose care the specimen 
was placed, an opportunity was given to examine it, together 
with a letter of Judge Clinton’s concerning it. The letter —said 
by Mr. Davenport to have been written to John Lewis Russell — 
reads as follows: ‘This Asfzdium troubled me. I could not 
reconcile it with A. Goldianum and it seemed a wide departure 
from A, eristatum, So I sent it to Eaton. Prof. E. answered 
that he had received it from divers botanists who labelled it A. 
Goldianum, but that he regarded it as a form of A. cristataum. 


(No. 6, Vol. 9, of TorrevA, comprising pages 109-132 was issued June 1, 1909. ] 


* Tilustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 


133 


134 


At my instance, he named it cristatum v. major —this accounts 
for label (in pencil) a—the filling up is his. He afterwards to 
my surprise and gratification, named the form for me in the 
Manual, and so I also furnish the label marked 6.—G. W. C. 

See sheet no. 2 for label 0.” 

Sheet no. 1 with label ‘‘a”’ and the letter just quoted is shown in 
Figure 1. Sheet no. 2 is doubtfully the same as the other, and as 
Professor Eaton did not see it, need not concern us in the present 
nquiry. Both sheets— according to Mr. Davenport’s letter — 
were left by Mr. Russell to Mrs. M. L. Owen, who afterwards 
deposited them with the Springfield society. 

At the time the description was first published — 1867 — 
Prof. Eaton had for comparison (presumably), in addition to 
Judge Clinton’s specimen, the following sheets, which with three 
later collections are to be seen in his herbarium to-day in the var. 
Clintonianum cover : 

(without name) ‘Serpentine quarry, New Haven, Connecticut. 

1855. Oct. E. | = Dryopteris cristata x marginalis|.” 

“ Aspidium cristatum, Swz. var. Clintonianum. Hudson Co., 
Nove Caesarez, in paludubus coll. D.C. E. 1862—6—16.” 
“ Aspidium cristatum, Swz. v. Clintonianum, D.C. E. Newark, 
N. J. Wm. Prower — 1865.” 

“ Aspidium cristatum —Sw.—v. Clntonianum, D. C. E. Utica, 
New York. J. A. Paine, Jr., 1865. ‘Low swampy woods.’ ”’ 
“ Astidium cristatum, Sw. v. Clintontianum, D. C. E. Central 

Wear Wome, J[o a, leeuine, Jin 1etO5, 

Of these, all but the first cited correspond to the form now 
commonly known as Dryopteris Clintoniana. 

The Clinton label ‘‘a” reads as follows: 

On xa Colle aa Ve Clinton 
Aspidium cristatum 


var. major 
Please fill up & return 
Buffalo, New York. 
Fleight of frond 29 inches 
The words ‘‘cristatum var. major’ are in Eaton’s writing. 
The ‘“ Please fill up and return” is in pencil, also the words 
“ Height of frond.”’ 


135 


Sener nik vel Pang y 
& dle 


2s Sales ne eee 


RE aes = se ent. ee ce 


ee ae ee Sen oo: f Lat ie penvact) 
& he bu US 


He hm, A 
\e ee agate ie oe Oak 5 2 
Voce ieee Ge ee Mecaieccek oth : Ey Cone G Wy Carares . 
h, dab, # focal fe ie Poe hisee hi ghia cred bi Casas 


Ay WG 


Kevvarn SY 


Ge But ng ke: ile pe 


LG inetas 


FiGukE 1, ‘The original Clinton specimen. 


136 


The original description and comment are as follows: 

“ Aspidium cristatum var. Clintonianum. (In A. Gray Manual of 

Botany Edition 5. 665. 1867.) 

Frond in every way larger (2%°-4° long); pinnae oblong- 
lanceolate, broadest at the base (4' —6' long, 1’ —2’ broad) deeply 
pinnatifid, the dv2stons (8-16 pairs) crowded or distant, Zuear- 
oblong , obtuse, obscurely serrate or cut-toothed, the basal ones 
sometimes pinnately lobed; veins pinnately forking, the lowest 
anterior veinlets bearing fruzt-dots near the midvein ; indusium 
orbicular with shallow sinus, smooth and naked. Swampy 
woods, New England to New Jersey, New York (G. W. Clinton, 
&c.), and westward. July. 

Rootstock stout, creeping, chaffy (like the stipes) with large 
bright brown scales. A showy Fern, unlike any European form 
of A. cristatum, and often mistaken for A. Goldianum.” 

As thus drawn, the description is apparently based both on 
the Clinton specimen, and on other material, presumably that 
cited above. The Clinton specimen probably contributed the 
maximum number of pinnulae as given (16) — the other material, 
the shape of the pinnae, “broadest at the base,” and the mini- 
mum number of pinnulae (8). Asa matter of fact, the pinnae 
of the Clinton specimen are not broadest at the base, but are 
mostly of equal width toward the middle or even broader there. 
This character, together with the numerous pinnulae—in so- 
called D. Clintoniana rarely as many as 12-14 — the numerous 
sori per pinnula (mostly 8-9), and the general cutting relate the 
original Clinton fern to Dryopteris Goldiana rather than to D. cris- 
tata or its so-called variety, Professor Eaton’s opinion to the con- 
trary notwithstanding. Positive proof of this relationship is to 
be found in the cell-structure of the indusia which are unmistak- 
ably of the Goldiana type, and not to be confused with those of 
D. Clintoniana so-called. That the specimen represents straight 
D. Goldiana is unlikely. It seems more reasonable to consider 
it as probably a cross, perhaps with the D. Clintontana of recent 
authors. An illustration of a leaf collected by Mr. Macy Car- 
hart near Lodi, N. J., and identified as this cross, is included for 
comparison (Figure 2). Further evidence that the Clinton speci- 


13 


Heananium OF THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GAROEN 


¢ n » ap of 
Unger tina Caritonacin bd Meats 
Javed), inter Tats XY f 


31 


Macy Chante (fake 


7 


Zk 


FIGURE 2. Dyryopteris Clintoniana < Goldiana Dowell. 


138 


men may be a hybrid is to be found in its sporangia which are 
nearly all abortive. The few full-sized ones seem to have 
developed only sterile-looking spores. 

But whatever the exact identity of the original Clinton fern, it 
is clearly different from the D. Cintoniana of common usage and 
the question as to which form may properly bear this name re- 
mains for consideration. Under ordinary circumstances, the 
citation of Judge Clinton’s collection together with the fact that 
the plant was named in his honor would be sufficient to establish 
as type the single Clinton specimen seen by Eaton and now at 
Springfield. In the present case, however, the description agrees 
less with this specimen than with others in the Eaton herbarium. 
Indeed the origin of the single character which appears to have 
been derived exclusively from the Buffalo plant—that of the 
maximum number of pinnulae per pinna—dis open to question. 
In unconformably divided leaves such as are those in question, 
unless a minimum dimension is agreed upon beforehand, two 
observers are likely to arrive at very different estimates as to the 
number of any given part. Furthermore it is not at all impossi- 
ble that Eaton may merely have “filled in” the label as re- 
quested and returned the plant to Judge Clinton, afterwards 
basing his description on material present in his own herbarium. 
The facts then seem to justify the somewhat paradoxig¢al treat- 
ment of rejecting the Clinton specimen as type of Dryopteris 
Clintoniana, and fixing if possible upon one of Eaton’s early speci- 
mens of the fern we know now as this species. 

The rules suggested by the Nomenclature Commission of the 
Botanical Club of the American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science in the ‘“ Propositions relating to the amendment 
and completion” of the Vienna rules and recently published in 
the Bulletin of the Torrey Club (36: 55-74. 1909) seem appli- 
cable at least in part, to the present case. Under Proposition 8, 
No. 3°, is the following statement: ‘In default of an original 
specimen, that represented by the identifiable figure or (in default 
of a figure) description first cited or subsequently published, 
serves as type.” ) 

In Eaton’s Ferns of North America, Volume 2, plate 66, 


159 


figures 6, 7, 8, and 9 show respectively a pinna, a pinnule, an 
indusium, and a spore of “ Aspedium cristatum var. Clintontanum.” 
The pinna unmistakably belongs to a leaf of the sort ordinarily 
identified as DY. Chintoniana, but is not like those of Judge Clin- 
ton’s collection. The leaf illustrated is presumably in the Eaton 
herbarium to-day, and if it can be determined by the figure, 
should serve as the type. Rules 1° and 2° are inapplicable 
owing to the exclusion of the Clinton specimen. For purposes 
of completeness, an amended description of Dryopteris Clintoniana 
is here included. 


DRYOPTERIS CLINTONIANA (D. C. Eaton) Dowell 


Aspidium cristatum var. Clintonianum D. C. Eaton in A. Gray 
Manual of Botany, Edition 5: 665. 1867. 


Rootstock. horizontal, the crown unsymmetrical, with low 
spreading juvenile sterile leaves, and taller more erect fertile 


ones, up to 4 feet in length: lamina broadly oblong, acuminate, 


the pinnae mostly acuminate or long-acute, usually broadest at 
the base, deeply divided, the divisions oblong, mostly slightly 
falcate, 8-12, rarely as many as 14 per pinnula (counting 
those with more than 2 sori, or on sterile or sparsely fertile 
fronds, those 8 mm. or more long): sori mostly 6-8 per pinnula, 
the indusia glabrous, with heavy radial ribs, the cells mostly nar- 
row, the walls all very sinuate. 


Type in question. 

The problems in connection with Dryopterts Chutontana are 
not ended with the fixing of atype. It appears to be in some 
respects an extremely variable plant, and a study of a wide range 
of material with a view to determine the limits of this variation 
is desirable. Its behavior in hybridization also offers an interest- 
ing field for study and affords moreover evidence as to its dis- 
tinctiveness in addition to that derived from its own characters, 
for the hybrids, when compared with the corresponding crosses 
of D. cristata, maintain for the most part the well-marked differ- 
ences of the parent forms. But perhaps the best evidence of the 
distinctiveness is found in the occasional finds of sterile or par- 
tially sterile intermediates between the two species, the only in- 
termediates to be found as far as my experience goes. Description 


140 


of this hybrid is best delayed until D. C/:ztoniana shail have been 
more carefully studied. Credit for its recognition belongs to Dr. 
Philip Dowell. 

In conclusion, I wish to thank Professor A. W. Evans, the 
Springfield Botanical Society, Miss Margaret Slosson, and Dr, 
Philip Dowell for favors received in connection with work on this 
paper. 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


AMBER IN THE LARAMIE CRETACEOUS * 


By T. D. A. COCKERELL 


Recently, with the help of my wife and a number of students, 
I have been investigating the flora of the Laramie Cretaceous at 
Marshall, Boulder County, Colorado. This locality produces 
much of the coal used in Boulder, and has long been known to 
palaeobotanists, having furnished important materials to Les- 
quereux many years ago. Perhaps the most interesting thing 
found is a small piece of amber,+ embedded in the solid rock. It 
measures about eight millimeters by five and a half, and is trans- 
lucent orange-brown, darker than Baltic amber. _ It is practically 
insoluble in alcohol; a small fragment left in it over night was 
scarcely if at all diminished. In ether it eventually becomes 
opaque and friable. In Torreya, January, 1907, Mr. E. W. 
Berry gave a very interesting account of the occurrence of 
amber in the Cretaceous beds of the Atlantic coast region ; it 
now appears that this substance is widely distributed in our 
Upper Cretaceous, and it may be possible that somewhere it will 
be discovered in large quantities. The discovery of large pieces 
of Cretaceous amber would be an event of the highest importance, 
as there seems to be no reason why they should not contain 
plant remains and insects. Cretaceous insects are exceedingly 
desirable at the present time, to throw light on the evolution of 

* Illustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 

+ In using the term amber for the fossil resin of the Laramie strata, it is only in- 
tended to imply that it is a transparent fossil resin, with all the appearances of the 
substance known as amber. It is of course not the product of the same tree as the 
Baltic (typical) amber; indeed, judging from the accompanying foliage, it is very 
probably not even the product of a conifer. 


141 


existing groups; while it is possible that flowers and fruits, could 
they be found as they are in Baltic amber, would bring about 
great changes in our conception of some of the Cretaceous 
genera. 

The material containing the amber is a bluish-gray rock, full 
of plant remains, in the immediate vicinity of the coal. We did 
not find it in place, but were able to examine a large quantity 
thrown out on the dump of a coal mine a short distance east of 
Marshall. The principal plants in this rock were as follows’-* 


Slab containing fossil plants of Laramie age, Marshall, Colorado ; collected by 
Miss Ruth DeLong and Mr. Ralph Morrill. 4, C, Ficus navicularis Ckll. (vari- 
able). &, ‘* Platanus’’ rhomboidea Lx, D, ‘‘ Platanus’”’ raynoldsi Newby. , 
Dombeyopsis obtusa Lx.? (Note the absence of coniferous remains in the specimen. ) 


1. focus gaudim Lx. (uncata Lx.). The large leaves are 
abundant ; possibly much of the fossil wood so common at Mar- 
shall may belong to this species, but we have made no sections. 

2. Phragmites laramianus n. sp.; ?. oenngensis Lx., Tertiary 

* Since writing the above account, we have found quantities of amber zz ¢he coal 


at Marshall. Much of it was looked over for insects, but so far without success. 
None of the pieces is large. — April 26. 


142 


Flora, pl. viii, f. 1. This is the most abundant species in the 
deposit. The leaves are broad, and very obtuse at the apex, 
herein differing from P. falcata Kn. of the Yellowstone Laramie 
and the living P. phragmites. It does not seem possible to refer 
this to P. oeningensis A. Br. of the European Upper Miocene ; it 
is no doubt much nearer to P. a/askana Heer, but Heer’s plant, 
so far as positively known, had narrower leaves. 

3. Anemia supercretacea Hollick. Previously known from the 
Laramie at Florence, Colorado. First found at Marshall by 
Paul Haworth. Our specimens run a little larger than Hollick’s, 
but appear to be otherwise quite identical; the pinnules are 
entire. The plant may possibly be a variety of Anemia haydenu 
(Gymnogramma hayden Lx., 1872), which appears to be distinctly 
different from A. subcretacea (Sap.) Gard. & Ett., as originally 
figured by Saporta. In the genuine swdcretacea the pinnules are 
shorter than in faydenwu, and more irregularly and remotely 
toothed. A. perplexa Hollick seems to me much more like A. 
subcretacea, differing only in the shorter and more broadly 
cuneate pinnules. Some of the material figured under A. per- 
plexa has entire pinnules, and might just as well represent the 
Marshall plant. 

No conifers were identified, though a very imperfect fragment 
in a piece of coarse sandstone may possibly belong to Sequova. 

Cinnamomum affine Lx. and Juglans leconteana Lx. were found 
associated at a different place, whether separated by any note- 
worthy interval of time I do not know. They appear to come 
from a higher level. | 

Sequoia longifolia _x., which is such a characteristic fossil of 
the beds above the coal at Austin’s Bluff, Colorado Springs, has 
been recorded from Marshall, but we did not find it, unless the 


dubious fragment just referred to belongs there. 
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO. 


143 


SOME MOULDS FROM PENNSYLVANIA 
By Davip R. SUMSTINE 


In the study of the moulds of North America, the following 
species have been observed in Pennsylvania. An enumeration 
of these species may interest mycologists. 

Fischer * divides the Mucorinae (Mucorales) into four families, 
Mucoraceae, Mortierellaceae, Chaetocladiaceae, and Cephalida- 
ceae. No species of the second family have yet been found in 
our state. 


MucorRACEAE 


Mucor mucedo Linnaeus 

This species is widely distributed on horse manure and can 
readily be cultivated on a decoction of horse manure, on potato, | 
and on bread. It is seldom found on fruits. 


Mucor racemosus Fresenius 
Found on boiled potatoes, on bread, and on horse manure. It 
can be cultivated on bread and on potato. 


Mucor piriformis Fischer 

The specimens referred to this species agree fairly well with 
the description of Fischer { except the size of the columella and 
of the spores. In my specimens the columella is pear-shaped 
117-150 high and 50-117 » wide at the broadest part. The 
spores are broadly elliptical, 13-16 » long and 10-13 » wide. 
_ The spores germinate in the mineral liquid used by Van Tieghem 
and Le Monnier.t A number of attempts to germinate them in 
water proved a failure. 

The plants grew on the dung of deer, were cultivated on bread, 
on boiled potato, and on cornmeal. 


Phycomyces nitens (Agardh) Kunze 

Usually found on oily substances and may be cultivated on 
ground flaxseed and on cornmeal. 

% Fischer, Krypt. Flor. v. Deutschland, etc., 175-177. 1872. 


+ Fischer, /oc. cit., 191. 
+ Van Tieghem et Le Monnier, Ann. Sc. Nat. V, Ser. T. 17: Af, sieeh/3}; 


144 


Spinellus fusiger (Link) Van Tieghem 


Found on various species of M/ycena. 


Spinellus macrocarpus (Corda) Karsten 
This species is also found on species of A/ycena. Attempts to 
cultivate this and the former species were unsuccessful. 


Sporodinia grandis Link 
This is a ubiquitous mould growing on decaying fungi. It has 
been found on various species of mushrooms. 


Rhizopus ngricans Ehrenberg 

This is the most common species of the moulds. It grows on 
all kinds of decaying vegetable matter. It can easily be culti- 
vated and assumes very interesting forms. Occasionally several 
sporangia appear on one sporangiophore. Peculiar thickenings 
occur frequently in the sporangiophores. The spores germinate 
in water. 


Thamnidium elegans Link 

The habitat of this species is on the manure of the tiger and 
of the horse. It has been cultivated on orange, on bread, on 
carrot, in Pasteur’s solution with gelatine. 

The manure of the tiger was obtained from the Pittsburgh Zoo. 


Circinella umbellata Van Tieghem et Le Monnier 

Grows on the manure of the tiger and of the horse, usually in 
company with 7hamuidium elegans. Cultivated on orange, on 
bread, and in Pasteur’s solution with gelatine. 


Chaetostylum fresenit Van Tieghem et Le Monnier 

This species was found growing among other moulds on an 
old decaying Polyporus. 
Pilobolus crystallinus (Wiggers) Tode 

Rather abundant on horse manure. 


CHAETOCLADIACEAE 


Chaetocladium brefelda Van Tieghem et Le Monnier 
Grows parasitically on other mucors on horse manure. It was 
also found on Phycomyces nitens growing on flaxseed meal. 


145 


CEPHALIDACEAE 
Piptocephalis repens Van Tieghem 


Very common among other moulds on horse and dog manure. 


It is parasitic on other moulds. 
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 


SHORTER. NOES 


A New Name.—Pentstemon Metcalfei Wooton & Standley, 
nom. nov. 
P. puberulus Wooton & Standley, Bull. Torrey Club 36: 112 


4 Mr 1909. 
Not P. puberulus M. E. Jones, Contr. Western Bot. 12: 64. 
1908. 


Prof. A. A. Heller kindly called our attention to the fact that 
the name P. pudberulus was used last year by Mr. Jones. We 
had Mr. Jones’ paper at hand at the time of naming the plant 


but had neglected to examine it for new species of Pentstemon. 
< E. O. Wooron 


AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, NEw MExIco 


A ‘““WEEpING”’ SPRUCE.— Some weeks ago Miss Helen Stewart 
brought to Teachers College a specimen of a curious spruce tree 
which was collected about one hundred miles north of Winnipeg. 
The Indian guides call it the ‘‘ Unknown Tree,” and claim that it 
is the only one in existence. The tree is described as about sixty 
feet high, with the lower branches at least twenty feet from the 
ground; the strikingly pendulous branches are six or more feet 
long, slender, and themselves but little branched. About the: 
same time a specimen was taken to the New York Botanical 
Garden; the rather indefinite description of the locality indicates 
that the two specimens came from the same place, and possibly 
from the same tree. Dr. Britton has pronounced it a ‘‘weeping”’ 
spruce, probably Picea canadensis; the twigs are thicker than 
usual (due perhaps to its peculiar habit of growth) but the 
sterigmata indicate P. canadensis. 

JEAN BROADHURST 


146 
REVIEWS 
West and West’s Monograph of British Desmidiaceae. Vol. IIl* 

In their third volume of the British Desmidiaceae, W. and G. 
S. West have nearly completed the genus Cosmarium, fifty spe- 
cies of which were already taken up in the latter part of volume 
two. In this third volume one hundred and seventy three spe- 
cies with their several varieties are taken up. and illustrated by 
thirty plates (65-95), partly colored. The general plan of the 
earlier volumes is followed: synonymy, description, distribution, 
and general notes under each species. One new species, Cos- 
marium entochondrum, is described, also thirteen new varieties. 
In addition several new forms are described and a number of 
changes of rank and position made. 

The figures are excellently drawn and in many cases show 
front, vertical, side, and basal views of the same specimen. The 
colored figures show the arrangement of the chloroplasts and 
pyrenoids ina number of species. In a very few cases varia- 
tions of ornamentation are definitely shown. 

The volume shows our great lack of knowledge of the sexual 
phases of the life history in this group, the number of species 
with zygospores being but 15 per cent. of the total and in some 
of these the zygospores are not mature. In a group as variable 
as the Desmidiaceae this lack of the sexual characters is all the 
more felt in determining the true relationships of apparently very 
similar forms. 

This volume will do much to help the study of this genus, 
which has been difficult on account of the great number of spe- 


cies and the scattered literature. 
JosErpH A. CUSHMAN 


IOC AMOS Ol Ashe, C10} 
May II, 1909 
The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural 
History with Vice-president Barnhart in the chair. Ten persons 
were present. 


* West, W. and West, G. S. Monograph of British Desmidiaceae. Vol. III. 
1908. Ray Society. Dulau and Co., London. 


147 


Resignations were accepted from Miss Lenda Tracy Hanks, 
Miss Helen D. Nelson, and Mr. Arthur Smith. 

The scientific program of the evening consisted of a lecture by 
Dr. William A Murrill on “ Edible Fungi’, illustrated by speci- 
mens and by lantern slides. 

Mushrooms were discussed from the popular side as objects of 
interest and as valuable relishes. The development and culti- 
vation of the common field mushroom were briefly described. 
Poisonous species and their effects were described with care, and 
comparisons were made with edible species liable to be confused 
with them. i 

Fresh specimens of four early species were exhibited: the 
glistening ink-cap, Coprimus micaceus, which appeared the last 
week in April; the shaggy-mane, Coprinus comatus, which ap- 
peared about May 10 (unusually early for this species) ; P/ezro- 
tus sapidus, a relative of the oyster mushroom, just beginning to 
appear on old logs and stumps ; and the morel, Morchella, which 
occurs on the ground in woods during May. 

Lantern slides were used to illustrate the more important local 
species of edible fungi, beginning with agarics found on lawns 
and in fields, such as species of Agaricus, Lepiota, Coprinus, Hy- 
pholoma, and Marasmius. Species occurring on the ground in 
woods were next discussed, including Lactarza, Russula, Tricho- 
loma, Chtocybe, and other important genera of gill-fungi. _Wood- 
loving forms comprise a number of important species that are 
abundant and much used, such as Armillaria mellea, Hypholoma 
perplexum, FPleurotus ostreatus, Pleurotus sapidus, Coprinus 
mucaceus, and Collybia velutipes. 

Other groups of fungi containing edible species, were illustrated 
by Clavaria, Hydnum, certain tender forms of Polyporus, several 
species of Lol/etus, and a number of species of Lycoperdon. All 
species of coral-fungi and puffballs were recommended for food, 
provided the specimens were tender, young, and fresh. 

Adjournment followed. 

' MarsHALL A. Howe, 
Secretary pro tem. 


148 


OF INTEREST TO TEACHERS 
SECONDARY SCHOOL AGRICULTURE 


The March number of School Science and Mathematics has an 
article by D. O. Barto on problems in secondary school agricul- 
ture which is interesting to teachers of nature study in the grades 
and to teachers in the high school. The lack of success in the 
grades is explained as follows: 

“Tt must not be forgotten that agriculture is largely a science 
study. It requires some knowledge of the principles of many 
sciences, and the ability and interest to apply them intelligently. 
These conditions of scholarship can be expected only in pupils 
of a certain breadth and maturity of development and compre- 
hension seldom found in the elementary grades. 

“A pupil can make little headway in the study of agriculture 
unless he knows something of physiography, geology, botany, 
zoology, physics and chemistry. It is not a question of whether 
he has studied these sciences before he takes up agriculture 
whether he pursues them as separate subjects or learns them as 
he studies agriculture... The important thing is that some knowl- 
edge of these other subjects is indispensable to any serious and 
effective work in the study of agriculture, and this is a qualifica- 
tion that can hardly be expected to be attained in the elementary 
grades. 

“There is much valuable work that is scientific and agricul- 
tural that may be done — should be done —in the elementary 
grades when we have teachers prepared for it. But agriculture 
is an applied science. It has won its way only by demonstrat- 
ing to the farmer that it could be made of practical service to 
him. -As a school study its value and usefulness will largely 
depend upon the results that can be obtained from the applica- 
tion of principles of science, and this work will demand a sus- 
tained interest that young children cannot furnish.”’ 

With regard to the conditions in the secondary schools much 
of the above is true, especially where the work is placed in the 
lower high school years. Mr. Barto, however, gives in this article 

‘some encouraging results of work being done in Illinois. 


149 


A key to the common winter trees about Milwaukee which is 
not so local as the title indicates appears in the April School 
Science and Mathematics. The author, I. N. Mitchell, has made 
the key simple enough for high school pupils. 

Dr. John M. Coulter has an article on teaching botany in the 
April School Science and Mathematics in which the current con- 
ditions are discussed under the headings of the prepared teacher, 
economic botany, biological grouping, and the point of interest. 


The April Journal of the New York Botanical Garden contains 
three illustrated articles which will prove interesting to the general 
reader: one on the fern collections of the Garden by Ralph C. 
Benedict, another on East Indian economic plants written by 
Percy Wilson, and an account of some experiments on the effect 
of the soil of the Garden hemlock grove upon seedlings by Wini- 
fred J. Robinson. 


Viewing the government as a teacher, Mr. L. B. Stowe, in the 
Outlook for April 17, enumerates the scientific principles demon- 
strated within the past few years, and gives interesting concrete 
illustrations. Those of special interest to us are connected with 
forest and staple crop protection and with improved methods of 
farming, such as following the contours of the hill in plowing 
a hillside instead of plowing straight across the slope. 


The April Plant World contains two papers which were read 
at the Baltimore meeting of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science: one on overlapping habitats as observed 
in Mexico by Francis E. Lloyd; and another by W. M. Crocker 
and L. I. Knight on the effect of illuminating gas upon the flowers 
of both cut and growing carnations, and the losses sustained by 
florists through defective pipes, even where chemical tests failed 
to reveal the presence of gas. 

The University of Colorado has recently issued a botanical ’ 
number as the first number of its sixth volume of studies. The 


150 


magazine, which should prove interesting to all botanical students 
in that region, is illustrated, and contains papers by the members 
of the biological staff on the ‘‘botanical opportunity in Colorado”, 
on the mesa and foothill vegetation, especially with relation to 
physiography and climate, with the distribution of conifers and 
deciduous trees, and a bibliography and history of Colorado 
botany. 


Dr. O. F. Cook in discussing the history of the cocoanut palm 
says: “It has long been thought that the cocoanut palm presents 
a perfect example of adaptation to a littoral environment, but this 
idea is delusive. The tough outer rind which is popularly sup- 
posed to have been developed as a protection against sea water 
is really to guard the cocoanut when it falls, and give it favorable 
conditions for germination. Cocoanuts require a certain amount 
of salt in the soil, but this condition is satisfied by soils in some 
interior localities as well as on the seacoast. Considerable sun- 
shine is also needed. This, however, is met better in arid regions 
than by a coastal habitat and the care with which the milk is pro- 
tected would argue in the same direction. Far from being a wild 
plant the cocoanut does not appear to thrive long away from 
human beings and in spite of the supposed diffusion of the tree 
by oceanic currents no instance of the kind is known.” 


A freak dandelion, Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) Karst., is de- 
scribed by M. P. Somes in the April American Botanist: 

“Tn place of the scape which all self-respecting dandelions 
rear aloft, this ‘freak’ had a stem, amply provided with leaves 
—not in whorls, if you please, but alternate. The tip of the . 
flower stalk was bifurcate and bore two heads, rather smaller 
than the average but perfect in other respects. Near the base of 
the stem to still further emphasize the abnormality was an auxil- 
iary peduncle tipped by an immature head. There were several 
plants with this leafy stem habit and all very similar in the forked 
flower stalk. The soil was an ordinary black earth quite moist 
but in no way noticeably peculiar and six feet away in the same 
soil were normal plants of the same species. A friend, who is 


151 


somewhat severe in his strictures regarding the activity of tax- 
onomists and the resulting multiplicity of synonyms, suggests 
that I describe this form as a new species and call it 7: parado-xa. 
However it may be of interest to some to know that Zaraxracum 
taraxacum (L.) Karst. (7. offictnale Weber, T. dens-leonis Desv. 
etc., etc.) does not always have a scape nor is its inflorescence 
always a single head.” 


The April Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club contains a 
very interesting article by George E. Stone on the power of 
growth of ostrich ferns (Oxoclea Struthiopteris Hoffm.). Young 
fronds which forced their way through a concrete (rolled tar and 
gravel) border, about three inches thick, and so hard that a 
“heavy stroke from a sledge-hammer makes little or no impres- 
sion upon it,”’ initiated some experiments to show the great force 
exerted by the young ferns. A lever, weights, and a round 
piece of wood ‘of the same dimensions as the undeveloped 
cluster of fern fronds”’ constituted the apparatus. The pressure 
required to break through the concrete in ten to fifteen days, the 
time usually required by the ferns was 264 pounds in Io days 
and 189 pounds in 13 days, Mr. Stone estimates that the work 
actually accomplished by the ferns is at least 35 atmospheres, 
and refers to Pfeffer’s corn root record of 24 atmospheres, and 
Clark’s squash experiment where a squash developed under a 
weight of 5,000 pounds, but which, however, represented a cell, 
pressure of but 2-3 atmospheres. 


The report of the American Chemical Society, made by the 
committee appointed to cooperate with the National Conservation 
Committee, contains some facts of botanical interest, as shown by 
the following extracts: ‘In forestry also, the influence of the 
chemist is distinctly felt. The sprays, used for destroying noxious 
insects, are chemical preparations. The manufacture of wood 
alcohol is a chemical process, which may be either wasteful or 
economical. Turpentine is now produced wastefully, but the 
waste can be diminished by careful refining, and furthermore, the 
chemist can aid in discovering substitutes for it. Substitutes for 


152 


tan bark are also to be sought for by means of chemical investi- 
gations. Another distinctly chemical operation is the preparation 
of wood pulp for paper making, a process which is now wasteful 
in the highest degree. It is estimated that for every ton of pulp 
now made by the sulphite process more than a ton of waste ma- 
terial is allowed to drain away into our streams. How to make this 
material useful is a chemical problem, and so also, in great part, 
is the investigation of other, now useless fibers, which may replace 
the more valuable wood. The preservation of wood from decay 
is still another art in which chemistry is predominant. 

“In preserving the fertility of our land, chemistry has an im- 
portant part to play. Our knowledge of fertilizers, of the food 
on which crops can thrive, is entirely chemical so far as accuracy 
is concerned, and must be applied in accordance with chemical 
principles. A fertilizer which is useless, and therefore wasted on 
one soil, may be needed on another. Certain fertilizers, like the 
Stassfurt salts, Peruvian guano, the Chilean nitrates, and phos- 
phate rock are limited in quantity, and their future exhaustion 
must be considered now. What shall replace them in the future ? 
Already processes have been devised for fixing the nitrogen of 
the atmosphere and rendering it available for plant food. Salt- 
peter and other nitrates can be and long have been made from 
waste materials such as old mortar and animal refuse. The phos- 
phatic slags have been mentioned in connection with metallurgi- 
cal processes. These sources of fertility are important, but 
greater still is the source found in our municipal sewage. The 
problem of its salvage has been worked out in some localities, 
but in the United States the people are only beginning to be 
aroused to its importance. Enormous masses of material, easily 
available for fertilizing purposes, now drain into our rivers or 
directly into the sea. Another question, now under investigation, 
is the possibility of using our common feldspathic rocks in fine 
powder, to replace the potassium withdrawn by plants from the 
soil.” 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year Igo9 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to zew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which THe Nature-Stupy REVIEW 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may 
be credited as member's fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents 
for England. : 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each ; Vols. 28—35 three dollars each. eae 

Sinele copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only when not 
breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memorrs, established 18809, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes I-11 and 13 arenowcompleted; Nos. rand 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. ~The 
numbers can also be purchased singly. <A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New 
York, 1888. Price, $1:00. 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol. 9 August, 1909 No. 8 


ORREYA 


A Monruty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


CONTENTS 
Rhipsalis in the West Indies; N. L. BRITTON. ........ cece nee EST Ses crit aarp re SES 153 
Notes on the Flora of Central and Southern Delaware; C. S. WILLIAMSON...... 160 
The Generic Name Wedelia: T. D: A. COCKERELL 20). a0. ui. sje evinced stesetererss 166 
Reviews: Walton’s Wild Flowers and Fruits: JEAN BROADHURST. ........ ....5, 167 
Proceedings of the Club: MArsmavy As HOWE. eR na ek eek sed 168 
A Notice from the Field Committee: NORMAN TAYLOR ..2.....-.ccccee.. cesses eet ieeees 155 
IMSS LEC TAS: Fe inh cose koi c (oelsa sista riepaliad Sih sites BS SERIE EARD Gace CaM See 38 aA arp ey Son Oh Neca ne 1-6 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


At 41 NortH Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa. 
By THe New Era Printinc Company 


{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter | 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Presidents 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART,A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY WILSON > 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor Treasurer 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. | 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park ‘ College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St. 


New York City f New York.City 


Associate Editors 
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, PH.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Pu.D). 
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D. faba CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M, 
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D 


Torreya is furnished to subseribers in the United States and 

Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 

subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
| express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only ' 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to _ 


JEAN BROADHURST ‘ 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


AUG 5- 1909 


TORREYA 


August, 1909 
Vol. 9 No. 8 


REPS AISeiN ihe WES UNDIES 


By N. L. BrRiTTon 


Rhipsalis is a genus of leafless jointed cacti, with round, angled, 
or flat branches and small flowers, consisting of numerous spe- 
cies, mostly natives of tropical America, but a few species occur 
in eastern tropical Africa and the widely distributed R. Cassutha 
grows alsoin Ceylon. In this Old World distribution the genus 
differs from all other cacti, the family being otherwise American 
in distribution, except for several Opuntias, which have become 
naturalized in southern Europe and northern Africa. 

These African species are of great interest from the standpoint 
of geographic distribution because they are the only cacti native 
in any part of the Old World. From the large preponderance 
of species in America it seems certain that the ancestors of the 
African kinds must have been transported from the American 
tropics to those of Africa in past geologic time, and the method 
of transportation, unless there was land connection between the 
continents, can only be guessed at. There are many genera im 
other families of plants common to the American and African 
tropics, however, and this indicates the probability of former land 
connection, over which their ancestors might have spread by 
well-known natural means. 

The genus was established by Gaertner (Fruct. & Sem. 1: 
137. 1788), the type species being RX. Cassutha Gaertn. Adan- 
son (Fam. Pl. 2: 243. 1763) had previously proposed the 
generic name //ariofa, for presumably the same species (Plumier, 
Plant. Amer. 190, p/. 197. f. 2), and this figure is cited by Linnaeus 
(Syst. ed. 10, 1054. 1759) under Cactus parasiticus, but Linnaeus 
at the same place, and before his citation of Plumier’s figure, 
[No. 9, Vol. 7, of TORREYA, comprising pages 133-152, was issued July 1, 1909. } 


* \\lustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes Fund. 


153 


154 


cites Sloane, Jamaica, p/. 224. f. 3 and 4, which is a species of 
Vanilla, probably V. Eggersiana Rolfe. Inasmuch as Adanson 
did not typify Hariota binominally, and as the type of Cactus 
parasiticus L.is a Vanilla, it would appear that the name Hariota 
must be passed over, although it was taken up by Dr. Otto 
Kuntze (Rev. Gen. Pl. 261. 1891), and the species of A/zpsals 


Fic 1. 2Rhipsalis Cassutha Gaertn. Near Utuado, Porto Rico. Photographed 
by Dr. Marshall A. Howe. 


known to him transferred to it. Through Linnaeus’s blunder 
of uniting two widely different plants, which he knew only from 
illustrations, we are apparently prevented from using the name 
Hariota, and the next oldest available generic name is Rhzpsals. 

The species of Rhzpsalis are mainly epiphytic, drooping from 


155 


trees, though sometimes found on cliffs, and they are mesophytes 
rather than xerophytes, inhabiting moist or wet regions. Some 
of them bear spines or bristles at the areoles of young shoots, 
which usually fall away early, leaving the mature plants quite 
unarmed, but a few South American species bear spines even 
when mature. Their flowers are whitish, yellowish, or pink, 
often almost rotate when widely expanded, the perianth-segments 
few, the perianth-tube short or none; the stamens are few or 
numerous and shorter than the perianth ; the fruits are globular 
or oblong, white or yellowish berries with a watery pulp full of 
small seeds. 

Three species are now known from the West Indies, which may 
be classified as follows : 


Joints terete, slender ( Zurhipsalis). 1. &. Cassutha, 
Joints flat (Phyllorhipsalis). 
Joints 4-6 cm. wide; flowers 15 mm. long; berry oblong. 2. &. alata. 
Joints I-2.5 cm. wide; flowers 6 mm. long ; berry subglobose. 
3. R. jamaicensis. 


1. Rhipsalis Cassutha Gaertn. Fr. & Sem. 1: 137. 1788 


Cassytha filtiformis Mill. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8. 1768. Not L. 
Cactus parasiticus Lam. Encycl. 1: 541. 1783. Not L. 
Cactus pendulus Sw. F\. Ind. Occ. 2: 876. 1800. 

Cactus caripensis H.B.K. Nov. Gen. 6: 66. 1823. 
Cereus caripensis DC. Prodr. 3: 467. 1828. 

Rhipsas parasiticus DC. Prodr. 3: 476. 1828. 

Cactus fasciculatus Willd. Enum. Suppl. 33. 1813. 
Rhipsalis parasitica Haw. Syn. Pl. Succ. 187. 1812. 
Rhipsalis fasciculata Haw. Suppl. 83. 1819. 

Rhipsalts cassythoides G. Don, Gen. Syst. 3: 176. 1834. 
Rhipsalis dichotoma G. Don, Gen. Syst. 3: 176. 1834. 
Rhipsalis undulata Pfeiff. Enum. 156. 1837. 

khlipsalis Hookeriana G. Don, Gen. Syst. 3: 176. 1834. 
FHlartota parasitica Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 262. 1891. 

Plant often 1 m. long or longer, much branched, light green, 
pendent from trees or on cliffs, the branches flexible ; flowers 6—8 
mm. long; petals about 4, ovate, obtuse; stamens about 9. 
[ Ficure 1.] 

Type Locatity: Not cited. 


156 


ILLustRATIONS: Gaertn. Joc. cit. pl. 28. f. 1; Hook. Exot. FI. 
Te). 2, odd. Bot: Cab. 7/365 5" Bot. Magi 20 705enar 
DC. Pl. Grasses, p/. 59. 

DistRiBUTION: CuBa: Matanzas (Kugel 767; Britton & 
Shafer 450); Madruga (Britton & Shafer 758); Calicita near 
Cienfuegos (Combs 470); vicinity of San Luis, Oriente (Pollard 
& Palmer 356 ; Maxon 4012). Hartt: Port Margot to Corneil 
(Nash 228); La Brande to Mt. Balance (Wash & Taylor 1660). 
Porto Rico: Yauco (Garber 63; Sintenis 3823); between 
Aibonito and Cayey (Heller 516); near Aibonito (Underwood & 
Griggs 488). JamAicA: near Rio Grande Ford, Cuna Cuna 
Trail (Fredholm 3207); Belvidere (Harris 7646); vicinity of 
Castleton (Maxon 836); Moneague (£. G. Britton 2956). San 
Luis Potosi, Mexico, to Costa Rica, Colombia, Bolivia, Vene- 
zuela, and Brazil. Tropical Africa. Mauritius. Ceylon. 

The young shoots are often quite bristly, but the mature plant 
becomes smooth; flowers are sometimes developed before the 
bristles fall away. In the West Indies the plant has not been 
observed by me at a greater altitude than about 500 meters. 


2. Rhipsalis alata (Sw.) Schum. FI. Bras. 4°: 288. 1890 


Cactus alatus Sw. Prodr. 77. 1788. 

Cereus alas W Cy Prodi 3\2 47.0. lo2. 

Rhipsalis Swartsiana Pfeiff. Enum. 131. 1837. 

FHlartota alata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 262. 1891. 
Rhipsalis Harrisii Giurke, Monats. Kakt. 18: 180. 1908. 


Pendent from trees and on rocks, sometimes 5 meters long, 
with several long branches; joints broadly linear, lanceolate or 
linear-oblong, often constricted at the middle or above it, bluntish 
at the apex, decurrent below into a stipe-like base, rather fleshy, 
bright green, about 1 mm. thick, 2-4 dm. long, 4-6 cm. wide, 
the midvein prominent and stout, the margins crenate-undulate, 
the lower crenations 1-2 cm. long, the upper ones 4-8 mm. long, 
the main lateral veins ending in the sinuses ; flowers yellowish- 
white, about 15 mm. long; petals 10, lanceolate, acutish, the 
outer slightly longer than the inner, erect and nearly parallel ; 
stamens numerous, about one half as long as the petals; style 
slender, about three times as long as the five linear stigmas ; 
berry ovoid, rounded at both ends, yellow-green, 1 cm. long. 
| FIGURE 2. | 


ena 


= 


=———_— 


Schum. 


) 


Sw 


( 


lis alata 


Rhipsa 


BiG, 2; 


Fic. 3. Rhipsalis jamaicensis Britton & Harris. 


159 


Jamaica: Woodstock, near Newmarket, Westmoreland (477/- 
ton 1583, Harris 9995); Belvidere, Hanover (Harris 7679) ; 
Kempshot, Hanover (Sritton & Flollick 2405); Mandeville, Man- 
chester (Lritton 3751). The plant flowers in autumn. 

This species has been misinterpreted by authors, commencing 
with Grisebach (FI. Br. W. I. 302. 1860) and the name a/atus 
applied to the other somewhat similar plant of Jamaica to be 
described below. I have satisfactorily identified it from Swartz’s 
description, and by the aid of a tracing of a type specimen pre- 
served in the herbarium of the British Museum of Natural History, 
kindly sent at my request by Mr. A. B. Rendle, and Professor 
Urban informs me that the Swartz specimen preserved in the 
Stockholm Herbarium its also certainly this species. 

The name Rizpsalis alata is to be found incidentally mentioned 
under Cereus alatus in Steudel, Nomencl. ed. 2, 1: 333, published 
in 1841, without any description of the plant referred to, and is 
therefore a hyponym to be disregarded. 


3. Rhipsalis jamaicensis Britton & Harris, sp. nov. 


Pendent from trees, the young shoots quite bristly, the older 
joints smooth; plant 3-10 dm. long, the main axis angular; 
_joints 1-4 dm. long, 1-2.5 cm. wide, dull green, about 2 mm. 
thick, the apex bluntish, the base narrowed into a stipe 1-6 cm. 


long, the margins low-crenate; flowers yellowish green, about 


6 mm. long, the petals about 7, oblong to oblanceolate, not very 
widely expanding, obtusish; ovary oblong, with a few scales ; 
stamens 20-24; style much longer than the three oblong 
stigmas; berry globose, white, 6-8 mm. in diameter. [Figure 3. |] 

Jamaica: Troy, Cockpit Country (4vitton 577, type); vicinity 
of Troy (Maxon 2873); near Montpellier (Z. G. Britton 2863); 
Bath to Cuna Cuna Gap (rittou 3502). 

In ‘‘ Gesamtbeschreibung der Kakteen.,”’ p. 636, the late Pro- 
fessor Schumann, erroneously describing this plant as Rhzp- 
salis alata, refers the Costa Rican Riipsalts coriacea Polak. 
Linnaea 41: 562, 1877, to it as a synonym. This species is, 
perhaps, its closest relative, but after growing the two side by 
side at the New York Botanical Garden, I am convinced that 
they are distinct. 


160 


Visitors to the New York Botanical Garden will find the col- 
lection of Rhipsals in Range 1, House No. 7, of the public 
conservatories. 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CENTRAL AND 
SOUTHERN DELAWARE 


By CHARLES S. WILLIAMSON 


So little is known of the flora of central and southern Dela- 
ware, that the following notes on specimens collected by members 
of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, during the summers of 1907 
and 1908, may be of interest. 

The first trip was taken by Messrs. Brown, Van Pelt and B. 
Long on September 21, 1908. Its purpose was to find a good 
location for the Symposium of 1909. The vicinities of Townsend 
and Millsboro were visited. 

The Symposium was held at Georgetown, July 4 tog. The 
attendance was very small, there being at no time more than five 
and on the first and last days only two botanists present. There 
were no formal meetings, but many interesting plants were found. 

The afternoon of July 4 was spent on ‘the Hammock,” about 
two miles east of Georgetown. ~ 

Other botanizing grounds visited in the vicinity of George- 
town were, Morris Pond, a large mill dam about eight miles east 
of our headquarters, Milton and the salt marshes beyond, Laurel 
and Bethel, Rehoboth, and Ellendale. 

On July 20 Messrs. Van Pelt and Long visited Milford and 
Ellendale and collected many plants that had been overlooked 
or that were not in bloom on July g. 

On August 20 the same gentlemen, with Mr. E. B. Bartram, 
made a trip to Middletown and Smyrna, hoping to find Alnus 
maritima within the club limits. In this they were not successful, 
but they did find several plants that were new to the herbarium. 

Finally, on August 29 I revisited several of the localities at 
which we had collected during the Symposium. 

Pinus Strobus L. Rare, observed only east of Milton. 


161 


Pinus echinata Mill. Between Georgetown and Laurel. 

Pinus taeda L. Abundant everywhere. 

LTaxodium distichum (L.) L. C. Rich. Between Bethel and 
Laurel ; a number of trees, one at least four feet in diameter. 
No fruit seen. 

Chamaccyparis thyoides (L.) B.S.P. Bethel, Millsboro. Not 
common. 

Potamogeton pulcher Tuckerm. Morris Pond. 

Naias gracillima (A. Br.) Morong. Pond north of Rehoboth. 
Mill pond at Milford. 

Lrianthus compactus Nash. Hammock east of Georgetown. 

Manisuris rugosa (Nutt.) Kuntze. Ellendale ; abundant along 
railroad ditches and in damp meadows. Hammock east of 
Georgetown. 

Andropogon argyracus Schultes. Dry sand, Rehoboth. Mills- 
boro. 

Paspalum plenipilum Nash? Georgetown and Ellendale. 

Amplicarpon Amphicarpon (Pursh) Nash. Ellendale, very 
abundant. 

Brachiaria digitarioides (Carpenter) Nash. Millsboro. 

Sacciolepis gibba (Ell.) Nash. Borders of pond north of Re- 
hoboth. Millsboro. 

Chaetochloa magna (Griseb.) Scrib. Near Smyrna Landing. 

_ Ffeleochloa schoenoides (L.) Host. Smyrna Landing. 
Sporolobus Torreyanus (R. & S.) Nash. Ellendale. 
Gymnopogon ambiguus (Mx.) B.S.P. Ellendale. 

Eragrostis refracta (Muh).) Scrib. In water, east of George- 
town. 

Cyperus microdontus Torr. In field east of Georgetown. 
Smyrna Landing. 

Cyperus pseudovegetus Steud. Damp soil, Georgetown and 
Ellendale. 

Eleocharis mutata (L.) R. & S. In water, common in eastern 
Delaware. 

Eleocharis Robbinst Oakes. Morris Pond and Milford. 

Eleocharis tortilis (Link) Schultes. Ina wood east of George- 
town. Millsboro. 


162 


Eleocharis Torreyana Boeck]. Ellendale and Milford. 

Eleocharis melanocarpa Torr. Ellendale. 

Scirpus subterninalis Torr. Morris Pond. 

Rynchospora macrostachya Torr. Milford. 

Rynchospora axillaris (Lam.) Britton. Ellendale. 

Eriocaulon Parkert Robinson. Morris Pond, Milford, Reho- 
both and Millsboro. : 

Arisaema pusillum (Peck) Nash. Millsboro. 

Juncus repens Michx. Georgetown, Ellendale, and Smyrna, in 
ditches. 

Flelonias bullata L. Milford. 

Melanthium Virginicum L. East of Georgetown. 

Gyrotheca tinctoria (Walt.) Salisb. The Hammock east of 
Georgetown. . 

Pogonia diviricata (L.) R.Br. One fruiting specimen found 
July 21, 1908, at Ellendale in a meadow a few hundred yards 
east of the town. Rather abundantly in bloom in the same 
meadow on June 21, 1909. 

Tipularia unifolia (Muhl.) B.S.P. Rather common in a woods 
about two miles east of Georgetown. In full bloom July 5, 1908. 

Gyrostachys simplex (A. Gray) Kuntze. Rehoboth; more 
common than G. gracilis (Bigel.) Kuntze. 

Gyrostachys praecox (Walt.) Kuntze. Hammock east of 
Georgetown. Marsh east of Milton. 

Blephariglottis lacera {Mx.) Rydberg. The Hammock, 
Georgetown. 

Populus heterophylla L. Townsend. 

Myrica cerifera LL. Common around ponds. 

Fficoria villosa (Sarg.) Ashe. Milton. 

Alnus maritima (Marsh.) Muhl. Rather common. Milford 
(in bloom July 20), Morris Pond. West of Bethel and Millsboro 
mostly on the borders of ponds. 

Castanea pumila (L.) Mill. Near Noxontown Pond, Middle- 
town. 

Quercus nigra L.. Nery abundant everywhere but no fruit seen 
in 1908. 

Quercus Michauxi Nutt. Georgetown. 


165 


Polygonum Careyt Olney. Abundant along roadside east of 
Georgetown. 

Polygonum Opelousanum Riddell. Ellendale and Georgetown. 

Silene alba Muhl. Near Smyrna Landing. 

Cabomba Caroliniana A. Gray. Milford, in stream flowing 
through the town. Perhaps an escape but very abundant and 
luxuriant. 

Itea Virginia L. Milford. 

Prunus angustifolia Mx. Between Milford and Ellendale and 
at Noxontown Pond. 

Cracca spicata (Walt.) Kuntze. Dry roadsides, Georgetown 
and Laurel. 

Stylosanthes riparia Kearney. Near Georgetown. 

Metbomia viridiflora (L.) Kuntze. Georgetown, Milford and 
Van Dyke. 

Metbonua stricta (Pursh) Kuntze. Common in dry fields, 
Milford, Ellendale and Georgetown. 

Lespedeza striata (Thunb.)H. & A. Rehoboth and Ellendale. 

Lespedeza Stuvei Nutt. Laurel (not in bloom), Rehoboth, in 
bloom. 

Lathyrus myrtifolius Muhl. Near Milton. 

Ciitorta Mariana L. Along roadside between Milford and 
Ellendale. 

Galactia regularis (L.) B.S.P. Common. 

Galactia volubils (L.) Britton. Georgetown and Laurel, along 
dry roadsides. 

Dolicholus erectus (Walt.) Vail. Georgetown and Laurel, 
along dry roadsides. 

Oxalis corniculata L. Smyrna and Ellendale, along roadsides. 

Linum striatum Walt. Leaves all or nearly all alternate, com- 
mon east of Georgetown. 

Polygala cymosa Walt. Very abundant in the hammock east 
of Georgetown. Along railroad south of Ellendale. 

Polygala ramosa E\\,_ Very abundant in meadow with Pogonia 
and along the railroad east of Ellendale. 

Polygala incarnata . Along roadsides, Georgetown and 
Rehoboth. 


164 


Polygala Mariana Mill. Georgetown and Ellendale, in both 
damp and dry soil. : 

Polygala lutea L., P. cruciata L., and P. Nuttallii were also 
common. 

Crotonopsis linearis Mx. Common in both damp and dry soil, 
in meadows and in woods at Ellendale and Georgetown. 

Rhus Toatcodendron L. Laurel, along roadside. 

Kosteletzkya Virginica (L.) A. Gray. Salt marsh east of 
Milton, Rehoboth. 

Flypericum adpressum Bart. Ellendale. 

Flypericum virgatum Lam. Very abundant in Ellendale, and 
in the Hammock, Georgetown. 

Triadenum petiolatum (Walt.) Britton. Milford, Morris Pond 
and Millsboro. 

Elatine Americana (Pursh) Arn. Near Noxontown Pond. 
Some of the plants are very large, forming rosettes eight inches 
in diameter. 

Viola Brittoniana Pollard? Rehoboth, leaves very leathery. 

Rhexia aristosa Britton. Abundant in ditches along railroad 
east of Ellendale. : 

Ludwigia sphaerocarpa Ell., L. linearis Walt. and L. hurtella 
Raf. Abundant at Ellendale and in the Hammock. Georgetown. 

Myriophyllum pinnatum (Walt.) B.S.P. Morris Pond. 

flydrocotyle umbellata L. and H. verticillata Thunb. Borders 
of pond south of Rehoboth. 

Pyrola secunda L. Milford. 

Chronanthus Virginica L. Common. 

Sabbatia campanulata (L.) Torr. In the meadow east of 
Ellendale. 

Gentiana puberula Mx.? One clump (not quite in bloom) 
along railroad south of Ellendale. The rough stems, long calyx 
and corolla lobes and stamens free, even in the bud seem to 
designate this species. On the trip of June 21, 1909, a large 
number of plants, which may be this species, were noted in the 
meadow with the Pogonia. 

Bartoma Virginica (L.) B.S.P. and B. lanceolata Small. 
Ellendale. The latter more common, growing as a twining 
vine. 


165 


Limnanthemum lacunosum (Vent.) Griseb. Rehoboth. 

Limnanthemum aquaticum (Walt.) Britton. Morris Pond and 
Milford. 

Apocynum pubescens R. Br. Near Georgetown. 

Apocynum Millert Britton. Bethel. 

Asclepias rubra L., A. decumbens L., and A. variegata L. were 
found near Georgetown and A. verticillata L. at Rehoboth. 

Acerates Floridana (Lam.) Hitche. Along railroad south of 
Ellendale. 

Vincetoaicum hirsutum (Mx.) Britton. Near Noxontown Pond. 

Physostegia Virginiana (L.) Benth. Roadside east of George- 
town. Perhaps introduced. 

Stachys Atlantica Britton. Ellendale. 

Koelha aristata (Mx.) Kuntze. Dry roadsides, Georgetown. 

Gratiola sphaerocarpa Ell. Ellendale and Milford. 

Gerardia linifolia Nutt. Ellendale, and in the hammock, 
Georgetown. : 

Pedicularis lanceolata Mx. Townsend. 

Utricularia guncea Vahl. Millsboro. 

Utricularia resupinata B. D. Greene. Milford. Abundant. 
In bloom July 20. 

Utricularia inflata Walt. Below the dam Morris Pond. 

Utricularia radiata Small. Common in ditches. Georgetown 
and Ellendale. 

Utricularia cleistogama (A. Gray) Britton. In the hammock, 
Georgetown. 

Utricularia fibrosa WWalt., U. gibba L., U. subulata L., and U. 
purpurea Walt., also occurred at Morris Pond. The last was 
common in the railroad ditches south of Ellendale. 

Lecoma radicans (L.) D.C. Common especially at Rehoboth. 

Kuelha parvifora (Nees) Britton. Not uncommon on the 
edges of thickets at Rehoboth. 

Oldenlandia uniflora L. Millsboro and Rehoboth. Plants 
much taller than those found in New Jersey. 

Galium pilosum punctulosum (Mx.) T. & G. Sandy roadsides 
Georgetown. 

Viburnum subtomentosum, Near Noxontown Pond. 

Lobeha elongata Small? Millsboro. 


166 


Lobelia paludosa Nutt. Along railroad east of Ellendale. 

Lobeha Canbyi A. Gray. Very abundant at Ellendale and the 
Hammock at Georgetown. 

Lobelia puberula Mx. Georgetown and Ellendale. 

Chondrilla guncea L. Smyrna Landing. 

Elephantopus nudatus A. Gray. Sandy woods, Georgetown, 
Rehoboth and Millsboro. 

Sclerolepis uniflora (Walt.) Porter. Very common in ditches, 
Ellendale and the Hammock, Georgetown. 

Fleterotheca subaxillaris (Lam.) Britt. & Rusby. Millsboro. 
Very abundant between Georgetown and Laurel. One specimen 
east of Georgetown. 

Boltonia asteroides (.) L’Her. Ellendale and Georgetown. 

Fluchea foetida (L.) B.S.P. One colony in the dune hollows 
north of Rehoboth. 

Coreopsis rosea Nutt. Ellendale, Milford and Rehoboth. 
Plants smaller than New Jersey specimens. 

Senecio tomentosus Mx. Common, Georgetown, Ellendale and 
Rehoboth. 

Carduus Virginianus L. One specimen along roadside east 
of Georgetown with the Heterotheca; perhaps like that “pine 
common further west. 

Specimens of all the plants mentioned, except Carduus Vir- 
ginianus LL. are deposited in the Herbarium of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 


GIRARD COLLEGE. 


THE GENERIC NAME WEDELIA 
By T. D. A. COCKERELL 


The receipt of Mr. Standley’s admirable revision of the Al- 
lionaceae of the United States called up a question as to the 
propriety of using Wedelia as the name of a genus in that family. 
Wedelia Loefl., Iter. Hisp. 180. 1758, is clearly a hyponym, 
since it includes no named species. According to the Index 
Kewensis, combinations under Wedelia occur in Linn. Syst. ed. 
10, 890, but Dr. Barnhart has kindly looked up this reference, 


167 


and finds that Linné cites Loefling, but does not so much as 
mention his generic names. In the meanwhile, Wede/ia Jacq., 
Enum. Pl. Carib. 8: 28. 1760, was proposed for a genus of 
Compositae which is current to-day, with very many species. 
Wedelia Loefl., Reise 240. 1766, had an assigned type, the 
Alhonia incarnata L., but this is several years subsequent to 
Jacquin’s publication. 

The type of A/Monia Loefl., L., Syst. ed. 10, 890. 1361 (1759) 
is A. ziolacea L., as Mr. Standley states. Wedelia Loefl., in the 
Allioniaceae, is thus left nameless, and Wedelella is herewith 
proposed. The species, with references to the pages of Mr. 
Standley’s work (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. XII, part 8, 331 et 
seq. 1909) are as follows: 

"~ Wedeliella cristata: Wedelia cristata Standley, p: 331. 

Wedeliella glabra: Wedela glabra (Choisy) Standley, p. 332. 

~—  Wedelella incarnata: Wedelia incarnata (L.) Kuntze, Stand- 
levanes 32) | Dype cfieentts: 

Wedeliella incarnata anodonta: Wedelia incarnata anodonta 
Standley, p. 333. 

Wedeliella incarnata villosa: Wedelia incarnata villosa Stand- 
ley, Pp. 333- 

Wedehella tncarnata nudata: Wedehaincarnata nudata Stand- 
ley, p. 334. 

I am greatly indebted to Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. H. 
Barnhart for advice and reference. 


REVIEWS 
Walton’s Wild Flowers and Fruits * 
This practical guide to the wild flowers and fruits follows the 

earlier popular books in arranging the plants in color groups. — 
Much time is saved, however, in finding the name of a plant, by 
the addition of a series of easy and ingenious chart or diagram 
keys — one for each color group. These keys are based upon 
such characters as the manner of growth (climbing, upright, etc.) 
the flower and leaf arrangement, the number of petals, and the 
presence of thorns, The keys and the flower descriptions are 


* Walton, G. L. Practical Guide to the Wild Flowers and Fruits. 12mo. 
Pp. 198. 1909. J. B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia. $1.50. 


168 


framed in the simplest language ; the glossary itself contains but 
sixty-one terms, and among these are included such common words 
as annual, head, herb, and stamens. About four hundred flowers 
and one hundred fruits are thus simply described in detail suffi- 
cient for identification. Provisions are made for those least 
learned in botanical terms, and it is possible to trace the flowering 
dogwood successfully, even if the four large white bracts are 
considered petals —as they often are by the uninitiated. Some- 
times it seems as if this simplified method were carried to the 
extreme ; the flowering dogwood may again be mentioned here, 
for the keys do not make it possible to find the name if one uses 
the true flowers, which are surrounded by these white bracts. 
Objections might also be made to the use of the word sepals for 
all the perianth parts of some of the Liliaceae. The illustrations 
add but little to the value of the book, and some (such as the 
line drawings of the yellow clover, pine sap, and hobblebush) 
may prove a hindrance. 

Yet, these are after all minor points. The book is by far the 
easiest, simplest, and quickest guide to wild flowers. It is so 
simple that a child of twelve can readily learn to use the keys 
and name the common flowers of his neighborhood. The book 
must also prove a boon to the many people who are interested 
in plants and their names, but who do not have the time and the 
patience to work over the somewhat technical keys of our man- 
uals of botany, and to whom simple and compound pistils, pla- 
centae, and hypogynous or inferior insertions are insurmountable 
difficulties. High school pupils should be introduced to this 
popular key, for it may prove the long-desired connection be- 
tween the work of the school room anda lasting interest in botany. 

JEAN BROADHURST. 


ROC BIDIUNGS) Ole Wiss, Ciui08 
May 26, 1909 
This meeting was held at the museum of the New York 
Botanical Garden and was called to order at 3:30 P. M. by 
President Rusby. Thirty-four persons were present. After the 
reading and approval of the minutes of the preceding meeting, 


169 


the scientific program was presented, the first contribution being 
made by the president, Dr. H. H. Rusby, who spoke on “ The 
Earliest Spring Flowers in the Vicinity of Charleston, South 
Carolina.” ; 

The speaker’s remarks were based on observations made be- 
tween March 16 and March 23 at Summerville, which is about 
twenty-two miles northwest of Charleston. This town is located 
upon a ridge, said to be of limestone and elevated only a few feet 
above the surrounding flats. Most of the country about is 
covered with pine timber, but there are numerous low swampy 
places filled with dense thickets formed of various trees, shrubs, 
and vines. There is also considerable deciduous forest growth 
intermingled with the pines. By a careful comparison of the 
state of vegetation there in March with that of New York and 
vicinity in May, it was concluded that there was a difference of 
eight or nine weeks this year in the progress of the season, 
though it is probable that in an ordinary year the difference would 
be about seven or eight weeks. 

Summerville is noted for the existence there of Dr. Shepard’s 
tea-gardens, the only tea plantation conducted on a commercial 
scale in this country. There are now about 100 acres of planta- 
tion in productive operation there, from which 12,000 to 15,000 
pounds of tea are sold annually. Success has been obtained 
through an extensive series of experiments with all the known 
varieties of the tea plant. No attempt is made to compete with 
the Orient in the cheaper grades of tea but in the more highly 
prized grades, the Summerville product is already taking a lead- 
ing rank. 

The plants collected were discussed and exhibited in groups, 
the first comprising the earliest-flowering kinds. The yellow 
jessamine (Ge/semum) was everywhere abundant, forming thickets 
difficult of penetration and loading the air with fragrance. Grow- 
ing with it were several species of S7/ax, then sending up their 
young crisp shoots, which are there known as “ wild asparagus ”’ 
and are said to be used as a substitute for that vegetable. They 
have large tuberous rhizomes, collectively known as ‘‘ bamboo 
brier.”” Some of the more fleshy starchy kinds of these tuberous 


170 


rootstocks were used as food by the Indians. One of the early- 
flowering plants was a bloodroot, segregated by Professor Greene 
from its northern ally as Sanguinaria australis. Hexastyhs 
arifolia was rather common on sandy slopes. The close-creep- 
ing Rubus trivialis grows everywhere along the roadsides, with 
its handsome large flowers scarcely elevated above the low grass. 
Two strikingly different Houstonias occur, H. minor, which 
closely resembles 7. caerulea, and Ff. rotundifolia, which has the 
habit of Veronica officinalis. Thyrsanthema semiflosculare (Chap- 
tala tomentosa) was of peculiar interest to the speaker on account 
of its resemblance to related species which he had collected in 
tropical America. Pinguicula lutea is common on partly shaded 
wet sand. In similar, though drier places, grew the yellow- 
flowered Chrysogonum virginianum. 

The second group of plants discussed included those inhabit- 
ing low sandy grounds which are perhaps technically swamps, 
though usually dry. The most interesting of these plants is the 
at length climbing and extremely variable Vzorna crispa, with its 
beautiful nearly white or light blue somewhat fragrant flowers. 
Several handsome shrubs are found in this association and also 
an Oxalis, which is apparently O. Martiana. 

The aquatic and semi-aquatic plants observed included, in 
part, Ranunculus hispidus, Senecio lobatus, Callitriche heterophylla, 
Cardamine pennsylvanica, and Sarracenia flava. The last is 
abundant in open grassy swamps and gives thema yellow hue 
when in full bloom. 

The shrubs and trees of the region included Malus coronaria, 
always growing singly in swamps, <Amelanchier Lotryapium, 
Aronia arbutifolia, Ilex glabra, Hex decidua, and a great abun- 
dance of Myrica cerifera of very large size. Viburnum obovatum, 
often seen near streams, is known locally as the ‘‘ possum haw.” 
Viburnum cassinoides and Azalea canescens were also observed. 
Symplocos tinctoria is very different in habit from the tropical 
representatives of the genus. A very handsome juniper, of low, 
broad, cypress-like habit, is perhaps /uzzperus barbadensis. Doubt- 
less the two most elegant shrubs of the swamps were Lewcothoe 
axillaris and Pieris nitida, both of which grow in dense clumps, 


West 


and have dark heavy foliage and an abundance of waxy white 
flowers. Vaccinium australe takes the place there of our V. 
corymbosum and closely resembles that species. Another species, 
probably V. ‘encllum, was in flower at the time, as were two 
species of Prunus. 

Other plants collected were Silene carohniana, Podophyllum 
peltatum, Linaria canadensis, and a peculiar and abundant 777/- 
lium, which is possibly 7. ludovicianum, though far out of its. 
recorded range, if really belonging with this species. 

Dr. Britton, in discussing Dr. Rusby’s paper, referred to the 
popular belief among the fruit-growers of Delaware that the 
spring advances northward at the rate of thirteen miles a day — 
a belief that would seem to be supported by Dr. Rusby’s obser- 
vation that there is a difference of seven or eight weeks in the 
progress of the season between Summerville and New York City. 

The second paper on the scientific program was by Dr. J. A. 
Shafer on ‘“ Botanizing in Cuba.” The following summary is. 
from an abstract prepared by Dr. Shafer : 

‘‘T was landed from a New York steamer at Nuevitas on Jan- 
uary 22, and arrived at La Gloria, my first headquarters, late the 
following evening. 

*“A chain of islands extends along the north coast of Cuba, 
from Nuevitas to Cardenas, separated from the mainland by a 
series of bays and channels forming an inner passage for small 
sailing craft. Through some sixty-five miles of this one passes. 
mangrove-fringed shores before reaching Port Biaro. 

“Ta Gloria, one of the oldest and most prosperous of the 
American colonies, is situated four and one-half miles inland 
from the port above mentioned, across a low palmetto-covered 
savanna. The village with its surrounding citrus plantations, is. 
situated in a dense, mostly primeval forest composed of a great 
variety of tropical trees, their tops bound together with many 
kinds of woody vines and supporting on their trunks and branches 
many orchids, of which some fifteen or eighteen species were 
collected —also bromeliads in great numbers and of several 
varieties ; two cactuses are ever present, a creeping snake-like 
night-blooming Cereus and the graceful pendent AAzpsalrs, called 


172 


by the colonists ‘“‘ mistletoe.” Undershrubs and ferns are few in 
number and variety, and herbaceous plants are scarce. This 
wooded region, of very low altitude, here extends about one- 
fourth of the way across the north and south axis of the island 
and is separated from the barren, palm-covered savanna to the 
south by a ridge of limestone hills, known as Sierra Cubitas. 
The Cubitas Mountains, as these hills are called by the Ameri- 
cans, were visited and the mouth of a grand cavern in the eastern 
part afforded an ideal place for camping. The hilltops are 
clothed with about the same species of trees that comprise the 
forest of the fertile lowlands but they are stunted and less 
numerous and one at first wonders how any plants could grow 
on this perforated rock. Epiphytes were less numerous but 
bromeliads were sufficiently abundant to be used as fodder for 
our horses in the total absence of suitable grasses. Several de- 
pressions, called passes, which in the rainy season are water- 
courses, are especially interesting, being rich in ferns, peperomias, 
and various other shade-loving plants. 

“One of the objects of this expedition was to ascertain whether 
the flora of northeastern Cuba had any relation to that of the 
adjoining Bahamas, which islands have been the subject of ex- 
tensive floristic investigations by Dr. Britton and others ; but in 
the region just described there seems to be little or no relationship. 

“Cayo Guajaba, one of the chain of islands already referred 
to, none of which seem to have been visited by botanists hereto- 
fore, probably on account of the difficulty of access, was ex- 
amined at several points and was found to possess a very different 
flora from that of the mainland south of it, many of the species 
being Bahamian. This island is about fifteen miles long, nearly 
half as wide, of a limestone formation, and rather rough, its hills 
probably reaching an altitude of two hundred feet. It is unin- 
habited save by billions of insects and some wild hogs and deer; 
a drove of wild horses also is said to exist there, as there is con- 
siderable grass upon the island. 

“‘Caye Sabinal, the largest and easternmost of these islands, 
appears on some maps as a peninsula; at the present time it is 
separated by a narrow artificial canal, but its southern side is 


173 


made up of a series of mangrove islets, which in dry seasons are 
separated only by salinas. The higher northern portion is of a 
flat limestone formation, the inner portion covered by a forest of 
small trees, largely pigeon plum, Coccololis laurifolia Jacq. Poison 
wood (Metopium Metopium) is also very abundant. Interior sal- 
inas, which are irregular in outline and of various extent, are 
usually fringed with Conocarpus, much of which is arborescent. 
Other openings, of red soil, are largely made up of cat’s-claw, 
Pithecolobium, and toward the westerly end some very regularly 
outlined openings, varying from a few feet in diameter to several 
acres in extent and often containing a pool of fresh water, are 
occupied almost entirely by large palmettos ; still other openings, 
small but deeper, support pond-apple, Azona, which trees, when 
the water has subsided sufficiently to expose their short thick 
trunks, are very grotesque in appearance. Ata place near the 
center of the island large numbers of Fawscraea were observed in 
the dense forest; a thick columnar cactus, often twelve feet high 
and probably a Cephalocereus, was frequently seen but never in 
large numbers. Several species of palm occurred frequently but 
no royal palms were seen on any of these islands. The Sabinal 
was reached from Nuevitas, at which headquarters were made 
for several weeks, with the aid of an open sail boat, in which 
two- or three-day trips were taken. 

‘North of Nuevitas, the railroad to Camagtiey passes through 
many miles of barren palm-covered savannas, through which an 
occasional stream passes, whose winding course can readily be 
made out by the fringe of green trees, overtopped by the grace- 
ful heads of the royal palm. From Camagtiey to Holguin, a 
distance of about one hundred and fifty miles, one passes alter- 
nately through stretches of dry savannas, rich dense woods, or 
fertile pastures. 

“ Holguin, of historic as well as commercial importance, is a 
typical Cuban city of the better type. It is situated on a plateau 
encircled by a series of irregular mountains of eruptive rock, 
much burnt over, red and barren to look upon, but when they 
are examined it is found that the gullies and rocky places are 
clothed with dense masses of low spiny shrubs, in great variety 


174 


and unlike most of the things seen in the regions already men- 
tioned. A pretty palm, seen only on these hills, is at times very 
conspicuous, as is also a columnar cactus ; and an Agave often 
occupies the summits. Singularly enough, the largest of the 
very few trees met with on these hills was a single specimen of 
mahogany. The surrounding region for several miles is a rocky 
savanna or palm barren in which but one species of palm, a 
Copernicia, is very abundant. Many of the shrubs of the moun- 
tain-sides occur here also and the frequent springs, rich swales, 
and resultant streamlets are occupied or surrounded by groups 
of trees, shrubs, and some herbaceous plants not seen elsewhere ; 
these pass on and join broader river valleys, covered with rich 
woods, royal palm groves or fertile plantations. Flanking these 
eruptive formations are several series of limestone hills, the in- 
tervening valleys being fertile woodland or barren palm-covered 
savannas. 

‘“Gibara on the coast north of Holguin was visited and the 
mouth of the bay examined. The flora here as a whole is 
similar to that of other localities of a like nature, but as in the 
case of all the others it was found to have some prominent ele- 
ment not seen elsewhere. Here the tall slender stalks of Papaya 
Carica were very peculiar, their smali leafy tops high above the 
surrounding scrub, among which it was sparingly scattered, 
giving it very much the appearance of tall slender palms noted 
elsewhere. 

‘““Cacocum and Alto Cedro, stations on the Cuba railway, were 
given a hurried examination. 

‘“Paoso Estancia, toward Santiago on the Cauto River, was 
made the last place from which extensive explorations were 
carried on. The river, which is the largest in Cuba, here passes 
between high bluffs made up of stratified limestone and clay or 
sand. It has many turns, with gravelly bars and sandy or muddy 
banks, and many things can be found here. The surrounding 
country is a dense forest with a great variety of species; from 
here, too, one can see the pine-covered tops of the Sierra Nipe, 
and an interesting but rough region of some fifteen miles is 
traversed in getting tothem. Much of it is a dense forest of very 


175 


large timber ; in all of it is a region in which much of value could 
be found were sufficient time devoted to it, but my time now was 
limited and only the Pinales of the mountain tops were given con- 
sideration. The pine trees are scattered over a very red earth, 
said to be good iron ore, and often reach a height of seventy-five 
feet or more, with trunks two feet in diameter. Among them are 
a number of peculiar shrubs anda small tree of the huckleberry 
family, not seen elsewhere. The wiry grass is frequently burnt 
over, making small herbaceous species, if there were any, seem 
very scarce. 

‘ Antilla, the new seaport, was reached on the afternoon of the 
fourth of May, and the next day I crossed to the village of Sartia, 
situated on the inner east side of the narrow channel to the ocean 
where a little collecting was done; the next morning both sides 
of the channel were explored for some distance around the ocean 
end of both shores. On the western shore I was fortunate in 
finding several specimens of the large tree cactus already secured 
by Dr. Britton on the south coast of Cuba. One of them was 
fully twenty-five feet high with an equal spread, its spiny trunk 
having a diameter of two feet.”’ 

After a discussion of Dr. Shafer’s paper by Dr. and Mrs. 
Britton, Dr. Rusby, and others, adjournment followed. 

MarsHALL A. Howe, 
Secretary pro tem. 


NOTICE FROM THE FIELD COMMITTEE 


Members are urged to verify for themselves the times of 
departure of the trains given in the circular of meetings for July 
and August. On July 17, when an excursion to Pocantico 
Hills was held the time of departure was ten minutes earlier than 
the advertised time, owing to a recent change in the time-table. 
Members intending to go on the Belmar trip will have to be 
guided by any change the railroad company may make in the 
time-table. If there is any change, the party will take the train 
that leaves as near as possible to the time advertised in the field 
meeting circular. NorMAN TAYLOR, 

Chairman. 


176 


NEWS ITEMS 


Joseph E. Kirkwood, Ph.D., Columbia, 1903, has been ap- 
pointed assistant professor of forestry and botany in the University 
of Montana. He was formerly professor of botany in Syracuse 
University and for a time a botanical investigator for the Conti- 
nental-Mexican Rubber Company. 


Mr. William T. Horne, who was fellow in botany in Columbia 
University in 1903—04, has resigned his position as chief of the 
department of plant pathology of the Cuban Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station and has accepted an appointment as assistant pro- 
fessor of plant pathology in the University of California. 


Tropical Life announces a prize of fifty pounds sterling for an 
essay embodying research work directed towards ascertaining 
exactly what changes (together with their causes and whether 
these changes occur during the fermentation process only or 
while being dried) take place in the cacao bean between the time 
that it leaves the pod until it is shoveled into the bag for export. 
For further information those interested may address the editor. 
of Tropical Life, 112 Fenchurch St., E. C. London. 


The joint field meeting of the Vermont Botanical and Bird 
Clubs was held July 6 and 7, with headquarters at Burling- 
ton. The sessions were planned to fit in between the two most 
important days of the Champlain Tercentenary Celebration. The 
first day was occupied with an excursion to Ausable Chasm, New 
York. In the evening a short business meeting was held in the 
Museum of the University of Vermont. Wednesday morning the 
party went by trolley to Ethan Allen Park, then tramped through 
the woods down to Eagle Bay, and along the lake shore back to 
Burlington. In the afternoon, the party, somewhat reduced in 
number, visited the very interesting High Bridge region, and the 
Woodwardia pond at Fort Ethan Allen, Colchester. Both days 
were cool, and such unusual July weather contributed much to 
the enjoyment of the forty persons in attendance. 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year 1909 


Regular price $1.00 each 


_ This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to ew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which THE Nature-Stupy REVIEW - 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may — 
be credited as member’s fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to | 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents 
for England. 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock — 
of some numbers has been reserved for. the completion of sets. 
_ Vols. 24~27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each ; Vols. 28-35 three dollars each. 

Sinele copies (30 ets.) will be furnished only nee not 
- breaking complete volumes. . 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 18809, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes 1-11 and 13 arenow completed; Nos. 1 and 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New 
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. 


Correspondence Seu to the above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
irs W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol. 9 September, 1909 No. 9g 


“TORREYA 


A Monruty Journat or BoranicaL Notes anp News 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


CONTENTS 
The Rubber Plants of Mexico: H. H. RusBy............ ..... eee adie eta Re 177 
Two New Fossil Plants from Florissant, Colorado: T. D. A.’CocCKERELL.......,... 184 / 
Additions to the Flora of the Black Hills of South Dakota: STEPHEN S. VISHER. 186 
The 1909 Symposium at Stamford, New York: NoRMAN TAYLOR.,,....0..-..000...5 188 
Our City Parks in the Hudson-Fulton Celebration................c.:..ecceeccus ees eeeecseee 18g 
Potrey Botanical Club: Wield Meetings. (2.00. 5.2. coedewe vcva nn pevvandneatsaniire onjor Me ode IgI 
Of Interest to Teachers: Instructions for Recording Observations on Forest Trees. 192 
INC WSALCINS oi spies con pierce teerney debdy een ss04uve dite ore etisalat e VON diet oeuh Neen Alb odatei es 193 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 
At 41 Norru Queen Srreet, LANcAstsErR, Pa. 
BY THe New Era Printrinc Company 


{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. | 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. \ 


Vice-Presidents 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D: JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY -WILSON 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor ig Treasurer 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pa.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St, ” 


New York City —. : New York City , 


Associate Editors 
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. .. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Px.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Pu.D. 
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D. _. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. 


TorRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum ; ‘single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City | 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any: 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to. 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


meen res ab | 


TORREYA ‘ 


September, I909 
Vol. 9 No.9 


WIBOS, IRIOTRISIO IR | PILATES, (GUE My ICO hse 
By H. H. Russy 


Until within a few years, there was but a single known source 
of commercial rubber in the entire republic of Mexico. Now 
two species are contributing regular supplies, and a third, to be 
specially considered here, is likely soon to become a very im- 
portant factor in this industry. Mexico thus becomes one of the 
most important of the world’s rubber-producing countries. 

That other sources remain to be developed is very certain, 
since the families Euphorbiaceae, Moraceae, and Apocynaceae, 
which comprise most of the rubber-yielding plants, are abun- 
dantly represented in the Mexican flora. The same may be said 
of the Sapotaceae, the family that yields gutta percha, chicle, and 
balata. 

The first of the rubber-producing plants mentioned above 1S 
Castilla elastica, the Central American rubber tree known also as 


, 


the Mexican rubber tree or “hule,” in all but recent literature. 
So al undant is this tree in one locality, that it and its railroad 
station are known as EF] Hule. This tree also yields rubber in 
tie West Indian Islands. It is a near relative of the Ficus, 
yielding the East Indian rubber, to which its product bears con- 
siderable resemblance. On the other hand, it is not reJated to 
the Hevea, which yields the superior Para or Amazon rubber, 
The Castilla becomes a large tree, some authors state up to six 
feet in diameter, and lives toa great age. Owing to the destruc- 
tive methods of collecting its latex, the exportation of Mexican 


‘rubber declined from $160,000 in 1882-3 to $47,000 ten years 


later, and the government was faced with what threatened to be 


[No. 8, Vol. 9, of ToRREYA, comprising pages 153-176, was issued August 3, 1909. ] 
* Abstract of a lecture delivered before the Torrey Club, February 9, 1909.  I1- 
lustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 


wai 


178 


the practical extermination of the tree. It therefore not only 
established rules for the method of collection, but offered a hand- 
some subsidy for the planting of the trees. This is one of the 
most satisfactory of rubber trees for cultivation. It grows well 


Collecting milk from a tree that bears more than 40 wounds from previous collections. 


up to an altitude of 1,500 feet and requires a well-distributed 
rainfall of at least 100 inches, and good drainage. The seeds 
must be planted very soon after collection, as they do not long 
retain their vitality. At one year old the tree is about three feet 


179 


high, and collection can commence when it is from five to seven 
years of age. Although a number of trees can often be found 
in proximity, the species can by no means be classed as gre- 
garious. The milk, after collection, must be coagulated arti- 
ficially. This is mostly accomplished by boiling in water, which 
causes the rubber to separate as a superficial crust ; it is then dried 
and hardened by rolling. The same result is sometimes obtained 
by merely mixing the milk with water and allowing it to stand. 
Sea water acts much better than fresh water. Sometimes the 
coagulation is accomplished by means of adding citric or sulphuric 
acid. The yield of rubber is nearly one half of the weight of the 
latex, and the rubber is of only medium quality. | 
The second variety of rubber to be considered is produced in a 
region where all the conditions are opposed to those of the well- 
watered Castilla region, namely, the high and dry table-land of 
the northwestern district. Owing to the high degree of radiation, 
this region differs also in being subject to a great variation of tem- 
perature by day and night, respectively, yet it can be regarded as 
a hot district. During midday the heat is often extreme. It is 
excessively dry, the amount of rainfall, even in the short rainy 
season, being but moderate. Except for some large yuccas, and 
a few leafless species, trees are almost wanting, and the shrubs 
are mostly low and stunted. Among these shrubs occurs one 
which has been described before in ToRREYA, namely, Parthenium 
argentatum,; it is an important rubber-yielder, and therefore 
called “ guayule,” the Indian equivalent for ‘‘wild rubber.” It 
is a low shrub of some two or three feet in height, of robust and 
densely branching habit, and somewhat gregarious. The stem is 
rarely so thick as the wrist and branches from the base, the 
branches being rather short and stout. This shrub is of very 
slow growth, requiring vrobably forty or fifty years to reach its 
full size. It is as yet too little known to enable us to say how 
many years it must grow before it will yield sufficient rubber to 
be worth harvesting, but this is believed to require fifteen years 
or more. Little is known about its natural methods of reproduc- 
tion, but it appears to propagate sparingly, in the desert, from 
seeds. The prospects for a new crop of rubber within a human 


180 


generation, when all the shrubs of a district have been uprooted, 
are therefore very poor. Advantage has been taken of this pecu- 
liarity by those engaged in exploiting it, to bring about a monop- 


Examining a tree that has been improperly cut. (Dr. Rusby at the left, Dr. 
Altamirano, Director Nat. Med. Institute of Mexico, at right. ) 


oly. Having purchased all the most important guayule lands, 
they offered to purchase the shrubs collected from the outlying 
districts. The price, at first $10 per ton, has been advanced to 


181 


$130, a price so high as to tempt the collectors to uproot it, a 
process which is certain to exterminate it except on the company’s 
own lands. 

When it was first suggested that rubber could be obtained from 
this shrub, a member of the daisy family, the greatest incredulity 
was encountered, and the enlisting of capital in the enterprise was 
a matter of extreme difficulty. At present, the total capitaliza- 
tioa of the interests engaged in this enterprise is said to be about 
$1 30,000,000, and there is every prospect that even on this great 
scale, the business will be very profitable. 

The collection of this variety is by a method unknown else- 
where in the rubber industry. By it the entire woody portion of 
the plant is finely ground, and the rubber extracted by liquids 
from the dust. 

The third, and what we may call the new variety of Mexican 
rubber, is also unique as to its character, and the methods em- 
ployed in preparing it. It is produced by the Euphorbia elastica, 
and is therefore a near relative of the Para rubber. 

This tree inhabits a region intermediate in location and climatic 
character between those producing the two previously described 
varieties, namely, the hilly country where the western edge of the 
table-land breaks down into the coast slope, at an altitude mostly 
of from 5,000 to 7,000 feet. ‘The climate of this region might 
be called subtropical. The banana and orange grow here, but 
only exceptionally produce fruit. Some poor apples are grown 
and corn is the staple agricultural product. Although there isa 
long dry season, the rainy season is long enough, and its rains 
abundant enough, to produce the crops without irrigation, for the 
most part. 

This Euphorbia will not grow on the alluvial plains, but only 
on the rough rocky hillsides, where the drainage is good. Its 
arborescent associates are Randias, Acacias, Convolvuli, and a 
number of Cactaceae. It is a gregarious species, the branches 
often interarching over considerable areas, although many smaller 
trees and shrubs are intermingled. It is a rather small tree, the 
trunks usually less than two feet in diameter, and the height 
usually under fifty feet. Its branches and branchlets are rather 


182 


few and massive, there being a dearth of fine twigs. It is there- 
fore not very leafy and does not afford much shade. The leaves 
are mostly crowded at the ends of the branchlets, and are oblong, 
thick and smooth, and about six inches in length by one to one 


A thick growth of Palo Amarillo trees, about 40 to the acre. 


and a half in breadth. The bark is thick and rather succulent, 
at first smooth and of a light or yellowish green color. That of 
the trunk and large branches soon exfoliates in large, very thin, 
papery, translucent sheets of an orange-yellow or orange-red 


183 


color, which impart a shaggy appearance, and a color that has 
given the tree its vernacular name “ palo amarillo,’ or yellow 
trunk, which becomes also the commercial name of this variety of 
rubber. The flowers appear in January, or there-about, before the 
appearance of the new leaves, and the fruits mature in June and 
July. The seeds, which are much like those of the castor-oil, 
contain about 50 per cent. of a fatty oil, which can be pressed out, 
and is good for soap-making. 

As soon as the bark is wounded, a milky juice exudes which 
is very irritant and capable of producing violent inflammation 
of the eyes if it enters them, as it is quite liable to do in spat- 
tering when the tree is cut. A part of this latex soon coagulates, 
but the coagulum is soft and curdy, rather than tough and elastic, 
like that of most rubber milks. Rather more than half of it does 
not coagulate at all, except as a result of drying out. The 
coagulated portion contains the rubber, about ten per cent. of the 
entire weight, but with it there is more than twice as much resin. 
It is this intimate mixture of resin with the rubber that compels a 
resort to different processes for the manufacture of this rubber 
from those which apply elsewhere in the rubber industry. The 
separation has to be effected by solvents, and by the aid of 
special machinery. Nevertheless, the cost is inconsiderable, and 
the business bids fair to be very profitable. 

The great value of this tree as a rubber-producer lies in its 
abundance over large areas, and the proximity of the trees to one 
another, facilitating collection of the milk, as well as the ease 
with which it can be propagated, and the rapidity of its growth. 
All that is necessary for propagation is to thrust the newly cut 
branches into the soil, where they practicallly all grow. From 
them the tree reaches its full size in from five to seven years. 
These considerations appear to justify the opinion that if all other 
sources of rubber were to fail, this one could probably supply 
the world’s entire requirements. 

It may be added that this and several similar species form a 
peculiar division of the genus which will in all probability be 
elevated to generic rank. It is said that one known as the 
“palo colorado,” or red trunk, growing in the northern part of 


184 


the palo amarillo region, and mingled with the latter species, is 
probably another member of this group. 

The properties of the palo amarillo rubber are peculiar. Taken 
by itself it is of only medium quality, but mixed in suitable 
proportion with other varieties, especially with Para rubber, it 
markedly improves them. 


LWOr NEW ehOSSIE BEANDS SEROM er LORISS Nar 
COLORADO* 


By T. D, A. CoCKERELL 


POLYPODIACEAE 
Hypolepis coloradensis n. sp. 


Pinnules about 214 mm. long, oblong or obtusely subtriangular, 
connected basally, and bearing two to four large round marginal 
sori, which as preserved are very dark in color. In general 
structure and appearance, the plant closely resembles /Typolepis 
repens (L.) Presl, as figured by Shimek in Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. 
Univ. lowa, IV (1897), pl. v, f. 4. The more usual forms of 
Flypolepis have only one or two sori to the pinnule, but no doubt 
the earlier condition is one in which they are numerous, as in 
Adiantum. 


FHlabitat.— Miocene shales of Florissant, Station 14; frag- 
ments only. The genus is to-day common in the West Indies 
and Central America. 

CAESALPINIACEAE 


Bauhinia pseudocotyledon n. sp. 


Leaf circular in outline, or nearly so, 16 mm. long and 18 
broad, as preserved dark in color, apparently thick ; the median 
sinus about 6 mm. long, its sides, except apically, very close 
together ; venation indistinct, but with a lens it is possible to see 
clearly a mid-vein running to the sinus, and two strong laterals, 
as shown in the figure; petiole short, about 2 mm., twisted to 
one side. From its dark color, apparent thickness, and obscure 
venation, I thought at first that this was a cotyledon, probably 
of /pomoea, possibly of some Sterculiaceous plant related to Pen- 
tapetes. A closer scrutiny shows, however, that the venation 
will not accord with these. In the seedlings there appears to be 


* Tllustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 


185 


morphologically no mid-vein, and when one is present it con- 
sists of the two inner laterals united, which diverge before reaching 
the sinus. A\ll this is quite different from the condition in Bau- 
hinia, with which the fossil accords. 


Flabitat. — Miocene shales of Florissant, 1908. The genus 
occurs as far back as the Cretaceous (cf. Berry, Torreya 8: 218). 
I have sometimes remarked on the absence of Neotropical ele- 
ments in the Florissant shales. The two plants now described 


fypolepis coloradensis Ckll. Bauhinia pseudocotyledon Ckll. 


are apparent exceptions to this, but I believe that they did not 
invade North America from the south, but belong to a flora 
which formerly flourished in the north, and has now been pushed 
southward by changes in the climate. What I mean when I 
speak of the absence of Neotropical elements at Florissant, is 
that I do not find genera or families which there is reason to be- 
lieve originated in South America. Dr. Knowlton, in his inter- 
esting discussion of the Tertiary flora of the Yellowstone (Monog. 
aoa Geols Surv SOOO pty 2) ips) 778) remarks that <°the 
Tertiary flora appears to have originated in the south, while the 
present flora is evidently of more northern origin.” I think that 
on the contrary, there is much reason for thinking that the Ter- 
tiary flora originated in the north, and has (so far as it has sur- 
vived), to a considerable extent, since travelled south. (Yor a dis- 
cussion of the same question as applied to animals, see Vazure, 
Aug. 6, 1908, p. 318.) 


UNIVERSITY OF CoLORADO 


186 


ADDIMIONS LON TE "pLORA OER Trib ries 
ISUBLIES) “(Ole SQW sl IDAIKOIUA 


By STEPHEN SARGENT VISHER 


During the first half of August, 1908, a collection of about 
three hundred species of the ferns and flowering plants of the 
northern Black Hills was made for the State Museum. Upon 
reference to Saunders’ Ferns and Flowering Plants of South 
Dakota’ and to Rydberg’s Flora of the Black Hills”, it is be- 
lieved that some eight species are new to the state; some eight 
additional new to the Hills, though known from the eastern 
part of the state; five are recorded from the northern part of 
the Hills for the first time, though they were collected near 
Custer in the southern part; and five more rare species are men- 
tioned from new localities in the hills. In the list the species 
believed to be new to the state are indicated by an asterisk, those 
known from other parts of the state are followed by (eastern) if 
from the eastern part, or by (Custer), (Lead), etc., if from other 
localities in the Hills. 

The collection was identified with the kind assistance of Dr. 
J. M. Greenman at the Field Museum of Natural History, 
Chicago. 

Woodsia scopulina D. C. Eaton. Rocky Mountain Woodsia. 

This fern was found to be quite abundant in protected niches 
in rocks near Roubaix. (Rare in Black Hills.) 

Pteris aquilina L. Bracken fern. 

Locally abundant in woods on Custer’s Peak. (Custer.) 
Eleocharis intermedia (Muhl.) Schultes. Matted spike-rush. 

Common on moist ground near Rapid City. (Eastern.) 

* Scirpus Torreyt Olney. Torrey’s bullrush. 

Common in marsh near Roubiax. 

* Juncus balticus Willd. Baltic rush. 
Rare, Rapid City. 

* Juncus acuminatus Michx. Rush. 
Rare, in marsh, Rapid City. 


1D. A. Saunders, Bulletin 64, U. S. Experiment Station, South Dakota. 
2P. A. Rydberg, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 3: 463-536. p/. 77-20. 1896. 


187 


Juncus xiphioides montanus Engelm. 

Found in Spearfish Canyon. (Custer.) 

* Salix Scoulerana Barrett. Scouler willow. 

Frequent, forming trees, in deep woods, well up on Custer’s 
Peak. 

* Alsine longipes laeta Watson. 

On hills south of Rapid City. 
Sanguinaria canadensis L. Bloodroot. 

Abundant in the shady gulches near Whitewood. (North- 
eastern.) 

Melilotus alba Dest. White clover. 
M. officinalis (L.) Lam. Sweet clover. 

Both of these clovers are now extensively naturalized near 
Rapid. (Eastern.) 

Hedysarum americanum (Michx.) Britton. Hedysarum. 

Also near Roubaix. (Rockford.) 

* Ceanothus ovatus Desf. Oval-leaved red-root. 

Abundant in woods near Whitewood. Although this and the 
next are recorded by Rydberg, they are not included in the cata- 
logue. 

Vitis vulpina L. Riverside grape. 

Common near Roubaix. (Eastern.) 
Malva rotundifolia L. Cheese mallow. 

_ Naturalized near Rapid City. (Eastern.) 
Viola arenarta DC. Sand violet. 

Abundant on rocks near Bucks and in Spearfish Canyon. 

(Rapid.) 
Pastinaca sativa L. Wild parsnip. 

Escaped in Box-elder Canyon. (Rapid.) 
Pyrola rotundifolia L. Round-leaved wintergreen. 
In wooded ravines near Whitewood. (Lead.) 

Pterospora andromedea Nutt. Pine drops. 

Abundant in woods on Custer’s Peak and in Spearfish Canyon. 
(Rapid.) 

Dodecatheon Meadia pauciflorum Durand. Shooting star. 

Rare, on hills. Rapid City. (Custer.) 

Stachys aspera Michx. Rough hedge nettle. 
On moist ground in Box-elder Canyon. (Custer.) 


188 


Mimulus luteus L. Yellow monkey-flower. 

Abundant on a springy slope in Elk Canyon. (Lead.) 
Symphoricarpos occidentais Hook. Wolfberry. 

Frequent along Box-elder Creek, on plain near Underwood. 
(Eastern. ) 
* Tonicera utahensis Watson. Low honeysuckle. 

Rare, on deep cool woods in Elk Canyon near Runkle. 
Sicyos angulatus L. Burr cucumber. 

In thickets along Rapid Creek near Rapid. (Eastern.) 
Evigeron annuus (L.) Pers. Sweet scabious. 

Common in “ Red Valley”? near Blackhawk. (Eastern.) 
* Arnica pumila Rydberg. 

Fairly common on dry slopes west of Rapid City and near 
Mystic. 


CARNEGIE LABORATORY, TUCSON, ARIZONA 


THE t9g09 SYMPOSIUM AT STAMFORD, NEW YORK 


From the point of view of the specimen hunter, the symposium / 
held this year at Stamford, Delaware County, July 3-10, will not 
be considered a successful event as the number of “rare finds” 
readily accessible was scanty. From the view-point of those 
interested in ecologic and phytogeographical problems the week 
spent in the mountains will be remembered with pleasure. 

Generally speaking the area covered during the week is the — 
northwestern outpost of that part of the Catskills which lies 
within the range prescribed by the club’s preliminary catalog of 
1888. The town itself is about 1,800 feet above sea-level, and it 
is nestled in a natural basin. The depression is fringed with 
mountains, the highest of which is Mt. Utsayantha, credited with 
an elevation of 3,365 feet. Within three miles of the town the 
headwaters of the western branch of the Delaware river take 
their origin, and as it runs through the town the stream is scarcely 
more than a tiny brook. In this same height of land, but flow- 
ing in the opposite direction, the headwaters of Schoharie creek 
originate. This ultimately flows into the Hudson, via the 
Mohawk. 

The club herbarium contains practically no material from Del- 


189 


aware County. And the percentage of plants which may be ex- 
pected to grow in this region and do not, and those which grow 
contrary to expectation, is wholly conjectural. During the week 
spent in the area, and through the kind cooperation of the mem- 
bers attending the meeting a collection of the flowering plants was 
secured which may be considered fairly representative of the flora 
at that time. Dr. Philip Dowell did much discriminating in the 
collection of hybrid ferns, and as the country about Stamford is 
particularly rich in these interesting plants, much valuable infor- 
mation on the subject will be preserved as a permanent record. 

It is not possible at this time to publish the determinations of 
the plants collected during the week, but following out the notice 
printed in Torreya for June, whatever of special interest may 
turn up in the collection will be commented upon later. There 
was a rather slender attendance at the symposium. 

NorMAN TAYLOR 
New York BoranicaAi GARDEN 


OUR CITY PARKS IN THE HUDSON-FULTON 
CELEBRATION 


THE BoTANICAL GARDEN, BRONX PARK * 


In codperation with the Hudson-Fulton Celebration Commis- 
sion, specimens of all the native trees of the Hudson River Val- 
ley growing in the grounds of the New York Botanical Garden 
will be marked temporarily with a large letter “‘H.’’ Inasmuch 
as nearly all the wild trees of the valley are growing within the 
grounds, either wild there, or planted inthe arboretum and along 
the driveways, this illustration of the trees which might have 
been seen by Hudson and his company in 1609 will be nearly 
complete. While the number of individuals of most kinds in the 
Hudson Valley has been greatly reduced by clearing land for 
cultivation and by lumbering operations, it is not likely that any 
species native to the valley has been exterminated within its 
bounds. 


* Reprinted by permission from the Journal of the New York Botanical Garden 
for August, 1909. 


190 


Another feature will be a Guide Book to the grounds, buildings 
and collections of the Garden to which will be appended a de- 
scriptive list of the native trees of the Hudson River Valley writ- 
ten by Mr. Norman Taylor, an assistant curator; this list will 
give a short popular account of each of the kinds of trees and a 
number of them will be illustrated by reproductions of photo- 
graphs. This document will be issued as a Bulletin of the Garden 
and distributed to all members and to all institutions with which 
the Garden has exchange arrangements. 

The question has been asked if any of the large trees of the 
Hudson River Valley were in existence in 1609. The most 
likely illustrations of this are the large white oaks (Quercus alba) 
which are found in many places, some of them approximating 
four feet in trunk diameter, or perhaps even larger. The slow 
growth of this tree after its first hundred years of life would make 
it probable that some of these monsters were at least saplings 
before the end of the sixteenth century. The average increase 
in diameter of the white oak as calculated from the thickness of 
annual wood rings of trees cut on Staten Island some years ago, 
is 0.18 inch up to the age of 47 years. Subsequentlys the 
layer of wood annually laid on is much thinner. Observations 
on the largest white oak within the grounds of the Garden, 
growing in the woods south of the Museum Building along the 
path leading to the waterfall near a cluster of sweet birches show 
that its circumference, measured July 30, 1909, at four feet above 
the ground, is 11 feet and 2 inches; its diameter is, therefore, 
about 42% inches and its radius 24% inches; allowing for the 
thickness of the bark the radius of wood is about 20 inches. A 
little piece was taken out from the side of this tree with a sharp 
chisel and the wound made carefully covered with tar. The 
number of wood layers to the inch as revealed by this experiment 
is 16, the average thickness of the layers being thus 0.062 inch. 
From these observations and other data it is estimated that the 
average thickness of the annual wood layer of the white oak in 
trunks up to 42% inches in diameter is approximately 0.09 
inch, which would indicate that this individual tree is about 220 
years old. It would, therefore, seem that white oaks with a wood- 
radius of from 25 to 27 inches would be 300 years old. 


191 


A third feature of the cooperation will be an illustrated lecture 
on the native trees of the Hudson River Valley to be delivered 
at the Museum Building of the Garden on the afternoon of Sat- 
urday, October 30, at four o'clock. 

N. L. Brirron 


BOROUGHS OF BROOKEYN AND OUEE NS * 


Through the courtesy of Commissioner Michael J. Kennedy, 
the different species of trees have been labeled in Prospect Park, 
from the Plaza to the Willink Entrance; in Bedford Park; in 
Highland Park, and in Tompkins Park. An additional small 
enameled sign has been hung on those labeled trees that were 
indigenous to the Hudson River Valley in 1609. The special 
label reads: ‘This species is a native of the Hudson River 
Valley.” 


HORRY BOTANICAL CLUB FIELD, MEETINGS 


The field committee will hold no meetings on September 25 
or October 2, on account of the Hudson-Fulton Celebration. 

October 9. — Special excursion for fungi. — Party will meet at 
museum building of the Botanical Garden at 2 p.m., where they 
will be met by the guide, Dr. W. A. Murrill. 

October 16, Fort Lee to Hackensack, N. /. — Party will meet at 
the west 130th Street Ferry at 3 p.m. Return as desired. Guide, 
Miss Broadhurst. Cost of trip, 20 cents. 

October 23. — Special excursion for fungi. Party will meet at 
the Jerome Avenue entrance to Woodlawn Cemetery at 2 p. m., 
where they will be met by the guide, Mr. F. J. Seaver. Cost of 
trip, about 20 cents. 

October 30, Wingdale, N. Y.— Train leaves Lexington Ave- 
nue Station (N. Y. Central, Harlem Division), at 8:52 a. m. 
Returning train leaves at 4:36 p.m. Bringlunch. Cost of trip, 
$3.25. Guide, Mr. Taylor. | 


# Reprinted from the announcement prepared by the committee on science, history 
and art of the Hudson-Fulton celebration commission. 


192 


Note. — Members are urged to verify times of departure of 
trains owing to possible changes in time-tables. The excur- 
sion on October 30 will be the last of the season. 

THE FIELD COMMITTEE, 
NorMAN "Tayior, Chairman 


ORC INTE REST WO; EACLE RS 


INSTRUCTIONS FOR RECORDING OBSERVATIONS ON ForEsT TREES 
Under the direction of the chief forester, Mr. Pinchot, the gov- 
ernment Forest Service has issued a leaflet of instructions for 
recording observations on the leafing, flowering, and fruiting of 
forest trees. A sample sheet (form 416) is reproduced below. 
These are obtainable at the forestry department and should ap- 
peal to many now occupied in a desultory observation of the 
seasonal changes. In the schools, the flower, leaf, and fruit » 
charts and records kept by some teachers would gain an added 
interest if these sheets were used, and the pupils knew of the gov- 
ernment’s recognition of the practical value of such work. 


Form 416. 


SPECIES (ni ea eben nad as 1h Pel se 


Renodscoveredeby Observations») ee ee 
Name tO f ObSERV ea iss stein Se eee arias, eee tens ornate Ne ee 


TRESIM SMC Ore aaa case ca cats SE a LN a ae Ga Oe oie oe 
(State) (County) (Town) 


General character of country. — Mountains ,; foothills ; plains ; river valley, 
seacoast. 

Situation of trees. — Level, slope (north, east, west, south) ,; hilltop ; river 
bottom ,; soil (sandy, clayey, heavy, light, deep, shallow, motst, dry). 

(Please check the words which apply to your particular locality and to the 

trees observed.) 
Approximatelelevationsaboverseale eles seers ee ree anes en eee 
ocationiormearest Weather Bureau stations. ss ee eee 


Statentyseasonswas wetor dry, early tormlate mele. 2.) ee eee 


193 
DATE DATE 

MMOL LUCIEN Of, VLU Seinen arena eee 8. Beginning of leaf falling ............... 
Bie, LENO SNE. Of WOT rs recep ncecreeeerrernee Oh LYNLEY! WAGE LMU ST aerccrrrcpe ree 
3. Beginning of leafing out................ 10. Beginning of seed ripening.......... 
ARG CHEL) VEATUNE OUL sre ne IgM CHE H LD SCCM TLD LILLI Torr ee 
5. Beginning of blossoming................ 12. Beginning of seed falling................ 
GiGeneral blossoming. WS t GCE OUISCEH SOLIS en eres 3 
me OL OPLCE TI COLOK: Off OLLOE C uate UM octane re eee eee a 

Ane OLAS NO] SEE (pean tenn aeee 

Vy QO TOMAG OS OYE SALE Nae Perec cn 
General remanlesi:1 set ers mer ta eal en Rela an Lee, End Lena Ue Uo 


Professor W. W. Rowlee of Cornell University has been 
appointed chief examiner in botany on the college entrance 
examination board for next year. 


A large collection of desert plants is still on exhibition in front 
of the main entrance to the Bronx Park conservatories. Those 
who have not yet seen this unusual garden will be surprised at 
the brilliant flowers exhibited by some of the plants. One of the 
so-called ‘“century-plants”’ is also in bloom, bearing a flower 
stalk nearly twenty feet tall. 


NEWS ITEMS 
Dr. N. L. Britton left New York August 18 on the Luszfanza, 
for a short visit to England. 
Mr. W. W. Eggleston has recently completed a month’s col- 
lecting trip in western Kentucky. 


Georgia has appropriated $10,000 for educational work at 
farmers’ institutes in the state. 


194 


A new agricultural college and research institute has been 
opened at Coimbatore in British India. 

John Putnam Helyar (B.S. Vermont, 1909) has been appointed 
instructor in botany in the University of Vermont. 


Dr. W. A. Murrill of the New York Botanical Garden spent 
July collecting mushrooms in Virginia. 

Professor Winthrop John VanLeuven Osterhout (A.B. Brown, 
1893; Ph.D. California, 1899), of the University of California, has 
accepted a call to Harvard as assistant professor of botany. 


Professor Emil Hansen, the physiological botanist, died in 
August, at the age of sixty-seven. Professor Hansen was best 
known for his work on microorganisms and alcoholic ferments. 


Mr. Charles Louis Pollard, chief curator of the Museum of 
the Staten Island Association of Arts and Sciences, and Mr. 
George P. Englehardt, of the Brooklyn Children’s Museum, have 
returned from a collecting trip in North Carolina. 


Benjamin F. Lutman (A.B. Missouri, 1906 ; Ph.D. Wisconsin, 
1909), recently assistant in botany in the University of Wisconsin, 
has accepted a position as assistant botanist in the Vermont Ex- 
periment Station. . 

The new College of Agriculture of the University of the Philip- 
pines, opened June last with a registration of about sixty. E. B. 
Copeland is dean and professor of botany; H. Cuzner is pro- 
fesssor of agronomy. 

Edward Murray East (B.S. Illinois, 1900; Ph.D. Illinois, 
1907), of the Connecticut Experiment Station, New Haven, has 
been appointed assistant professor of experimental plant morphol- 
ogy in Harvard University. 


Burton Edward Livingston (B.S. Michigan, 1898; Ph.D. 
Chicago, 1901), of the department of botanical research of the 
Carnegie Institution of Washington, has accepted an appoint- 
ment as professor of plant physiology in Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity. 

Miss Winifred J. Robinson of Vassar College has just re- 
turned from the Hawaiian Islands where she spent the summer 


195 


collecting ferns. The larger islands were visited and extensive col- 
lections were made, special attention being paid to the tree ferns. 


Marshall Baxter Cummings (B.S. Vermont, 1go1 ; Ph.D. Cor- 
nell, 1909), recently assistant in horticulture at Cornell, has been 
appointed professor of horticulture in the University of Vermont 
to succeed Professor William Stuart, who goes to the Department 
of Agriculture in Washington. 

Among the delegates sent by various American colleges and 
universities to the Cambridge (England) Darwin Celebration were 
the following botanists: Professor W. G. Farlow, American 
Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston, Professor J. M. Coulter, 
University of Chicago, and Mr. C. F. Cox, president of the New 
York Academy of Sciences. 


Dr. J. L. Coulter, professor of agricultural economics in the 
University of Minnesota, Dr. H. C. Taylor, professor of eco- 
nomics in the University of Wisconsin, and Dr. C. F. Warren, Jr., 
professor of farm management in Cornell University, have been 
asked by Dr. E. D. Durand, the census director, to cooperate 
with him in work on the census schedules. 


The University of Wisconsin has created a new department of 
plant pathology, and has appointed as professor in charge Dr. 
Lewis Ralph Jones of the University of Vermont. Professor 
Jones is a native of Wisconsin and after studying at Ripon College, 
was graduated from the University of Michigan, Ph.B., 1889, 
Ph.D., 1904; he came to the department of natural history in 
the University of Vermont in 1889, and has been professor of 
botany since 1893, and botanist of the Vermont Experiment 
Station since 1890. During this period he has carried on research 
work in the bureau of plant industry in Washington, and in 
Europe. In addition to gaining a high reputation as a teacher, 
he has occupied a field of wide service in Vermont in developing 
the work of the Vermont Botanical Club and the state forestry 
department, in securing for the University the Pringle Herbarium 
with Dr. Pringle as a curator, and recently in organizing a new 
department of teaching. As a public-spirited citizen and as an 
instructor he holds a secure position in the esteem and affection | 


196 


of the students and the people of the state. Professor Jones 
will remain in Burlington until January, and enter on the work 
of his new appointment at the beginning of the second semester. 


Lectures will be delivered in the lecture-hall of the Museum 
Building of the Garden, Bronx Park, on Saturday afternoons, at 
four o'clock, as follows : 

Sept. 25. ‘‘ Native Trees of the Hudson River Valley,’ by 
Dr. N. L. Britton. 

Oct. 2. ‘Some Floral. and Scenic Features of Porto Rico,” 
by Dr. M. A. Howe. 

Oct. 9. ‘‘ The Flora of the Upper Delaware Valley,” by Mr. 
George V. Nash. | 

Oct. 16. ‘‘ Collecting Fungi at Mountain Lake, Virginia,” by 
Dr. W. A. Murrill. . 

Oct. 23. “ Autumnal Wild Flowers,” by Dr. N. L. Britton. © 

Oct. 30. ‘‘Some Plant Diseases: Their Cause and Treat- 
ment,” by Mr. Fred J. Seaver. 

Nov. 6. ‘The Reclamation of the Desert in San Bernardino 
Valley, California,” by Dr. H. H. Rusby. 

Nov. 13. ‘‘ The Hudson River Valley before the Advent of 
Man,” by Dr. Arthur Hollick. 

The lectures will be illustrated by lantern-slides and otherwise. 
They will close in time for auditors to take the 5:34 train from 
the Botanical Garden Station, arriving at Grand Central Station 
atsO7403) Pay ME 

The museum building is reached by the Harlem Division of 
the New York Central and Hudson River Railway to Botanical 
Garden Station, by trolley cars to Bedford Park, or by the Third 
Avenue Elevated Railway to Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. 
Visitors coming by the Subway change to the Elevated Railway 
at 149th Street and Third Avenue. 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year 1909. 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
‘will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to zew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
- to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society, of which THe Nature-Stupy REVIEW — 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms inay 


be credited as’ member’s fee ‘for the American ~ 


Nature Society for 1909. 
Correspondence relating to above special — 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
~ College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in.1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 4o full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents 
~ for England. 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24—27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each ; Vols. 28-35 three dollars each. 

Single copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only when not 
breaking complete volumes. | 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 1880, are published at. irregular 
intervals. Volumes 1-11 and 13 arenowcompleted; Nos. tand 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New 
York, 1888.’ Price; $1.00: 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MAN SFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol. g Lo October, 1909 No. I0 


ORREYA 


“A Monruty Journat or Borantcat Notes anp News 


} 


# EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 
BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


CONTENTS 

Studies in the Ophioglossaceae—TIII: Key to Botrychium in North America: 
Group of B. ternatum: RALPH CURTISS BENEDICT......2..0.0)decsekas seceesleceenees 197 
Seedlings and Adventitious Plants of Drosera: ROBERT Gren LRAVIEI at 200° 
Local Flora Notes —I: NorMAn, TAYLOR ......... NOW SNe ies et ME lech Yak wc) WER he a 203 
Shorter Notes: Fasciation in the Japan Honeysuckle : JEAN iat oe aoe ahaa 208 
A New Grass Endemic in Jamaica: Grorce V. NASH......... ...... 209 
Reviews: ,Watd’s Trees: JAN, BROADHURST ., 37.06 Vases ine odg svalilec paspuctensesertsiees 210 
Torrey Botanical Club Field Meetings ............ SUED tas Mee RS AS ANS chat No oi Gd EY 
Of Interest to Teachers: Botanical Supplies in City Public Schools................... 2uI 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


j 
Ar 41 NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. 
BY THe New ErA Printinc Company 


[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. | 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice-Presidents Z 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY WILSON i 
Botanica] Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor Treasurer 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PHAR.D, 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park = College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St, 
New York City aay New York City 


Associate Editors 


JOHN H, BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, PH.D. 
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D. _ CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D-, PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.. 


TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York Cay 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


we VY AY de 


ww 


TORREYA BOTANICAL 


October, Ig09 : 
Vol. 9 No. Ic 


Sew OleS IN GHEE OPHIOGLOSSACEAR — Ill: KEY 
TO BOTRYCHIUM IN: NORTH AMERICA: 
GROUP OF B. TERNATUM 


By RALPH CuRTISS BENEDICT 


The present paper is in completion of the series begun about a 
year ago, when keys to Ophiog/ossum in the United States and tc 
the lanceolatum group of Botrychium for all North America were 
published. As was the case in those keys, the present key in- 
cludes some forms which may not deserve recognition as species, 
but which are included in the hope that more information may 
be forthcoming as to their status. Some of the characters given 
here may prove inconstant, and the forms distinguished by them 
would then need to be reduced, but on the other hand, further 
field study may bring to light additional reasons for regarding 
others as distinct. 

It is scarcely necessary to call attention to the fact that our 
present knowledge of these plants is almost entirely due to Dr. 
Underwood's pioneer work with them. This is true whether oj not 
one accepts his conception of species, since there can be no ques- 
tion that he has indicated the more distinctive forms, whatever 
standing they may eventually be accorded. The recognition ac- 
corded them in the present treatment is based on a study of a 
large amount of material, and, I believe, will be found to be justi- 
fied by the facts at hand. 

In order that the group may be treated here as completely as 
were the other two, the characters by which it is to be distin- 
guished from the /anceolatum group are reprinted from the second 
paper as follows: 

“Group of B. ternatum: Bud hairy, common stalk hypogean, 
[No. 9, Vol. 9, of TorREYA, comprising pages 177-196, was issued September 


27, 1909. ] 
oe 


LIBRARY 


NEW y¢ 


GARDEN 


198 


short, usually less than one-quarter the height of the plant: 
spores maturing from July to October (three exceptions).”’ 
(Sceptridium Lyon.) 

The following are included in the key: &. obliquum, B. dis- 
sectum, B. silaifolium, B. californicum, B. decompositum, B. 
Coulteri, B. Schaffnert, B. Matricariae, B. pusillum, B. biter- 
natum, B. Jenmant, B. alabamense, B. Underwoodianum. — 

The above order is probably about as near an approach toa 
natural order as can be devised for so complex a group. The 
main divisions are for the most part as indicated in the key which 
follows: 


Sezments more or less deeply lacerate into linear often forking teeth (Vermont, Massa- 
chusetts, and Long Island, west to Indiana and south to Virginia and Kentucky). 
2. B, dissectum Spreng. 

Segments entire, crenulate or serrulate, not deeply divided. 
Tips of the penultimate divisions elongate, much larger than the lateral segments 
(New England to Wisconsin, south to Alabama and Arkansas, also in Jamaica). 
1. B. obliguum Mil. 
Tips of the penultimate divisions ovate to deltoid or fan-shaped to reniform, usu- 
ally about as broad as long, the lateral segments mostly similar in shape and 

size. Foon 
Segments mostly acute or acutish (Northern and Western States, Mexico). 
Plants usually rather large, lamina 7-20 cm. long, 10-30 cm. broad. 
Lamina stalk usually 5 cm. or more long, plant not excessively 
fleshy, often very slender. 
Segments mostly 5-45 mm. long, 2-20 mm. broad, few smaller. 
Spores maturing from July to September. 

Segments mostly oblong to ovate, margins crenulate 
or only coarsely serrulate (North Atlantic States 
and westward, Alaska to California). 

3. B. silaijolinm Presi. 

Segments narrower, cuneiform, oblong or lanceolate, 
outer margins mostly sharply and finely serrulate 
(Mexico). 4. B. decompositum Mort et Gal. 

Spores maturing from May to June, segments mostly 

elliptic to rhombic, expanded, plants lax (California). 

5. B californicum Underwood. 

Segments all small, 2-5 mm. long, I-5 mm. broad (Mexico), 

6. B. Schaffneri Underwood. 

Lamina stalk short, 1-4 cm. long, plant very stout and fleshy (Mon- 

tana and Wyoming to Oregon). 7. B. Coulteri Underwood, 

Plants normally smaller, lamina 2-4.5 cm. long, 3-7 cm. broad. 

Lamina stalk not more than 2 cm. long, plants stout (Mexico). 

8. B. pustllum Underwood. 


199 


Lamina stalk 2-8 cm. long (Northern States). 
9. B. Matricariae (Schrank) Spreng. 
Segments mostly rounded apically, cuneiform to lunulate (Southern States 
and Jamaica). 
Spores maturing from February to April. 
Bud with a few scattered hairs, lamina sessile or nearly so, seg- 
ments mostly fan-shaped (Southern States). 
10. &. biternatum (am.) Underw. 
Bud densely hairy, lamina stalked, segments mostly oval or ovate 
(Jamaica). 11. BL. Jenmani Underwood. 
Spores maturing from July to October. 
Plants slender, Jax, segments cuneiform to lunulate (Southern 
States). 12. B. alabamense Maxon. 
Plants rather stout, segments spatulate to ovate (Jamaica). 
13. B. Underwoodianum Maxon. 


Form differentiation in the group seems to correspond in most 
cases to the broader differences in climatic conditions as is indi- 
cated by the distribution accredited to some of the associated 
species. This differentiation, however, has apparently not pro- 
ceeded exactly the same in different groups. LB. ob/iquum, as 
recognized here, includes both the northern B&. obiiguum (in a 
more limited sense), the southern 4. ¢enuifolium, and a Jamaican 
plant. The firsttwo comprise extremes differing sharply from each 
other,* but which appear to be connected by all manner of inter- 
mediates in form and distribution. For the Jamaican plant I 
have been able to find no constant differences other than size. 

In the B. szlafolium line on the other hand, not only are the 
extremes in form distinctly marked, but there seems to be a dis- 
continuity in distribution as well, and no real intermediates are 
known. The line includes six forms in the eastern region. In 
the north are L. silatfolium (L. obliquum v. intermedium of 
authors), and 4. Matricariae, the latter perhaps only a local 
alpine adaptation. Inthe Southern States we have B. diternatum 
and 4. alabamense, differing both in form and in time of fruiting, 
and in Jamaica the parallel pair 4. Jenmanit and B. Underwood- 
zanum. Further collections, for example in Cuba, may compli- 
cate the synopsis of these plants, but at present they seem very 
deservedly distinct. 


* B. obliquum: segments somewhat contracted, the margins revolute, obscurely 
crenulate. 

B. tenuifoliam Underwood: segments expanded, thin, the margins plane, sharply 
serrulate or denticulate. 


200 


B. dissectum is of very doubtful validity and is probably to be 
associated with B. obliquum. £6. silaifolium does not seem to 
develop the dssectum form. Gilbert's var. onetdense is a peculiar 
form * which seems to belong with 4. obiquum although not 
typical. 

The western forms are not nearly as well known as the eastern 
ones. More complete material may modify their grouping con- 
siderably, either by reducing their number, or possibly even by 
adding to it. Additional material is greatly to be desired with 


such notes as habitat, time of fruiting, and altitude. 
NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN 


SEEDEINGS AND TADVENTIMOUS, PEANTS 
OF DROSERA 


By ROBERT GREENLEAF LEAVITT 


In TorreyA for May, 1909, Miss Winifred Robinson published 
some interesting notes on bud-derived individuals of Drosera 
rotundifolia L.; the extraordinary growths springing from upper 
leaf surfaces while the leaves were still in organic union with the 
parent plant, and arising even from a flower stalk which had been 
broken off. References were also made to the literature of the 
subject ; Nitschke’s description of seedlings of the above species 
was cited. The conclusion is reached (p. 95) that “in each 
species except D. dinata the first leaves [of adventive plants | 
resemble those of the adult.” It is inferred (p. 89) that seedling 
foliage of D. rotundifolia is different from that of adventives. 

Formerly I had for several years various species of Drosera in 
cultivation, raising seedlings or adventives, and often both, from 
the following species: D. rotundifolia L., D. capillaris Poir., D. 
brevifolia Pursh, D. intermedia Hayne, D. linearts Goldie, D. 
fitformis Rafin., D. filiformis var. Tracyt McFarl., D. capensis 
L., D. indica L. and D. binata Labill. (with D. dichotoma Banks 
& Solander, if this is distinct). I have seedlings of D. uniflora 
Willd. of Chile. Stages which might be termed adolescent, or 

* Penultimate divisions broad, oblong (narrow and lanceolate in typical od/guum), 
the tips broad, usually rounded or blunt, the segments full, the margins plane, more 


or less finely and irregularly crenulate or bluntly denticulate. (Known from Massa- 
chusetts to Illinois. ) 


201 


perhaps even nepionic, were found on herbarium specimens of 
other species. 

With regard to seedlings of D. rotundifolia, of which I have 
examined many specimens, it seems to me that Nitschke’s report 
is not at all representative. His examination was evidently inci- 
dental and the description is cursory. I have found the first 
foliage leaf blade circular, the five marginal tentacles provided 
with glands, the disc glands five, the whole entirely Droseraceous. 
The earliest foliage differs from that of the adult in size, in num- 
ber and complexity of tentacles, but in no other essential respect 
that I can see. 

When the seed has fallen far down in the moss and the seed- 
ling has struggled up to the light, defective leaves may be ex- 
pected, due to poor illumination. Such were probably those 
found by Nitschke. 

The first leaves of adventives differ, in my observation, only in 
being more advanced as regards size of blade and number and 
complexity of tentacles. Their more progressive condition is 
doubtless due to better food supplies. Were one to experiment 
with smaller and smaller leaves as sources of adventives, prob- 
ably the tentacles could be carried back to the stage found in 
seedlings. . 

Goebel’s observations on D. dinata (cited p. 94) give rise to the 
question whether the early rotund eaves of this curious Aus- 
tralian species — the mature leaves of which are sometimes more 
than a foot high, and as many as six-pronged — may not be near 
the original form in the genus. I have sought to answer this 
question from a rather careful survey of the (about) eighty-five 
species in the genus, from the geographical distribution of the 
various types of leaf figure, and from a study of developmental 
stages. The whole matter is palpably speculative. By far the 
most probable supposition is, however, that-a roundish blade was 
the original type, from which on one side came the elongated 
forms like D. filiformis, and from which on the other came the 
auriculate leaves of the section Ergaleium, and the “‘ two-forked ”’ 
one of D. binata.* 


* See Reversionary Stages Experimentally Induced in Droseva intermedia, Rho- 
dora 5: 265 (1903). 


202 


It is rather interesting to find that Darwin considered this 
question, and made a diametrically opposite guess. He thought 
D. binata primitive, and the original type of leaf in Drosera as 
elongated.* He did not perceive that these two suppositions are 
incompatible. The so-called ‘“‘two-forked” leaf of D. dinata is 
not forked — except in the variety D. dichotoma, where the lateral 
arms are often once or twice branched — but the prongs of the 
leaf are really upturned extremities of an enormously widened 
blade, this being the very antithesis of the condition in D. frlformis 
(of that in Sybfs and Drosophyllum also). 

The round blades exhibited by both seedlings and adventives in 
this species are probably reversions to a rotundifoliate ancestor. 
They appear on mature plants, replacing the “full character” 
leaves, when the plants are long subjected to a weakening process. 

Adventives of D. dzzata do not always show reversionary first 
leaves, however. Buds on flower stalks and roots, being well 
nourished, generally produce plants the first leaves of which are 
crescentiform or fully binate ; z. e., of the adult type. This is 
acceleration of development occasioned by abundant food supply. 

The tentacles of youthful leaves of all species are more inter- 
esting than the leaf-shapes. A type of marginal tentacle with 
the gland ventrally, rather than terminally, situated excited my 
curiosity, for I found it inalmost all species studied in their infancy, 
even when the adult had nothing corresponding to it (¢. g., D. 
binata, D. linearis, D. intermedia, D. capensis, D. filiformis).+ 
In modified form it is foundin adult D. rotundifolia, D. capillaris, 
D. uniflora, and some other round-leaved species. Its presence 
in other species is plainly atavistic. 

The youthful leaves of D. znxtermedia, D. capensis, and D. ln- 
earis are all round-bladed at first, thus differing from the adult 
leaves, which are spathulate in D. zztermedta, linear or linear-lan- 
ceolate in D. capensis, and linear in D. Linearts. In D. filiformis 
of Massachusetts nepionic leaves occurred distinctly spathulate 
and with atavistic marginal tentacles. 

In seedlings and adventitious plantlets from leaves and flower 


* Insectivorous Plants, p. 292. (Authorized Edition, Appleton. ) 
+ This form of tentacle is described in Rhodora, /, c., p. 270. 


203 


stalks of D. filiformis var. Tracyi from Georgia, and in seedlings 
of D. indica, I failed to find leaves differing in form or in mar- 
ginal tentacles from the adult. The tentacles of course were 
somewhat simpler, but the type was the same. J. imdica is an 
oriental caulescent plant with very slender linear leaves. 

In conclusion: my observations are to the effect that in all 
species the earliest foliage leaves are possessed of characteristic 
Droseraceous features. In this sense, these early leaves are like 
the adult foliage. Any recapitulation is within the limits of the 
genus. Cases of deficient organization, or malformation, are 
excluded. 

Secondly, in seedling and adventive D. zutermedia, in adven- 
tive D. linearis, in seedling and adventive D. capensis, 1 found 
reversion to a round blade, in adventive D. filzforms, to a spathu- 
late form ; and in most species an atavistic condition of the mar- 
ginal tentacles appears in the youthful leaves. 

Thirdly, adventives may differ even within the same species, 
according to food supply. But in the species studied by me 
seedlings and adventives from small portions of the adult, as 
fragments of leaves, flower stalks, and roots, were found to be 
essentially alike as regards leaf shape and as regards the char- 


acter of the marginal tentacles. 
New JERSEY STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, 
TRENTON, NEW JERSEY 


LOCAL FLORA NOTES —I 
By NorMAN TAYLOR 


Under the above title it is proposed to bring before the mem- 
bers of the club problems that are in need of further elucidation. 
Being primarily problems of distribution they fall more within 
the province of the active members of the club as a whole than 
they do upon any one individual, whose precise knowledge of 
such data must necessarily be limited by the material at hand. 

From results already tabulated it becomes increasingly certain 
that many species credited to all or part of the local flora range, 
either do not occur at all, or else, occur in such out-of-the-way 
and little-known localities that collections from them have failed 


204 


to find their way into herbaria where they may constitute a per- 
manent record. ‘The desirability of filling in such gaps before 
the encroachment of the cities destroys the opportunity for work of 
this character is apparent to all. 

Members of the club or others interested are invited to send to 
the writer any stations for the plants to be discussed presently, 
that will throw light on the problems stated, and full acknowl- 
edgment for material thus submitted will be made. In order 
that the record of any station may be permanent it is essential 
that a specimen be placed in the club herbarium. Specimens 
thus deposited will always serve as a basis for a list of plant sta- 
tions. They will also put at rest any doubts of subsequent 
workers who-are at liberty to take on trust or not a printed list 
of plant stations, but are obliged to reckon with specimens ac- 
tually collected from them. It also minimizes the often unavoid- 
able errors in the determination of difficult or critical species. 
Only plants collected within the local flora range * are desired, 
and any notes made on distribution are understood to apply ex- 
clusively to this area. 

The list follows : 

PINACEAE 


_1. Pinus resinosa Ait. No specimens from the range. In 
Bull. Torrey Club 3: 45, a station at Inwood, New York City, 
is recorded. Beyond this no stations are recorded so far as 
known, except Luzerne and Wayne counties, Pa. In the 
state herbarium at Albany there are specimens from Greene and 
Columbia counties. It has been impossible to verify the Inwood 
record, and the question arises Does it occur between this and 
the upper Hudson region? Also, if it is in Luzerne and Wayne 
counties in Pennsylvania, why not in Lackawanna and also in 
Delaware county, N. Y.2 According to recent treatments it occurs 
throughout New York and the upper part of Pennsylvania. 

* The local flora range as prescribed by the club’s preliminary catalog of 1888 is 
as follows: All the state of Connecticut ; Long Island; in New York, the counties 
bordering the Hudson valley, up to and including Columbia and Greene, also Sulli- 
van and Delaware counties ; all the state of New Jersey ; and Pike, Wayne, Monroe, 


Lackawanna, Luzerne, Northampten, Lehigh, Carbon, Bucks, Berks, Schuylkill, 
Montgomery, Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester counties in Pennsylvania. 


205 


2. Pinus pungens Michx. f. There are no specimens from the 
range, the nearest being from Lancaster county, Pa. In Britton, 
Cat. Plants of N. J., 301, the following record is given: ‘‘ Hunter- 
don Co., abundant one mile east of Sergeantsville.’’ Reasoning 
from the general distribution given in recent works the tree should 
be found in the upper northwestern counties of New Jersey and 
southward through western Jersey and adjacent Pennsylvania. 
Has any one specimens from this territory ? 

3. Pinus virginiana Mill. Its New Jersey distribution is about 
as the books give it, but Miller & Young in Cat. Plants of Suf- 
foe @o., i. I. credit the tree to that county. There are no 
Long Island specimens in the collections, and the question is 
whether it really grows there or whether it once grew there and 
has been eliminated, or whether the original identification was 
wrong. Some recent treatments credit the species to Long 
Island and others do not. 

4. Pinus Taeda L. There is a single specimen from the range 
in the Columbia University herbarium marked simply “S. Jersey.” 
It is not credited to the range in the Preliminary Catalog of the 
Club, in Britton Cat. of Plants of N. J., but in the Handbook of 
the Flora of Philadelphia and vicinity it is recorded from ‘“‘ Near 
Cape May.” Does it occur north of the Cape May region? 
Specimens growing in the Botanical Garden have flourished sev- 
eral years, so on the score of temperature the upper pine barren 
country should not prove a barrier, and the plant may well occur 
north of Cape May. 

5. Larix Laricina (Du Roi) Koch. Specimens in the collec- 
tions bring this species down to Stockholm, Passaic Co., and 
Newton, Sussex Co., N. J. In the Cat. of Plants of New Jersey 
are the following more southerly stations : New Durham, Warren 
Co.; Closter, Bergen Co.; Budd’s Lake, Morris Co.; Oxford 
Furnace, Great Meadows, and Green’s Pond, Warren Co. Speci- 
mens are desired from any of these localities or to the south of 
them, so that its present southerly distribution in New Jersey 
may be determined. 

6. Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. The most southerly station 
represented in the collection is the New York Botanical Garden. 


206 


There are numerous references to stations in New Jersey that are 
directly west of this or to the south of it, but no specimens from 
New Jersey are in the collections. How far south in New Jersey 
and adjacent Pennsylvania does the hemlock grow? General 
works credit the plant from Nova Scotia to (in the mountains) 
Alabama. 

7. Picea Mariana (Mill.) B.S.P. Specimens in the collections 
show this growing only north of a line drawn from Litchfield, 
Conn., to Tannersville, Monroe Co., Pa. General works and 
numerous references in local floras seem to show that the tree 
srows south of this. How far south? Does it grow along the 
Palisades, or anywhere else in northern New Jersey ? 

8. Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Specimens in the collections 
exclude this tree from the range except in the Catskills. Gen- 
eral works and local floras credit it with a more southerly dis- 
tribution, particularly in the mountains. How far down the 
Hudson Valley may it be found? Does it occur in the Pocono 
region? In New Jersey ? 

g. Thuja occidentalis L. West Point and the Highlands of the 
Hudson are the two most southerly localities represented in the 
herbaria. Most of the local floras and all the general works say 
that the plant grows at least in upper New Jersey. Has anyone 
specimens south of the above stations either in New Jersey or 
Pennsylvania ? 


SPARGANIACEAE 


1. Sparganium minimum Fries. The only specimens of this 
plant in the collections are from Green Pond, N. J. The lately 
issued treatment in North American Flora gives Labrador to 
New Jersey, etc. Are any stations known for it in the Catskills, 
and is the plant localized at Green Pond, so far as the local flora 
range is concerned ? 

2. Sparganium angustifohum Michx. (S. simplex angustifolium 
of the manual). A line drawn from Canaan, Conn., to Green 
Pond, N. J., represents the southern limit of distribution as shown 
by the collections. The North American Flora treatment of the 
species gives the distribution thus: ‘‘ Newfoundland to Connecti- 


207 


cut, Pennsylvania, etc.’”’ What Pennsylvania stations are known? 
How far south in New Jersey does the species come ? 

3. Sparganium lucidum Fernald & Eames. Specimens in her- 
baria from only two stations: Cypress Hills, L. 1, and South- 
ington, Conn. Any extension of the range is desirable. North 
American Flora says Massachusetts to New York, etc. 


ZANNICHELLIACEAE 


1. Ruppia maritima L. All the specimens in the collections 
come from maritime or sub-maritime localities. Is it known up 
the Hudson, Connecticut, Delaware, or Raritan rivers? If so 
how far up (accompanied with notes on the freshness or brackish- 
ness of the water, rise and fall in the tide) ? 

2. Potamogeton Oakesianus Robb. The only stations repre- 
sented in herbaria are Wading River and Cold Spring Harbor, 
L. I.; and Stephen’s Creek, Atlantic Co., N. J. North American 
Flora gives the range of this as Maine to New Jersey, etc. An 
extension of the local range up the Hudson Valley and in north- 
ern New Jersey is desirable. 

3. Fotamogeton natans L. This species is not known south 
of Budd’s Lake, N. J., and it may not be found much south of 
this. Recent studies have shown that P. zazans is not the widely 
dispersed plant it was once thought to be. Has any one a record 
of its occurrence in southern New Jersey and adjacent Pennsyl- 
vania? Does it grow on Long Island? 

4. Potamogeton laterahs Morong. Within the range of the 
club the only specimen is from Salisbury, Conn. It should be 
found in other places, although no record exists, so far as known, 
of other stations for the plant. Has anyone seen it elsewhere? 

5. Potamogeton augustifolius Berch. & Pres]. Nospecimens are 
in the collections from south of a line drawn from Philipsburg, N. 
J., to Rockland Lake, N. Y. The range given in North Amer- 
ican Flora shows that the plant is found as far south as Florida. 
It should turn up in several localities in New Jersey and Penn- 
sylvania. 

6. Potamogeton Robbinsit Oakes. The only specimen is from 
Park River, Hartford, Conn, With a general range from Maine 


208 


to Pennsylvania it seems unlikely that this is the localized plant 
our collections would seem to indicate. Has any one seen it in 
northern New Jersey ? 4 

7. Potamogeton confervoides Reich. North American Flora 
gives the range for this species as New England to New Jersey 
and Pennsylvania. The only specimen in the collection was 
taken from Forked River, N. J. Are there no intermediate 
stations ? | 

8. Potamogeton crispus L. In North American Flora the 
_ range includes the legend, ‘Obviously introduced from the Old 
World.” This was based on the fact that all the specimens at 
hand come from near some city. Years ago this plant was 
thought to be indigenous to America. Has anyone seen plants 
in waters remote from civilization where the chances of its intro- 
duction are negligible ? 

g. Potamogeton lucens L. Specimens show that this plant 
thrives all along the Atlantic seaboard, except that within our 
range the specimens restrict it to Connecticut. This restriction 
is undoubtedly false, but there are no visible proofs to the 
contrary. 

10. Potamogeton Vaseyt Robb. In North American Flora this 
plant is stated to grow from Maine to southern New York, etc. 
The only specimen we have is from Greenwood Lake. Is it 
found in the other lakes of upper New Jersey? In Rockland 
Lake or the Hudson? 

11. Potamogeton perfoliatus L. Of all the pond weeds this 
species has been found nearest to salt water. It grows near Pier- 
mont on the Hudson, where there is a rise in the tide of 3%4-4 
feet. Has it ever been found well within the influence of salt 


water? The water at Piermont is almost fresh. 
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN 


Sid OKIE RE NOMES 


FASCIATION IN THE JAPAN HoNEYSUCKLE. — Six examples of 
fasciation were found this fall in the Japan or Chinese honey- 
suckle, Lomicera Japonica, Thunb. The number of cases seen 
would indicate that fasciation is not unusual in this species ; but 


209 


no earlier mention of it having been found, a brief statement is 
given below. The vine upon which they occur covers with a 
luxuriant growth one corner of the huge rock in the garden at 
Teachers College. The flattening is very apparent for a varying 
distance (8 to 15 inches) from the tip of the branch. Several 
inches below — where the branch shows the usual cylindrical 
shape —the apparently normal base of the fasciated branch is 
sometimes found to be but one fork of a previous but less con- 
spicuous fasciation. In two cases the lower fasciation is two feet 
or more from the tip of the branch. The lower part of the branch, 
even when normal in shape, may bear three or even four leaves 
at anode; the middle nodes commonly bear six or eight, whorled 
or arranged ina spiral at the nodes; and near the tips ten or 
more leaves may be counted at each node. The tips of the 
branches have two or more growing points, each surrounded by 
its own cluster of leaves; they are apparently healthy, and two 
have an independent growth of three inches. 
JEAN BROADHURST 


A New Grass ENDEMIC In JAMAICA. — During a visit of Dr. 
Forrest Shreve to the Blue Mouptains of Jamaica, West Indies, 
he found on Sir John Peak, at an elevation of 2,000 meters, a 
large grass growing in dense tufts, and covering rather extended 
areas, almost to the exclusion of other vegetation. It seems 
strange that so conspicuous a grass should remain undiscovered 
until his visit. Its discovery is especially interesting, as it adds 
not only a hitherto unknown species to the genus Danthonia, 
but brings this genus into the flora of Jamaica, it being before 
this unknown in the island. It is also the only known native 
species of the tribe Aveneae on the island. 

The genus Danthonia comprises something over one hundred 
species, spread over the warm and temperate regions of both 
hemispheres. Of this number more than one half belong to 
southern Africa. A number are found in the Andes of South 
America, and in North America there are ten or a dozen species. 

Following is a description of this interesting grass, which I 
take pleasure in associating with the name of Dr. Shreve, who 
first discovered it. The type specimen was collected by this 


210 


gentleman on May 7, 1906, at the place mentioned above, and is 
in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Mr. Wm. 
Harris, Superintendent of the Public Gardens at Jamaica, also 
secured it later at the same place. 


Danthonia Shrevei Britton, sp. nov. 


A densely tufted perennial, with rigid thick coriaceous leaves, 
and a short contracted terminal panicle. Stems erect, simple, 
smooth and glabrous, excepting at the puberulent apex, 6-10 
dm. tall ; leaves numerous in the tufts, mostly on the innovations, 
those on the stem 2 or 3; sheaths straw color, those at the base 
short and broad; ligule a scarious ring 0.5 mm. wide; blades 
elongated, involute, the lower surface very rough, especially 
toward the apex, usually hirsute near the base but otherwise gla- 
brous, the upper surface glabrous; panicle 4-10 cm. long, the 
axis and erect appressed branches puberulent; spikelets few, on 
short puberulent pedicels ; empty basal scales acuminate, smooth 
and glabrous, the first scale scarious, I-nerved, a little shorter 
than the second which is green with scarious margins, 5—7-nerved, 
and 9-10 mm. long ; flowering scales with a hairy callus, 1-1.5 
mm. long, the body of the scale, exclusive of the awns and 
callus, 5-7 mm. long, 9-1 1-nerved, appressed-hirsute toward the 
base, glabrous elsewhere, the teeth running out into awns 4-6 
mm. long, the central awn spreading at right angles or nearly so, 
_I-1.5 cm. long. 

GerorGE V. NAsH 


REVIEWS 
Ward’s Trees * 

In this last volume, as in the others of the series, only English 
trees are included. Readable chapters on stems, branching, 
bark, climbing plants, and non-typical shoots form the first part 
of the book. The second includes shrub and tree keys based on 
shape and habit characters, as illustrated by the following ex- 
tracts: (1) Crown expanded and depressed, forming an umbrella- 
hike or mushroom-like head on the elongated stem; (2) bark orange 
or sienna and cast in large scales in the upper part of the stem ; 
(3) cones erect or outstanding ,; (4) leaves isolated and extended in 

* Ward, H. Marshall. Trees: A Handbook of Forest Botany for the Woodlands 


and the Laboratory. Vol. V. Form and Habit. Pp. 308. f. 209. 1909. Cam- 
bridge University Press (Putnam’s, New York). 


211 


flattened fan-like horizontal spray, and (5) bark .. . cast in 
strips or plate-like scales. 

As these extracts indicate, this volume is intended for field use ; 
and should prove helpful in England. The large number of 
American trees not included would of course make it rather 
puzzling to a beginner here. The illustrations will many of them 
prove useful in any botanical class room, however; a large 
number are new and show details and express relationships not 
given in the books accessible to the average teacher. 

The third part of the book contains a brief illustrated key for 
tree and shrub seedlings which is very interesting and makes 
one wonder if such a thing is feasible in America with our wealth 


of deciduous trees. 
JEAN BROADHURST 


TONEY: BOMANICAL CLUB PIEED MEEGINGS 


October 23.— Special excursion for fungi. Party will meet at 
the Jerome Avenue entrance to Woodlawn Cemetery at 2 p. m., 
where they will be met by the guide, Mr. F. J. Seaver. Cost of 
trip, about 20 cents. 

October 30, Wingdale, N. Y.—Train leaves Lexington Ave- 
nue Station (N. Y. Central, Harlem Division), at 8:52 a. m. 
Returning train leaves at 4:36 p.m. Bringlunch. Cost of trip, 
$3.25. Guide, Dr. EB. B. Southwick. 

Note. — Members are urged to verify times of departure of 
trains owing to possible changes in time-tables. The excur- 
sion on October 30 will be the last of the season. 

THE FIELD COMMITTEE, 
NorMAN TayLor, Chairman 


OP INT PRES, 1OF GE ACh hINsS 
BoTANICAL SUPPLIES IN CiTy PuBLIC SCHOOLS 
At a recent conference at the New York Botanical Garden Dr. 
Arthur Hollick presented some interesting data * with reference 
to the destruction of wild flowers as indicated by the list of sup- 
plies for high schools and training schools. 


* Reprinted, in part, by permission from the Journal of the New York Botanical 
Garden, June, 1909. 


212 


In the list for 1907 some thirty species were included, all of 
which should be protected. Agitation of the subject resulted in 
the elimination of a majority of these from the list for 1908, but a 
number yet remain. Following is a list of these with the num- 
ber of specimens supplied during the school year 1907-8, and 
the cost of each item : 


No. of Specimens 


Supplied. Cost. 

PAS PUL UCLILNTILO LODILOLE SIN tee dem eee ences 431 $21.30 
LEM SOMO. CUBE Mos memenciocaso%es990003000000000 425 31.50 
Salomonta biflora (Walt.) Britton................. 318 26.50 
AGT PUEGHG) APOC LSS Mpoonecooe 620060800 3000000000 36 1.05 
Geranium maculatum Li.....cecccrseveenss ieebrdeies 500 8.75 
Etyrthronium americanum Ker,.......06 10. vee 1,100 19.25 
CADDO. GUAGE, FORM ,coscccscscxcahave-cocoDe0nReC 1,600 40.00 
Alswaiie, ty wehinTe (Seg) WOE onanecooceeoonod 288 8.40 
Collin PEIRISIGES: Wasoges: dsqo00 6u0009 990000 a00000 000006 1,800 31.50 
WOE RAEOTTE. CGI IAS. ocoeco9s00s09 200100 000000000 180 11.25 
DE OUTS Ose pic Sep SOLERO DUCE COG EC OBER OE OESaEG 2,500 62.50 
WildGorchidlispie casas ossccsetsmetneneteecsnacaccs ee 36 1.80 
9,414 $263.80 


Steps are being taken to substitute cultivated for wild flowers 
wherever possible and the farm and grounds of the recently 
established Parental School on Long Island are being in part 
planted and developed with that end in view, so that the Depart- 
ment of Education may grow and distribute as many as possible 
of the items of botanical supplies required in the public schools. 

Dr. Hollick suggested that if those who are interested in the 
matter of the preservation of our wild flowers would write to the 
Board of Education, asking that everything possible be done to 
eliminate wild flowers from the list of supplies, it would have the 
effect of hastening the end in view. 


The September /ournal of the New York Botanical Garden 
contains a very interesting and well-illustrated article on the pro- 
tection of shade trees against fungi by Dr. W. A. Murrill. Even 
high school pupils will find this practical article very readable. 


The Mariposa grove of Sequoias was threatened by fire during 
the latter part of August. Several square miles of forest adjoin- 


oor 


213 


ing Yosemite Park were devastated, but the work done by the 
United States troops prevented the fire from reaching the big tree 
grove. 


Bailey’s Cyclopedia of American Agriculture, the fourth vol- 
ume of which was recently issued, makes a valuable addition to 
any biological department. For ready reference it is as invaluable 
as the Cyclopedia of Horticulture, and it unfortunate that the 
price prevents every teacher of botany from having one in the 
school library. 


The diseases of deciduous forest trees are described in a recent 
bulletin (No. 149, Bureau of Plant Industry) by Dr. Hermann 
von Schrenk and Mr. Perley Spaulding. The pamphlet, which 
is well illustrated, includes a large number of tree diseases. As is 
usual in such government publications, remedies and methods 
of preventing the spread of the diseases are fully described. The 
blight of the white pine form two smaller circulars by Mr. 
Spaulding (circulars 35 and 38) ; this is considered rather serious 
as we are now dependent upon the second growth of white pine. 


Plant preservation advocates in America have never met the. 
warm encouragement that the Surrey (England) officials offer in 
order to put a stop to the serious damage done by persons up- 
rooting ferns and wild plants growing in hedgerows and on 
commons, etc. The County Council of Surrey has made the 
following by-laws: “No person shall uproot or destroy any 
ferns or other wild plants growing in any road, lane, roadside 
waste, wayside bank, or hedge, common, or other public place, 
in such a manner or in such quantities as to damage or disfigure 
such road, lane, or other place. Provided that this by-law shal] 
not apply to persons collecting specimens in small quantities for 
private or scientific use. A person offending against this by-law 
shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding £5.” 


A western newspaper says that ‘Texas and Oklahoma bid fair 
to reap a rare stroke of good fortune from the unprecedented hot 
weather. Dr. W. D. Hunter, government entomologist in charge 


214 


ot the southern field crops, has issued a bulletin to the effect 
that the terrific heat has killed more than 99 per cent. of the 
boll weevils in Texas and Oklahoma, and that the heat and dry- 
ness of the scason everywhere has brought out the small cotton 
plants and caused the bolls to open earlier than ever before. ‘As 
a consequence,’ Dr. Hunter states, ‘if the farmers will accept the 
opportunity nature has provided, hasten the picking of the crops, 
uproot and burn the plants, there is no possibility that many 
weevils will be left. In fact, if the cotton plants should be de- 
stroyed generally in Texas by the middle of September, there 
would be no boll weevils whatever in Texas next year.’ 

“The importance of this statement will be appreciated when it 
is considered that the boll weevil has cut down the cotton crops 
more than one half, and in many parts of the state more than 
two thirds, while in other localities cotton raising has been aban- 
doned altogether.” 

The New York 7Z7zbune, October 4, says that “ practical 
unanimity exists throughout the cotton regions of Louisiana in 
favor of burning cotton stalks and clearing the fields before No- 
vember 1. Mass meetings, attended by both white planters and 
negro tenants, have been held in many sections, and pledges 
exacted to conform to suggestions from government entomolo- 
gists as to forestalling the boll weevil ravages next planting season. 
Effective work by federal agents has brought a change of senti- 
ment in favor of modern methods in fighting the cotton pest, and 
this winter will find few hibernating places for the weevil.” 


The chestnut tree canker which has twice been presented by 
Dr. William A. Murrill in Torreya, is the subject of a pamphlet 
by Dr. Haven Metcalf and Mr. J. Franklin Collins (Bulletin No. 
141, part V., Bureau of Plant Industry). Emphasis is placed 
upon the destruction of infected trees, and a “ campaign of educa- 
tion”? advised. To aid in this the ‘‘ Department of Agriculture 
will cooperate in the following ways: Specimens from suspected 
trees sent in by any person will be promptly examined and the 
presence or absence of the disease reported. Typical specimens 
showing the disease (with the fungus previously killed by soak- 


215 


ing in formalin to insure against any infection from this source) 
will be sent upon application to any inspector, forester, patholo- 
‘gist, or other State or experiment station officer, to any nursery- 
men or orchardist growing chestnuts, or to any botanist or teacher 
of botany. So far as the supply permits lantern slides and pho- 
tographs will, upon application, be loaned for special lectures, ex- 
hibits, etc., to the officers of States, experiment stations or colleges. 
By these means the inspectors first, and then the general public, 
may become familiar with the appearance and work of the dis- 
ease in localities that it has not yet reached, and when it does 
appear may be able to recognize it before it is too late to take 
efficient measures against it.” 

The pamphlet further states that “bark disease may be 
‘confidently looked for in any orchard or nursery in the United 
States that contains chestnut trees. All such places should there- 
fore be rigidly inspected at the earliest possible date”’ as at 
present ‘there is nothing in sight that promises even remotely to 
check its spread into new territory except the general adoption 
of the measures advocated in these pages. It cannot be argued 
that because of its apparently recent origin and rapid spread it 
will soon disappear of itself. Such diseases as pear-blight and 
peach yellows have been in the country for more than a century 
and show no sign of abating except when actively combated by 
modern quarantine methods. Nor can any conclusions be drawn 
from the fact that chestnuts in the Southern States have suffered 
from.a disease during the past twenty years, since, as already 
stated, that is a totally different thing from the bark disease.” 


NEWS ITEMS 


Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, of the University of Colorado, 
has recently returned from Europe where he made some valuable 
collections. 

Dr. Leigh Hunt Pennington (A. B., University of Michigan, 
1907 ; Ph.D., 1909) has been appointed instructor in botany at 
Northwestern University. 

During. Professor L. H. Bailey’s absence from Cornell this 


216 


year, Professor Herbert J. Webber will act as director of the 
College of Agriculture. 

Yale University has recently: received from Mrs. Morris K. 
Jesup $100,000 to establish the Morris K. Jesup chair of agri- 
culture in the Forestry School. 

Mr. Lee I. Knight (A.B., University of Illinois), formerly a 
member of the botanical staff of the University of Illinois, has 
been made associate professor of botany at Clemson College, 
South Carolina. 

TorrREYA has not previously announced the death of M. J. lorns 
(Ph.D., Cornell), for several years horticulturist of the Porto 
Rico Experiment Station at Mayaguez; he died of typhoid fever 
in San Juan in May. 

The United States Bureau of Plant Industry has recently had 
several noted visitors: Dr. Oskar Loew, formerly with the Porto 
Rico Experiment Station; Dr. H. T. Gtssow, of the Experiment 
Station at Ottawa; and Mr. Aaronshon, director of the experi- 
ment station in Palestine. 

At the University of Maine the following appointments have 
been made: G. E. Simmons (M.S., Ohio State University) and 
M. E. Sherwin (M.S., Missouri), assistant professors of agron- 
omy; and W. R. Palmer (B.S., Oregon Agricultural College), 
instructor in horticulture. 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year 1909 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 1gsues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to mew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 
Society,of which THe Natrure-Stupy REVIEW 
~ is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may 
be credited as member's fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 3 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 
oe THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. (Voly:35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. . For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co. , 37 Soho Square, Londen, are es 
for England. 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other «yj; s:es are available, but the entire stock 
of some numbers has beer reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24—27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars — 
each; Vols. 28-35 three dollars each. 

Sine copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only when: HOR 
breaking complete volumes, — 


(2) MEMOIRS 

The Mewortrs, established 1889, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes I-11 and 13 arenow completed ; Nos. 1 and 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance: The 


numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- | 
 dophyta reported as growing within one hundred ee of New — 
York) 1888:. Pricey 61.00; 


ee: relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to . 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
- College of Pharmacy 
CO irg Wy O8TH STREET. & 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol. 9 November, 1909 No. 11 


TORREYA 


A Monruiy Journat or BoranicaL Notes anp News 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 


CONTENTS 


Car-window Notes on the Vegetation of the Delaware Peninsula and Southern 

Wir cinta = “ROLAND/N (FIARPER os. ice svat shite steric a doe chehasa/aolue ta dies ccuaan Speen see 217 
Tératological Forms of Citrus Fruits: S.-B) PARISH). ..... ec lesccecetie settee ceeaedeeeees 227 
The Fate of a Violet, or the Benefit of Cleistogamy: E. J. HILL........ LB irnistae gies 229 
Reviews: Kiikenthal’s Cyperaceae-Caricoideae: KENNETH K. MACKENZIE......... 230. 
Proceedings,-of, the, Club? PER Cys WAUSON .c i. e2 5 SO eloas Poste Se soem eas Sha benen ayy 233 
Of Interest to Teachers: Liverwort Types for Elementary Classes: W. C. COKER 233 
Wews Items. .2.5.).3...... 2s OSs w atipeMee  TeUe smn Avast tices Lome: baepeucehe roe arene a meee 237 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


At 4 NortH Queen Srreet, LANcASTER, Pa. 
BY THe New ERA Printing Company 


{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. | 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1009 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Presidents 


EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M-D. 


Recording Secretary _ 


PERCY WILSON 
Botanica] Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor Treasurer : 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PHAR.D.- 
_Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, zs West 68th St. 
New York City _ New York City 


Associate Editors 


JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. - TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. -WM. ALPHONSO MURRIEL, Pu.D. 
PHILIP. DOWELL, PH.D. -~ CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 


ALEX. W._EVANS, M.D., Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. 


TorReEya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. -To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City é 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing . 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be’sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices, Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTaNnicaL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


TORREYA 


November, I909 
Vol. 9 No, tt 


CAR-WINDOW NOTES ON THE VEGETATION OF 
THE DELAWARE PENINSULA AND 
SOUTHERN VIRGINIA 


By RoLtanp M. HARPER 


For some reason not altogether obvious, the flora of those 
parts of the eastern United States where either Pius Taeda or 
Pinus echinata is the most abundant tree is rather uninteresting, 
as it consists of comparatively few and widely distributed species ; 
and such regions are consequently not much frequented by 
botanists and not often described in botanical literature. Of this 
character is a considerable: part of the Piedmont region of the 
Carolinas and Georgia, the summits (not the slopes or gorges) of 
the Carboniferous plateaus of Alabama, and those parts of the 
coastal plain which are outside of the ranges of Pénus rigida, P. 
palustris, and P. Eliott ; particularly in the neighborhood of 
Chesapeake Bay, and in northwestern Alabama, northern Missis- 
sippi, western Tennessee, southeastern Arkansas, etc.* In all 
these regions there are indeed some limited areas of seacoasts, 
swamps, rock outcrops, or other more or less exceptional geo- 
graphical features which serve to diversify the flora and break 
the monotony, but in the prevailing short-leaf pine forests there 
is little to attract a botanical collector. Nevertheless, the vege- 
tation of such places deserves to be studied just as much as that 
of the more favored regions where there is more excitement in the 
way of rare plants to be had.f 

The pine-barrens of New Jersey and those of the southeastern 
states have been celebrated botanizing grounds for a century or 
more; but in the corresponding regions between the Delaware 

_* See Torreya 7: 44-45; Science II. 25: 541. 1907. 

+See Torreya 6: 45. 1906; 8: 156. 1908. 

[No. 10, Vol. 9, of TorREYA, comprising pages 197-216, was issued October 26, 


1909. } 
ZL 


LIBRARY 
NEW YOR! 
BOTANICAL 

GARDEN 


218 


and Roanoke Rivers there seem to be very few typical pine-barren 
plants, or other species, which are not more common elsewhere. 
It is not surprising therefore that comparatively little has been 
published about this region (outside of Dismal Swamp and 
vicinity) by botanists. 

About two years ago (Bull. Torrey Club 34: 351-377) I men- 
tioned the principal sources of information about the flora of that 
part of the coastal plain between the James and Savannah Rivers. 
That part between the James River and Chesapeake Bay is almost 
never mentioned in botanical literature, although John Clayton, 
one of the pioneer botanists of Virginia, resided in that region 
during most of the eighteenth century ; *and for the Delaware 
peninsula, which is somewhat more accessible, there seem to be 
at present less than a dozen “local floras.” + 

Leaving out of consideration papers dealing only with seacoast 
vegetation, (which has very little in common with that of the in- 
terior, is governed by different laws of distribution, and is not 
dependent on the presence of a coastal plain at all), the following 
contain most of the available information about the flora of this 
peninsula. The arrangement is chronological. 


I. (Occasional references to plants of Wilmington and vicinity, inthe published 
correspondence of Muhlerberg and Baldwin, especially in 1811.) Darlington’s 
‘«Reliquiae Baldwinianae’’, 1843. 

2, E. Tatnall. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and filicoid plants of Newcastle 
County, Delaware. 112 pp. 1860. 

3. W. M. Canby. Notes of botanical visits to the lower part of Delaware and the 
Eastern Shore of Maryland. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1864: 16-19. 

4. J. W. Chickering. (Flora of Salisbury and Ocean City, Md.) Field & Forest 
3: 154-155. June 1878. 

5. W. M. Canby. (Notes on certain trees of the Delaware peninsula.) Bot. 
Gaz. 6: 270-271. Oct. 1881. 

6. C. S. Sargent. (Forests of Delaware and Maryland.) Tenth Census U.S. 9: 
511. 1884. 

7. H. H. Rusby. A botanical excursion to Asateague Bay. Bull. Torrey Club 
18 : 250-255. Aug. ISo1. 


* See Barnhart, Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 10: 178. 1909. 

tIn Britton’s list of local floras (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 5: 237-300. 1890) 
there are mentioned only two for Delaware (both for the vicinity of Wilmington), 
two for Maryland (both for the vicinity of Baltimore), and four for Virginia (two of 
these pre-Linnaean, another for the mountains in the southwestern part of the state, 
and the fourth a very brief and bare list of plants from a very unnatural locality on the 
coast). 


219 


8. T. H. Kearney. (Northern limits of ‘‘austroriparian’’ plants.) Contr. U. 
S. Nat. Herb. 5: 450-457. 1g01. 

9. H. L. Clark. Notes on Maryland plants. Rhodora 6: 176-177. Aug. 1904. 

10. W. D. Sterrett. Report on forest conditions in Delaware. Del. Coll. 
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 82. Dec. 1908. 

11. C. S. Williamson. Notes on the flora of central and southern Delaware. 
Torreya 9: 160-166. Aug. 1909. 

There is also considerable valuable information about this 
region in the reports of the Bureau of Soils of the United States 
Department of Agriculture, and in other geographical and geo- 
logical literature, which it would hardly be worth while to men- 
tion in such a brief and superficial paper as this. 

Having given credit to previous botanical explorers, I will now 
mention some of my own experiences in the region between the 
Delaware and Roanoke Rivers, on the way from New York to 
North Carolina in July, 1908. On July 18 I left the fall-line at 
Wilmington, Del., and, without getting off the train, went south- 


I 


ward via the ‘“‘ Cape Charles route” nearly the whole length of 
the Delaware peninsula, a distance of about 200 miles, to Cape 
Charles, Va., where connection is made with the steamer for 
Norfolk. This route passes through all three counties of Dela- 
ware; Wicomico, Somerset, and Worcester in Maryland; and 
Accomac and Northampton in Virginia. On July 19 I traveled 
westward from Norfolk on the old Atlantic and Danville R. R. 
(now a part of the Southern Railway), passing through the 
counties of Norfolk, Nansemond, Isle of Wight, Southampton, 
and Greenesville, before crossing the fall-line near Emporia, about 
75 miles from Norfolk. 

The various kinds of country seen in this 275-mile journey 
through the coastal plain may be briefly described as follows. 
From Wilmington nearly to Townsend, a distance of 29 miles, 
the route is through the Cretaceous region, a direct continuation 
of the corresponding portion of New Jersey, which has been 
described by Hollick * as the “tension zone”’ and by Stone + as 
the Delaware Valley-West Jersey region. The topography 
here is moderately hilly, the soil is grayish and loamy, and the 


* Am. Nat. 33: 3, 8, etc. Jan. 1899. 
+ Proc. Phila. Acad. 1907: 452-459. 1908. 


220 


forests are nearly all destroyed. Grass-lands are more prevalent 
than plowed fields, somewhat as in New England. 

The Eocene is said to be scarcely exposed in New Jersey and 
Delaware, and from Townsend to Cape Charles the country is 
mapped by geologists as Miocene, like the pine-barrens of New 
Jersey. The Miocene strata do not form much of the soil, how- 
ever, being nearly everywhere covered by the so-called super- 
ficial formations of Pliocene and later age. -Going southward 
from Townsend the country becomes gradually more level and 
sandy, pines more prevalent, the proportion of cleared land less,* 
and the civilization and crops more southern in character, all ap- 
parently without any abrupt transitions. The peninsula is too 
narrow to permit any extensive development of streams and 
valleys, and as the railroad keeps pretty close to the divide most 
of the way the vegetation visible from the train is mostly of the 
upland type. Navigable streams were crossed near Seaford and 
Laurel, Del., and Salisbury and Pocomoke, Md. These all rise in 
sandy regions, and appear blackish, as swamp water always does 
when it is several feet deep. Between Clayton and Dover, where 
the soil is less sandy, at least one muddy stream was crossed. On 
the left side of the Nanticoke River near Seaford is a faint de- 
velopment of sand-hills, analogous to those of Southeast Georgia, 
where this feature is best developed. + 

Pines were first seen just south of Dover ; and around Felton, 
about ten miles farther south, a faint suggestion of southern pine- 
barrens was noticeable. In the southern half of Delaware, which 
is much more sandy than the northern, most of the towns showed 
unmistakable evidences of recent growth and prosperity, like all 
the sandier parts of the southeastern states at the present time. 
The principal crops here seem to be corn, sweet and Irish pota- 
toes, apples, peaches, and pears. 

Of the country between Norfolk and Emporia there is little to 
be said except that it is comparatively level near the coast and 
moderately hilly toward the fall-line, and more or less sandy all 

* Except that the Maryland part of the peninsula seems to be a little less sandy and 


a little more under cultivation at present than southern Delaware. 
tSee Ann. N. Y. Acad, Sci. 17: 25-27. 1906. 


221 


the way. Although there are many fields of corn, cotton, sweet 
potatoes, peanuts, etc., in this part of the coastal plain, there was 
generally plenty of virgin forest in sight. More swamps and 
bogs were seen west of Norfolk than on the peninsula, but no 
true pine-barrens, or ponds, in either part of the journey. 

The prevailing aspects of the vegetation in each region passed 
through can be inferred from the following lists, in each of which 
the species conspicuous enough to be recognizable from the train 
are divided first into trees, shrubs, and herbs, and then arranged 
as nearly as possible in order of frequency, as determined by the 
number of times each was seen. Species noted only once in a 
given region are omitted from these lists in most cases, however. 
The nomenclature used is that of Robinson & Fernald’s Manual, 
1g08. 

Civilization has of course destroyed most of the original vege- 
tation by this time, but it probably has not greatly changed 
the relative frequency of the native species in that which 
remains. 

In the Cretaceous region of Delaware the country is so largely 
deforested that the herbs visible from the railroad are mostly 
weeds, and therefore hardly worth mentioning. The commonest 
trees seem to be Liriodendron Tulipifera, Liquidambar Styracifiua, 
Sahxz nigra, Castanea dentata, Quercus alba, Cornus florida, and 
Acer rubrum. 

As no distinct natural boundaries were recognized between 
Townsend and Cape Charles, I have subdivided this 170 miles of 
the journey arbitrarily by the two state boundaries crossed. This 
method, although not very scientific, brings out the gradual 
change of vegetation in going southward about as well as any 
other that might be selected. 

Between Townsend and Delmar (which is on the boundary 
between Delaware and Maryland, as the name signifies), a distance 
of 68 miles, the following species were the most conspicuous : 

Trees. — Pinus Taeda, P. virginiana, Magnolia virginiana, 
Liqudambar, Nyssa sylvatica (?), Liviodendron, Castanea dentata, 
Salix nigra, Acer rubrum, Cornus florida, Quercus alba, QO. falcata, 
Q. Phellos, Diospyros virginiana. 


222 


SHRuss. — Sassafras varitfolium (mostly a weed), Alnus 
rugosa.* , 

Herss. — Daucus Carota, Trifolium arvense (these two intro- 
duced), Asclepias tuberosa, Juncus effusus, Nymphaea advena, 
Pontederia cordata, Osmunda cinnamomea, Pteris aquilina, Lilium 
superbum, Plantago lanceolata, Lepidium virginicum, Cyperus escu- 
lentus (the last three weeds). 

According to Sargent (Tenth Census U. S. 9: 511), in the 
sandy soil of southern Delaware the pines formed fully half of 
the original forest growth, which was long ago cut away and re- 
placed by a second growth, which however consisted mostly of 
the same species. Sterrett, writing a quarter of a century later 
(Bull. 82: 10-12, 17, 19), estimated that only about one-fourth 
of the area of Delaware is now wooded, and that there is prac- 
tically no virgin forest in the state. He also states that ‘‘ Origin- 
ally the forests of Sussex County [the southernmost] were almost 
exclusively of hardwoods, but by culling and clearing them pine 
has gradually been established in every part of the county”; and 
again: ‘‘Lumbering the forests and clearing the land for agri- 
culture have greatly increased the amount of pine and extended 
its range much farther north.’ The evidence on which these 
statements are based is not given, however, and one would prob- 
ably make no serious error in assuming that Pyzus Taeda and 
Pinus virginiana were always the most abundant trees in southern 
Delaware, as they seem to be at present. 

In a distance of about 36 miles through Maryland the follow- 
ing species were each noted at least twice : 

TREES. — Pinus Taeda, Liquidambar, Quercus Fhellos, Mag- 
nolia virginiana, Acer rubrum, Nyssa sylvatica (?), Taxodium dis- 
tichum, Fagus grandifolia, Chamaecyparis thyoides, Quercus 
falcata, Diospyros. 

SHRuBS. — Arata spinosa, Alnus rugosa, Rhus copallina. 

Heres. — Vymphaea advena, Pteris aquilna. 

This list is too short to draw any important conclusions from, 
but the greater relative frequency of Quercus Phellos, Taxodium 


* Some of the 4/zus seen in Delaware and Maryland may have been the rare and 
local 4. maritima, which I have not learned to distinguish under such conditions. 


223 


distichum, and Aralha spinosa in it as compared with the next 
above, and the scarcity of Pumus virginiana (which was seen 
only once in Maryland) seems to indicate more of a climax type 
of vegetation and therefore presumably a somewhat richer soil 
than the average for the Miocene portion of Delaware. 

In Accomac and Northampton counties, Virginia, the follow- 
ing species prevail along and near the axis of the peninsula: 

Trees. — Pinus Taeda, Liguidambar, Pinus virginiana, Mex 
opaca, Cornus florida, Quercus alba, Fagus, Oxydendrum arbo- 
reum, Acer rubrum, Quercus Phellos, Nyssa sylvatica (?), Quercus 
Michauxu, Pinus echinata, Magnolia virginiana, Quercus falcata, 
QO. nigra, Diospyros. 

SHruss. — Myrica cerifera, Araha spinosa, Alnus rugosa, 
Tecoma radicans, Rhus copallina, Clethra alnifolia. 

Heres. — (None seen worth mentioning.) 

The relative scarcity in this list, as compared with the two 
next preceding, of Magnolia, Liriodendron, Salix, Taxodium, 
Chamaecyparis, Nymphaea, and Lihum is doubtless due mostly to 
the narrowness of the Virginia part of the peninsula and the 
consequent scarcity of fresh-water streams and swamps. The 
Cornus, Fagus, Arata, Myrica, Quercus Michauxii, Q. nigra, 
Tlex, Oxydendrum, Pinus echinata, and Tecoma on the other 
hand are decidedly more abundant in Virginia than in Delaware 
and Maryland, perhaps only because the center of distribution of 
each of these species lies farther south ; especially in the case of 
Oxydendrum and Quercus Michauxii which have their northern- 
most known stations on this very peninsula. It should be noted 
in passing —though I am not yet prepared to explain the sig- 
nificance of the fact—that most of the ten species last mentioned 
are typical hammock plants in the southeastern states. 

Between Pinner’s Point (the railroad terminus just across the 
harbor from Norfolk) and Pleasant Shade, Va. (about eight miles 
west of Emporia), where metamorphic strata were first noticed, 
the following species were seen more than once. 

Trees. — Pinus Taeda, Liquidamtar, Liriodendron, Quercus 
alba, Salix nigra, Pinus echinata, Taxodium distichum, Nyssa 
sylvatica biflora(?), Magnolia virginiana, Quercus falcata, Oxy- 


224 


dendrum, Cornus florida, Quercus Phellos, Acer rubrum, Llex 
opaca, Diospyros, Fagus, Quercus marylandica, Nyssa aquatica, 
Quercus nigra, Betula nigra. 

SHRuBS. — Arundinaria tecta, Myrica cerifera, Alnus rugosa, - 
Rhus copalliina, Clethra alnifolia, Tecoma, Phoradendron flaves- 
cens, Aralia spinosa, Ilex glabra, Vitis rotundifolia, Rubus cunet- 
folius, Prunus angustifolia (the last two or three weeds). 

HeErps. — Senecio tomentosus (a weed ?), Eupatorium rotundt- 
folium, Chrysopsis graminifolia, Lupatorium capilfolium (a 
weed), Xyris sp., Pieris aquilina, Habenaria cristata, Polygonum 
Flydropiper, Daucus Carota (these two introduced), /uncus effusus, 
Rhynchospora inexpansa, Ambrosia artemistacfolia (a weed), Ver- 
bascum Thapsus (introduced), Scirpus Eriophorum, Polygala lutea, 
Rhynchospora corniculata, Rhexia Mariana (?), Mesadenia atriph- 
cifolta (?). 

This list differs from the three or four preceding in the absence 
of Pinus virginiana, Chamaccyparis, and Castanea, and the pres- 
ence of Arundinaria, Nyssa aquatica, Betula, Phoradendron, llex 
glabra, Senecio tomentosus, and Eupatorium rotundifolum. Taxo- 
dium, Liriodendron, Salix, and Alnus seem to be more abundant 
west of Norfolk than on the peninsula, perhaps on account of the 
greater development of streams. 

The following among the species observed from the car 
windows (or conspicuous by their absence) deserve a little more 
notice than has been given above. In a few cases notes made on 
the same trip, in the Piedmont region of Virginia, west of Emporia, 
have been drawn upon to make the data for certain species which 
are not confined to the coastal plain more complete. 

Senecio tomentosus Mx. Common along the railroad in 
Nansemond, Isle of Wight, and Southampton Counties, Virginia, 
from about 12 to 63 miles west of Pinner’s Point. I did not 
see it elsewhere on this trip, though C. S. Williamson. 
(Torreya g: 166) has reported it as common in southeastern 
Delaware. 

Oxydendrum arboreum (L.) DC. First seen near the southern 
edge of Accomac County, Virginia. 

Arata spinosa L. Not seen in Delaware, but common in 


225 


Somerset and Worcester Counties, Maryland, and still more so 
in the two peninsula counties of Virginia. 

Polygala ramosa Ell. Noticed only once, and that in South- 
ampton County, Virginia. (Several southern pine-barren plants 
seem to have their northern limits in this same general region, a 
little west of Dismal Swamp.) 

flex opaca Ait. First noticed a little south of Bloxom, 
Accomac County, Virginia, and last about seven miles east of 
Emporia. In the “manual region” 
almost confined to the coastal plain, but farther south it is not so 
restricted. 

Nymphaea advena Ait. Seen in most of the rivers and 
estuaries of Delaware and Maryland, but not at all in Virginia. 
Farther south it is not known in the coastal plain at all, its place 
being taken by other species of the same genus. 

Magnolia virginiana L. First seen just north of Townsend, 


this species seems to be 


Delaware, apparently just about where the Miocene begins. 
Last seen in Brunswick County, Virginia, about 12 miles west 
of Emporia. 

Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh. Seen a few times between 
Kirkwood and Wyoming, Delaware, stopping just about where 
Pinus Taeda begins. Not seen elsewhere in the coastal plain on 
this trip. 

Fagus grandifolia Ehrh. (Lately known as /. ferruginea, 
atropunicea, or Americana.) Not seen until after passing King’s 
Creek, Somerset County, Maryland, strange to say. Thence 
rather common southward. Possibly this represents the var. 
carolmana (Loud.) Fernald & Rehder (Rhodora g: 114. 
1907), to which is assigned a decidedly more southern range 
than the type. 

Myrica cerifera L. Abundant in the two peninsula counties 
of Virginia, often attaining a height of ten or twelve feet. Com- 
mon in the coastal plain west of Norfolk, to within about seven 
miles of Emporia. 

Arundinaria tecta (Walt.) Muhl. Common in the coastal 
plain west of Norfolk, and seen once in Mecklenburg County, 
Virginia, fifty miles west of Emporia. 


226 


Taxodium distichum(L.) Rich. Seen twice in Somerset County, 
Maryland, and several times between Suffolk and Drewryville, 
Virginia. It seems to stop about twenty miles short of the fall- 
line in Virginia. Sterrett, Williamson, and others have reported 
it from southern Delaware. 

Pinus virginiana Mill. First seen between Viola and Felton, 
Del., thence rather frequent to Cape Charles. It probably does 
not occur at all in the coastal plain south of Hampton Roads, 
however. In the Piedmont region of Virginia it begins to appear 
in Mecklenburg County, and occurs at infrequent intervals from 
there to the foot-hills of the Blue Ridge. 

Pinus rigida was not seen at all on this trip, which is rather 
surprising in view of its reported abundance in New Jersey.* 

Pinus Taeda LL. Common from Dover, Del., to Emporia, 
Va., thence more scattered in Brunswick County (in the Pied- 
mont region), and rather scarce in Mecklenburg County, where 
most of the specimens seen were second growth. Last seen be- 
tween South Hill and Union Level, about 118 miles west of 
Norfolk. 

Pinus echinata Mill. Seen once in Maryland, three times in 
the Virginia part of the Delaware peninsula, and eight or ten 
times between Norfolk and Emporia. As /inus Yaeda fades 
away this species becomes more abundant, and it is the prevail- 
ing pine in the Piedmont region. 

Pinus palustris was not seen anywhere, though the conditions 
appeared very favorable for it in some places in Nansemond 
County, Virginia, and it was formerly reported farther north than 
that. 

* In this connection Vermeule’s remarks on its occurrence in the southwestern part 
of New Jersey (Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1899 [Forests] : 97-98. 1900) are of 


interest. 
{ See Bull. Torrey Club 34: 375. 1907. 


227 


TERATOLOGICAL FORMS OF CITRUS FRUITS * 


By S. B. PARIsH 


Malformations as remarkable as are some of those which have 
been described and figured in the pomes, notably the pear, do 
not appear to have been noticed in the hesperidiums. But while 
these curious forms are of merely scientific interest, and are without 
economic importance, among oranges and lemons those most 
commercially valued are, teratologically considered, mere mon- 
strosities. 

The best lemons are varieties which habitually abort the ovules, 
and, therefore, bear seedless fruits, which are, for that very reason, 
preferred to those which are perfect and seed-bearing. There 
are also other, and objectional deformities to which the lemon is 
subject. The simplest of these is a roughening and thickening 
of parts of the rind, causing elevated longitudinal ribs, or sec- 
tions, of greater or less breadth. 

Occasionally the carpels themselves are more or less atrophied. 
This results in such forms as @ and ¢ in the accompanying figure, 
in which the vestiges of the carpels are contained in the bulb-like 
extremities of the fruit. In / and ¢ are shown forms of still 
further degeneracy, in which the carpels have entirely disappeared, 
only the pericarp remaining, which is further deformed by fission. 

Syncarpy, one of the commonest teratological conditions in 
fruits, is often exhibited by lemons. In specimens which have 
come under my observation it was confined to the coherence of 
only two individuals, but it is probable that a larger number may 
sometimes be involved. In some cases the coalesence is so com- 
plete that the proper outline of the fruit is little affected ; more 
commonly the union is incomplete. Usually one member is not 
fully developed, as a and c, or both may be only imperfectly de- 
veloped, as shown in 6, Syncarpy also occurs in the orange, but 
more rarely than in the lemon. 

The most esteemed varieties of the orange are also those which 
abort the ovules, and produce seedless fruit. This is the case 
with the navel, the choicest orange grown in California, which 
exhibits, in addition, a more pronounced teratological modifica- 


* T}lustrated with the aid of the Catherine McManes Fund. 


228 


tion. A navel is, in reality, the consolidation of two oranges, 
one rudimentary, whose atrophied remains occupy the distal 
extremity of the developed fruit. In the market are found only 
specimens in which the abortive orange is merely vestigial, and 
is entirely included within the rind of the developed one, its pres- 


Syncarpy, atrophy, and fission in lemons. 


ence being indicated by a small orifice, the so-called ‘“ navel.” 
But among the “culls,” which are rejected in packing, may be 
found abundant examples in which the secondary orange is more 
nearly normal, and is often more or less, occasionally entirely, 
exterior to the other. It may even contain a few reduced carpels 


with juicy cells, but is always wrinkled and corrugated. In other 


229 


cases it takes the form of a cornute projection, which may be two 
or three inches in length. 

However small the “ navel”’ orifice may be it is point of weak- 
ness in the rind of the orange, and renders it peculiarly liable to 
“splitting.” This is a term applied to the opening of fissures in 
the pericarp, whereby germs of decay are admitted to the inte- 
rior. Orchardists are not agreed as to the causes which produce 
the tension within the orange, but the resultant ruptures often 


occasion a large percentage of loss in the crop. 
SAN BERNARDINO, CALIFORNIA 


Mii KATE OF A VIOLEI OR THE BENEPIT OF 
CEETISROGAMY 


BY J, Io Jebere, 


The efficacy of cleistogamy in the preservation of a species 
under adverse conditions of environment was well shown by a 
case which came under my observation a few years ago. The 
area now comprised in Hamilton Park, one of the smaller parks 
of Chicago, is but a block from where I have lived since 1885, 
and was familiar ground for botanical study and collecting for 
ten years previous. It was in part undisturbed prairie; in part 
wooded by a scattered growth of oaks and shrubs in the dryer 
portion. There wasa low ridge of sand forming the southern part 
of the area, with an herbaceous flora common to low sand dunes. 
The remainder was wet or wettish prairie in which the sand was 
mixed with humus a foot or more in depth, making a black soil 
resting on the pure sand of the old lake bottom, akin to that of 
the low ridge. The property being for a long time in litigation 
was nearly all left vacant until used for the park, while the 
grounds contiguous had been largely taken for dwellings. The 
making of streets and construction of sewers served to drain the 
wet sections, and as commonly happened in such cases some of 
the plants of the dry ground moved into the drained portion to 
associate with, or supplant, the less resistant original occupants ; 
and plots where Cypripedium candidum, Viola blanda, V. lanceo- 
Jata, and the like once flourished were taken by Phlox bifida, 
Viola pedata, and their associates. The last mentioned did this 


230 


on a large scale, and multiplying abundantly in the richer soil of 
the prairie, which held enough of sand for its nature, soon stocked 
the ground. Blooming profusely the showy flowers were doomed 
to be picked by the people living around, especially by the chil- 
dren. As more houses were built and population increased the 
case of the violets became more and more adverse. They were 
literally picked by the hundred by the eager visitors. This re- 
sulted in the extermination of the plant in a few years, and long 
before the ground was taken for the purpose of the park, about 
five years ago, not a bird-foot-violet could be found. Johnny 
jump-up, as the children called the plant, had succumbed to the 
predatory habits of the flower gatherers. Had it not been an 
exception to the usual custom of the genus in producing cleistog- 
amous flowers, | should have expected a different result. This © 
seems evident from the ability of the various species of blue 
violets, which abound in the woods and fields contiguous to the 
city, to hold their place notwithstanding they are picked annu- 
ally in great numbers. The inconspicuous summer and autumn 
flowers, unknown to the vast majority of flower gatherers, and 
without attraction to such, provide the seeds for multiplying and 
perpetuating their kind. Hence I do not perceive any sensible 
diminution in their numbers when not subject to other causes 


than the gathering for bouquets. 
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 


REVIEWS 
Kukenthal’s Cyperaceae-Caricvuideae * 

The volume of the Pflanzenreich issued on May 18 last, 
contains the first attempt to present descriptions and keys of all 
species of Carex and related genera occurring throughout the 
world. The work —a bulky volume of over 800 pages —is the 
result of many years’ labor by the learned author Georg Kiken- 
thal. It contains a very great amount of material of interest and 
value to all students of the genera dealt with, and will prove of 
great aid to American students. 

* Das Pflanzenreich (38 Heft. IV. 20) Cyperaceae—Caricoideae by Georg Kiiken- 


thal. Pp. 384. f. 128. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, 1909. Mk. 41.20. (Issued 
May 18.) 


© 


231 


The genera recognized are Schoenoxiphium with six species all 
natives of Africa; Kobresta with twenty-nine species mostly 
natives of Asia, two only reaching North America; Uncinia with 
twenty-four species, chiefly South American and Australasian, 
but with two or three species reaching tropical North America ; 
and Carex with 798 species, some 282 of which are found in 
North America. 

Of course, Carex is the genus with which North American 
botanists will be chiefly interested, and when one finds that fewer 
North American species are given than were recognized by Prof. 
Bailey more than twenty years ago, he becomes doubtful whether 
the learned author has adequately treated the genus as repre- 
sented on this continent. This doubt is strongly increased when 
one notes the large number of North American species to which 
reference is made, but with which the author is not acquainted ; 
and is certainly not lessened when one further notes the few speci- 
mens of many critical species seen bythe author. The fact seems 
to be that the author’s material of many North American species 
was hopelessly inadequate, and in many groups insufficient to 
enable him to properly understand them. In dealing with these 
groups it would naturally be expected that some slight attention 
would have been paid to the more recent treatments given them 
by American authors, but comparatively little has been. Asa 
result we have such monstrosities as Carex straminea with nine 
recognized varieties and seven forms; almost all the varieties 
being more well-marked and more distinct from one another than 
are Carex leporina L. and the plant treated as Carex petasata 
Dew., which are recognized as distinct species! Similar but less 
pronounced unnatural arrangements are found in dealing with 
other species. 

The main division, too, of the species is archaic in the 
extreme. Who would have believed it possible at the present 
time for an expert on the genus to divide it into groups depend- 
ing on whether there were one or many spikes. Yet this is 
exactly the basis of the main division of the genus, and as a 
result we have species like Carex exilis Dewey, Carex Fraseri 
Andr., Carex Geyert Boott, and many others torn from their 


232 


natural relationships and put in as part of a mixture labeled 
“ Primo-Carex Kukenthal.” Of course it will be recognized that 
there are a good number of species with one spike which are very 
closely related, but such a group as is here created is as unnatural 
as it is needless. 

The author, too, is bold indeed in at times reducing critical 
species to varieties of some other species more.or less closely 
related, when he apparently has had no specimens of the species 
so treated at hand; nor has care always been taken to see that 
keys and group descriptions accord with description of species in 
the group. For example, Carer subulata Michx. is put in a 
group characterized by an enlarged style-base, but that species 
itself is described as without such a base. Again there are 
numerous species which it would be hard to key into the groups 
recognized by the use of the keys to the groups. 

The strong and valuable features of the work to the American 
botanist are the manner in which the value of characters taken 
from the rootstock and lower part of the culm and from the style 
are emphasized and made use of. These are characters which 
have been too long neglected in this country, and if noticed will 
much simplify the study of some of the more difficult’groups. 
The vast amount of synonymy collected will prove of great 
assistance, although it is very evident that it is neither entirely 
exhaustive nor altogether properly disposed of. The key char- 
acters in the smaller groups are generally arranged with care and 
differences between closely related species are sharply brought 
out. The descriptions too as aruleare full, although many more 
measurements should have been given. There are numerous 
excellent plates scattered through the volume and the printer’s 
part of the work is thoroughly well done. 

It may then in closing be said that as a first attempt at one of 
the most difficult tasks to which a botanist could apply himself, 
the work is worthy of high commendation indeed, -but as far as 
the American species are concerned the author has unfortunately 
been much handicapped by lack of material, and has not made 
as much use as he might of American literature. 

KENNETH K. MACKENZIE 


233 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 
OcTOBER I2, 1909 


The meeting was called to order at the American Museum of 
Natural History, with Vice-president Barnhart in the chair. 
There were 22 persons present. Resignations were accepted 
from Miss Mary H. Price and Miss Mabel Denton. Mr. Leon 
L. Cypress was elected a member of the Club. 

The program of the evening consisted of an illustrated lecture 
by Dr. John Hendley Barnhart. The paper has been published 
with slight modifications in the Journal of the New York Botan- 
wcal Garden for August, 1909, and will appear in the next number 
of ToRREYA. 

Percy WILSON, 
Secretary 


OVE JONINARIT SIP TKO) INBEV IES 


LIVERWORT TYPES FOR ELEMENTARY CLASSES 
By W. C. COKER 


In the liverworts we find the first conspicuous appearance of 
alternation of generations in plants, and itis here that it behooves 
the teacher to bring his pupils to a clear understanding of this 
fundamental morphological fact. All teachers of experience know 
that here we arrive at the povs astnorum of botany, but we should 
see to it that no student is kept on the wrong side by any unneces- 
sary narrowing of the way. 

In looking for a type, then, to use in our elementary classes 
it seems to me of the utmost importance that one should be 
selected that shows this alternation of generation in the clearest 
and simplest manner —as little obscured as possible by complex 
morphology. Now, if we examine the text books that are at 
present being used or that have been used for the last twenty 
years we find that the liverwort type is Marchantia, as complex 
and difficult a plant as the group affords, and one as little suited 
for this use as could well be found. The complex thallus, the 
stalked and still more complex archegoniophores and antheridio- 


234 


phores (names repulsive enough to any student), the hidden an- 
theridia, and the small sphorophytes with their delicate vestments 
difficult to demonstrate, make Marchantia a formidable object to 
the beginner. His mind becomes so crowded with detail that he 
is apt to overlook the fundamental relations. 

Contrasted with Marchantia let us take such a type as Palla- 
vicimta. In Fic. 1 is shown in the same section a longitudinal 


| 
| 


<=) 


Fic, 1. Cross-section of female gametophyte of Padlavicinia Lyellii, showing 
involucre, perianth, archegonium, and young sporophyte. 


view of the young sporophyte and transverse view of the game- 
tophyte. All parts are shown and their relations are absolutely 
clear. Take four such sections at different ages, beginning with 
the mature archegonium, and the whole subject of alternation is 
presented. The gametophyte is so simple that it can be under- 
stood at once and the sphorophyte is so large and conspicuous 
as to prepare the student for the next step. The male plant is 
equally simple, and the antheridia can be seen with the naked 
eye without any dissection. A cross-section of the male plant 
through an antheridium is shown in Fic. 2. The only deficiency 
of Pallavicinia is the absence of gemmae, but for the study of 


230 


hese another thallose liverwort such as Mefzgeria may be used. 
In this plant the gemmae are borne abundantly on the slightly 
incurved margins of the thallus. 


Fic. 2. Cross-section of male gametophyte of Pa//avicinia Lyellii, showing an 
antheridium. 


For the study of the capsule and the relations of its contents 
I have found nothing that approaches /ywllania virginica in 
clearness. Here, the elaters extend the entire length of the 
capsule and alternate with single rows of spore mother-cells. 


A IE SF 
yy SQA 
ose 
rea 
an 


ERR 
CEES 
SSIs 

ORGS 


— 


Fic. 3. Diagram of young sporophyte and Fic, 4. Diagram of sporophyte of 
surrounding parts of /rullania virginica. Frullania virginica. (Spores 
represented in two middle rows 

only. ) 
The homologous origin of these two elements is thus very clearly 
brought out, especially if a younger stage be studied. In Fic. 3is 
shown a capsule of this species at an early stage. The spore- 
bearing portion is represented by a palisade of long undivided 
cells not yet differentiated into elaters or mother-cells. This sec- 


236 


tion, when compared with Fic. 4, brings out clearly the structure 


of the mature capsule and the relation of its parts. 
UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA, 
CHAPEL HILL, NORTH CAROLINA 


More teachers should receive the monthly list of publications 
sent, without charge, to all who apply for it by the Division of 
Publications of the United States Department of Agriculture. 
This four-page announcement gives a long list of the latest circu- 
lars and bulletins on agriculture and economic plants, on fores- 
try and soils; many of them are very useful as references in 
teaching botany, zoology, and nature study. 


Science for October 22, 1909, contains a short article by Pro- 
fessor John W. Harshberger on the plant remains of Pompeii. 
A study of the plant specimens exhibited in the National Museum 
at Naples yields the following list, which Professor Harshberger 
says is doubtless incomplete, representing probably the plants to 
be found in the markets in August (the date of the eruption being 
August 24). The plants are almond, chestnut, filbert, pine 
seeds, and walnut; apple, carob, fig, grape, and pear; barley 
and millet ; onion, garlic, bean, and lentil. 


The basket willows, according to a recent Farmers’ Bulletin 
(No. 34, United States Department of Agriculture), was intro- 
duced by some German immigrants into New York and Pennsyl- 
vania about sixty years ago. The most rapid spread is through 
the non-arid parts of the southwest, where at least three species 
are commonly grown. 


The United States Forest Service, according to Sczence, is 
planning to introduce a number of the more important eastern 
hardwoods into California, and ‘will this year experiment with 
chestnut, hickory, basswood, red oak and yellow poplar or tulip 
trees. Small patches of these trees will be planted near the forest 
rangers’ cabins on the national forests, and if these do well larger 
plantations on a commercial scale will soon be established on 
wider areas. There are over 125 different species of trees in 


237 


California, a number of which produce some of the most valuable 
varieties of lumber in the country. Although considerably over 
one half of the species are hardwood or broad-leaved trees, yet, 
with the exception of the exotic eucalyptus, there is not a single 
species of hardwood here ranking in commercial importance with 
the leading eastern hardwoods. Climatic conditions in many 
parts of California are favorable for the growth of a number of 
the valuable hardwoods, and the absence of these trees is due 
mostly to unfavorable factors of seed distribution.” 


Professor Milton Whitney, chief of the soils bureau of the De- 
partment of Agriculture, has recently issued a bulletin showing 
that the long-cultivated soils of the leading nations are not only 
producing greater crops than at any earlier period, but are pro- 
ducing much more than the comparatively new soils of the United 
States. The average wheat yields (1897-1906) were 32 bushels 
an acre in Great Britain, 28 in Germany, 20 in France, and barely 
14 in the United States. In the last twenty-five years the average 
yields of wheat in Germany have increased from 18 to 30 bushels 
an acre, of rye from 15 to 25 bushels, and of oats from 28 to 55 
bushels. Similar statistics for other countries sustain the same 
view, and a study of American crop statistics for the last forty 
years shows that there is no general decrease in yields. These 
statistics also show that the older states whose soils have been 
longest in use are producing the largest yields. Even the soils 
of New England have materially increased in yields of corn and 
wheat in forty years ; but what is more remarkable, they are pro- 
ducing considerably heavier yields than the soils of the Missis- 
sippi Valley states (¢. g., wheat 18 bushels an acre against 13 
bushels for the forty-year average). 

Another recent article by James J. Hill in the World’s Work 
makes an appeal for the conservation of the soil fertility, giving 
as an instance of this need the striking contrast between the soils 
of France and Spain. Both countries have been cultivated for a 
very long time. One of them is exceedingly fertile and is rich 
and prosperous. The other is chiefly sterile and is poor and 
unprosperous. While itis quite true that New England produces 
far more wheat by the acre than any western state, it is also true 


238 


that New England contains many so-called abandoned farms 
which produce little or nothing. ‘The lesson, writ large on 
every field, is this: That it is not the length of time during 
which land has been cultivated, but rather the manner in which 
it has been and is cultivated, which determines its productive- 
ness.” For Mr. Hill points out that while the richest virgin soil 
is not so productive as the carefully tilled and fertilized soil of old 
settled places, a few seasons’ cultivation sufficesto exhaust either 
if their fertility is not replenished. | 


In discussing the ‘“‘ demonstration’ work now being conducted 
in various states by the United States Department of Agriculture, 
the Outlook says : ‘‘ It is not difficult to persuade the farmers of 
the desirability of increased crops, but it is difficult to persuade 
them that it can be done. Finally, one or more farmers in each 
district are persuaded to work a few acres in accordance with ‘use 
as directed.’ The demonstration farmer must do all the actual 
work himself. Therein lies the force of the argument. What 
he can do his neighbors will believe they can do. Each month 
specific instructions are sent to each demonstrating farmer. Each 
month, too, a local agent visits him and gives word-of-mouth 
instructions. Notice is sent to all the co-operating farmers to 
meet the agent on a given demonstration farm, where the crop 
and plans are exhaustively discussed. This is called a ‘field 
school.’ In these discussions it has been found with pathetic 
frequency that many small farmers had never fully complied with 
any of the essential rudiments of successful farming. Year after 
year they had gone on charging their perfectly avoidable failures 
to the land or the elements. One of the converts to the new 
farming thus frankly expressed himself at a public meeting in 
Alabama last year: ‘I was born ina cotton-field and worked 
cotton on my farm for more than forty years. I thought no one 
could tell me anything about raising cotton. I had usually 
raised one-half a bale on my thin soil, and I thought that was all 
the cotton there was in it in one season. The demonstration 
agent came along and wanted me to try his plan on two acres., 
Not to be contrary, I agreed, but I did not believe what he told 
me. However, I tried my best to do as he said, and at the end 


of the year I had a bale and a half to the acre on the two acres 
worked his way, and a little over a third of a bale on the land 
worked my way. You could have knocked me down with a 
feather. This year I have a bale and a half to the acre on my 
whole farm. If you do not believe it, I invite you to go down 
and see. Yes, sir; as a good cotton planter I am just one year 
old.’ *’ 


NEWS ITEMS 


Mr. and Mrs. Norman Taylor are spending a few weeks in Santo 
Domingo in the interests of the New York Botanical Garden. 

Dr. C. H. Shattuck, formerly associate professor of botany 
and forestry at Clemson College, S. C., has accepted a professor- 
ship in the University of Idaho. 

Mr. W. W. Eggleston has been devoting several weeks to col- 
lecting and studying Crataegz in North Carolina, South Carolina, 
Alabama, Kentucky, and West Virginia. 

Professor C. S. Hitchcock, of the Department of Agriculture, 
has recently returned from a summer-spent in collecting and 
studying the grasses of the Yukon Valley, Alaska. 

Mrs. Kellerman, widow of the late Professor William A. Kel- 
lerman, is offering for sale his valuable herbarium of flowering 
plants (60,000 specimens) and fungi (over 70,000 specimens). 

At the Portland, Oregon, meeting of the Association of Ameri- 
can Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations, Professor W. 
J. Kerr, president of the Oregon Agricultural College, was 
elected president of the Association. 

The Gunnison tunnel, opened in Montrose County, Colorado, 
last September, by President Taft, diverts the course of the 
Gunnison River and provides sufficient water to irrigate 150,000 
acres of land. This is the first project undertaken by the 
government reclamation service. The tunnel is six miles long, 
with a capacity of over 1,000 cubic feet a second. 

Among the recipients of honorary degrees conferred at the 
inauguration of Dr. A. Lawrence Lowell as president of Har- 
vard University, was Dr. John Christopher Willis, director of the 
Royal Garden at Ceylon, and a delegate from Cambridge 


240 


University. Dr. Willis has been giving a brief course of lectures 
at Harvard on some economic problems of tropical agriculture. 


Dean H. H. Rusby made during the summer a two months’ 
trip to the Pacific coast; Dr. Rusby attended the American 
Pharmaceutical Association at Los Angeles, aided Dr. Kebler 
(Bureau of Chemistry, United States Department of Agriculture) 
in inspecting the drug supplies of the western coast, and studied 
and collected indigenous drugs and economic plants for the Col- 
lege of Pharmacy. 

A conference has been planned by Gifford Pinchot, United 
States Forester, to which are invited the heads of all universities, 
colleges, and schools in which technical forestry is taught. The 
conference which is to be held in Washington December 30 and 
31 will consider the objects and methods of forest instruction, the 
organization and standards of educational work in the field of for- 
estry, the coordination of the work of different institutions, and the 
needs of the Forest Service and other employers of forest graduates. 


At the recent Darwin commemoration the honorary degree of 
D.S. was (according to Sczence) conferred upon the follow- 
ing botanists: Robert Chodat, professor of botany at Geneva ; 
Francis Darwin, F.R.S., honorary fellow of Christ’s College, and 
formerly reader in botany; Karl F. Goebel, professor of botany 
at Munich; Hermann Graf zu Solms-Laubach, professor of botany 
at Strassburg; Clement Timiriazeff, professor of botany in Mos- 
cow ; Hermann Vochting, professor of botany at Tubingen; Hugo 
de Vries, professor of botany at Amsterdam ; and Charles René 
Zeiller, professor of paleobotany in the Ecole des Mines, Paris. 

The yearly winter meeting of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science will be held in Boston, from December 
27, 1909, to January 1, t910. The sessions of the botanical 
section will convene under the Vice-Presidency of Professor D. 
P. Penhallow, and will alternate with the sessions of the Botanical 
Society of America, as at Chicago and Baltimore. An address 
will be delivered by the retiring Vice-President, Dr. H. M. 
Richards, of Barnard College, Columbia University, and there 
will be a symposium on the role of botanical gardens, as well as 
the usual papers. 


« 


TORREYA 


AND 


NATURE-STUDY REVIEW 


Special combined price $1.50 for the year I909 


Regular price $1.00 each 


This special offer is good only as long as 
the publishers of the above journals can supply 
back numbers of early 1909 issues. In no case 
will the subscription be extended beyond Decem- 
ber of this year. The offer is limited to ew sub- 
scribers of either journals and also is not open 
to members of the American Nature-Study 

Society, of which THE NaTur&-STUDY REVIEW 
is the official journal free to members. By later 
sending 25 cents additional to the Secretary of 
the Society the subscription on above terms may 
be credited as member’s fee for the American 
Nature Society for 1909. 

Correspondence relating to above special 
offer should be addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 
College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68th Street 
New York City 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text. 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are agents 
for England. ; 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be supplied entire; cer-. 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24—27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars 
each; Vols. 28-35 three dollars each. 

Bifple copies (30 cts.) will be furnished only when not 
breaking complete volumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memorrs, established 1880, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes I-11 and 13 arenow completed; Nos. 1 and © 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The — 
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application. 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New 
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. 


Correspondence relating to the above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
115 W. 68TH STREET 
NEW YORK CITY 


Vol.g 3 “December, Ig09 No. 12 


TORREY A 


7 
A Monruiy Journat or Boranicat Nores anp News 
EDITED FOR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


< BY 


JEAN BROADHURST 


JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 _ 


CONTENTS 
Some American Botanists of Former Days: JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART, ohc.sce 0. 241 
Local Plora Notes— IL; ;NORMAN TAYLOR i500. «papoose Spade ocen ites wet eoemaeess 257~ 


Reviews: Ramaley’s Wild Flowers and Trees of Colorado: JEAN BROADHURST... 261 
Jennings’s Botanical Survey of Presque Isle: JoHn W. acon 261 


Proceedings-of the,-Clhith,-Berey-WiSON. 7-02 ee ran anh i Suaess od an acetei hanes wen 263 
Of Interest to Teachers: The High School Unit in Botany.................-...... SA ae 266 
News atEOtS FE aieei Se iMsleals UN Mec D MNCL Chaos Lia Ma tee Ja ear Meets cuisine Keys mn gh titan aa = ob 268 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


Ar 41 Norru Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa, 
BY Tue New Era Prinrinc Company 


[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. | 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR  igo9 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice-Presidents 


EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY WILSON 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor Treasurer 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, rz5 West 68th St. 
New York City New York City 


Associate Editors 


JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Px.D. 
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D, 


Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and 
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To 
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or 
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City 
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing 
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any 
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be 
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent 
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- 
caster, Pa., or College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City. 


Matter for publication should be addressed to 


JEAN BROADHURST 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York City 


JAN 3 - 1910 


TORREYA Ganiicn 


December, Ig909 
Vol. 9g No, 12 


SOME AMERICAN BOTANISTS OF FORMER DAYS #* 
By JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


A hundred and twenty years ago, when Richard Pulteney had 
written his ‘‘ Historical and biographical sketches of the progress 
of botany in England”’, he put into his preface these apt words: 
“Tn tracing the progress of human knowledge through its several 
gradations of improvement, it is scarcely possible for an inquisitive 
and liberal mind, of congenial taste, not to feel an ardent wish of 
information relating to those persons by whom such improve- 
ments have severally been given: and hence arises that interest- 
ing sympathy which almost inseparably connects biography with 
the history of each respective branch of knowledge.” And it is 
as true as ever, that, if one would understand the progress of 
science, he must study the personality of the men whose labors 
have resulted in that progress. 

Our theme this evening, ‘“Some American botanists of former 
days’’, isa very limited one. The term ‘‘ American botanists ’’ is 
intended in its narrow sense, as referring only to those whose 
scientific work has been accomplished, at least in part, within the 
bounds of the United States as they were before our recent period 
of expansion. And when we say ‘‘ botanists of former days’’ we 
must in fairness omit all reference not only to workers now living 
but to all who would be living if they had not met with prema- 
ture death.+ By the latter limitation we excludeall specialists in 

* Paper presented at the meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club, October 12, 1909. 
Reprinted with slight alterations from the Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, 
Vol. X, No. 116, Augvst, 1909. 

+ As a matter of fact, no man is mentioned who did not die more than five years 


ago; and, if all of those mentioned were still living, the youngest would be about . 


seventy years old. 
(No. 10, Vol. 9, of TORREYA, comprising pages 217-240, was issued November 18, 
1909. | 
241 


242 


plant morphology and physiology, fields of study which have 
seen their entire development, as far as this country is concerned, 
within the memory of the living. Even thus limited, the number 
of botanists worthy of mention on an occasion such as this is so 
large that we must necessarily omit altogether some who might 
reasonably be looked for; and we may as well admit that in 
doubtful instances our choice has been influenced by the facility 
with which we are able to illustrate * our remarks. 

The earliest knowledge of North American plants was derived 
from the accounts of observant travelers and explorers, and from 
specimens and seeds carried to Europe by them and by traders. 
Living plants and seeds were grown in European gardens, and 
it was from material raised in this way that most of the early 
technical descriptions of American plants were drawn. The col- 
lectors possessed little or no botanical knowledge, and the 
scientists who studied the collections can not be classed as 


5} 


“ American” in any sense. 

The first settler of whose scientific attainments as a botanist 
we have positive evidence, was John Banister, a missionary in 
Virginia, who lost his life by falling from some rocks while on 
one of his collecting expeditions. In 1680, Banister sent a list 
of Virginian plants to John Ray, of England, who published it as 
an appendix to his Historia Plantarum in 1688. Fifty years had 
elapsed, however, before the appearance of a work dealing ex- 
clusively with North American plants, and nearly a century before 
the first botanical work was published in North America. 

John Clayton, who came from England to Virginia in 1705, 
and was for 51 years clerk of Gloucester County, prepared a 
scholarly work on Virginian plants. Of course he lacked facili- 
ities for publication, and for the comparison of his plants with 
those previously described ; his specimens and manuscripts were 
sent to Holland, where the flora was published under the editor- 
ship of Gronovius, whose blunders are to be found on nearly 
every page. Clayton’s botanical exploration covered all of 
eastern Virginia, and extended through many years; even the 
year before his death, when he was about 87 years of age, he 
made a botanical tour through Orange County. All of the care- 


* The paper was illustrated with lantern slides. 


Wo 


4s 
+9 


fully prepared manuscripts and collections left by him were de- 
stroyed by fire a few years later, during the Revolutionary War. 

While Clayton was pursuing his explorations in Virginia, Cad- 
walader Colden was studying the flora of his great three-thousand- 
acre estate, ‘‘Coldenham”’, in the colony of New York. Dr. 
Colden was a very busy man, nearly always holding some public 


FLORA VIRGINICA 


Exhibens 
P EVAN TAs 
Quas 
Van G- 
JOHANNES CLAYTON 
In 


VIRGINIA 


Obfervavit atque collegic. 


Eafdem 


Methodo Sexuali difpofuit , ad Genera propria 
retulit, Nominibus fpecificis infignivit, & 
minus cognitas defcripfit 


JOH. FRED. GRONOVIUS. 


= Pars SECUNDA. 


56 100 Jo) (a7 INGE Th ZL 9R ALIA O18 We 
Apd CORNELIUM HAAK, 174%. 


FIRST PAGE OF BANISTER’S CATALOGUE.* 


office of importance, and at one time lieutenant-governor of the 
colony of New York; yet, with the aid, no doubt, of his gifted 
daughter, he found time to prepare a careful account of the 
native plants of Coldenham, and sent this to Linnaeus, who pub- 
lished it in the proceedings of the royal society of Upsala. This 
was the earliest local flora of any part of the present state of New 


* This il’ustration was provided with the aid of the Catherine McManes fund. 


1688-1776 


? 


DEN 


CADWALLADER COI 


245 


York. The daughter, Jane Colden, commenced the preparation 
of a remarkably accurate flora of New York, of which the com- 
pleted portion is preserved, in manuscript, in the Department of 
Botany of the British Museum. 

Banister, Clayton, and Colden, as well as other early workers 
on the flora of North America, such as Catesby, Garden, Kalm, 
Vernon, and Kreig, were all Europeans by birth. The first 
native American botanist was John Bartram, a Quaker, who was 
born near Philadelphia-in 1699. He published but little, and 
that little furnishes very slight evidence of his botanical attain- 
ments ; but he was a correspondent of Collinson, Gronovius, 
and other famous -European botanists of his day, and by the 
number and accuracy of the observations contained in his letters 
seems to have deserved their admiration. He traveled through- 
out eastern North America, from New York to Florida, collect- 
ing particularly seeds for his Old-World correspondents ; but he 
is best remembered from the fact that he established, near Phila- 
delphia, about 1730, the first botanic garden in America, and into 
this garden he gathered representatives of the largest possible 
number of native American plants. It was a small affair (the 
entire property comprised only five acres), and a part of the lim- 
ited space was occupied by the house, built by his own hands; 
but the garden was a remarkable project indeed for those days, 
and is known to have contained many choice specimens. 

William Bartram, son of John, is perhaps better known as a 
botanist, because of the fact that his account of his extended 
travels in the southern Atlantic states was published, and con- 
tains many important observations upon the plants of the regions 
explored by him. fe maintained the garden established by his 
father, and after his death the property remained in the hands of 
owners who were deeply concerned in its preservation, for many 
years. During a short period of neglect, serious damage was 
done to the old garden, but within the past twenty years it has 
become the property of the city of Philadelphia, and is now a city 
park. Its collection of trees and shrubs has always been a 
notable one, and the old house is still in an excellent state of 
preservation. 


246 


The second American botanic garden in North America was 
also near Philadelphia, and was established in 1773 by Humphry 
Marshall, a first cousin of John Bartram and, like him, a Quaker. 
The old garden has long since passed into a state of decay, but 
the house, built by Marshall with his own hands in 1773, is still 
in an excellent state of preservation. Humphry Marshall has 
the distinction of having written the first botanical work ever pub- 
lished in the United States, an account of our native trees and 
shrubs, printed at Philadelphia in the latter part of the year 1785. 

One of the most remarkable of the early American botanists 
was Thomas Walter, a native of Hampshire, England, who went 
to South Carolina when a young man, married there, and settled 
on the banks of the Santee River. How he became interested in 
botany, how he was able to carry on his botanical work in such 
complete isolation from the rest of the scientific world, is quite 
unaccountable. However accomplished, it is an indisputable 
fact that he prepared a clear, succinct, and remarkably complete 
flora of the region about his home, which was published in Lon- 
don by John Fraser in 1788. Fraser was a collector who visited 
the southern states repeatedly, the first time as early as 1785 ; 
he was a personal friend of Walter’s, and took the manuscript 
back with him upon his return from one of his earlier trips. 
Walter died in the same year in which his flora was published, 
less than fifty years of age, and was buried in the garden adjoin- 
ing his home, where he is said to have cultivated many of the 
plants described in his Flora Caroliniana. His herbarium is pre- 
served in the Department of Botany of the British Museum. 

Our attention is now claimed by a small group of men who 
played an important part in the development of American botany. 
They were born, and died, in foreign lands, but they spent years 
in the active botanical exploration of the United States as then 
limited, and their labors resulted, in each instance, in the publica- 
tion of a monumental work upon the North American flora. 

André Michaux, a Frenchman, already well known for his 
botanical travels in Europe and the Orient, landed at New York 
late in 1785, and spent more than ten years in America, traveling 
throughout the known parts of the country from Hudson Bay to 


Florida, and as far west as Kentucky and the Cumberland settle- 
ments. On his travels he was sometimes accompanied by his 
son, Francois André, who was only fifteen years old upon their 
first arrival. During all these years, although for a part of the 


FRANCOIS ANDRE MICHAUX, 1770-1855 
(Daguerreotype, 1851) 


time he was engaged upon a political mission for the French 
government, Michaux seems to have had in mind the accumulation 
of material for a general flora of North America, and when he 


248 


returned to France in 1796 he carried with him an herbarium of 
North American plants such as had never before been brought 
together. His flora was edited by the famous French botanist, 
L. C. Richard, and published at Paris in 1803; meanwhile the 
man whose labors had made this great undertaking possible of 
accomplishment had lost life on the island of Madagascar. 

The son, Frangois André Michaux, revisited America in the 
years 1801-03, traveling through the then extreme west, Ohio, 
Kentucky, and Tennessee. He afterwards published an elab- 
orately illustrated history of the forest trees of North America, 
and several other works relating to our flora; and, at his death, 
in 1855, he left to the American Philosophical Society a fund for 
the development of American arboriculture. 

Frederick Pursh was a native of Saxony. He came to America 
in 1799, and spent nearly twelve years here, engaged much of 
the time in botanical collecting trips. He traveled principally on 
foot, and without companionship save perhaps that of a dog. 
According to his own statements, he was as far to the northeast 
as New Hampshire and as far south as the mountains of North 
Carolina, but as far as collateral evidence is concerned there is 
no proof that he was farther northeast than Vermont or farther 
south than southern Virginia; and, unfortunately, the reputation 
of Frederick Pursh for strict veracity is not of the best. In the 
course of his travels, however, he made the acquaintance of 
nearly all the botanists then living in this country, and was per- 
mitted to examine all the herbaria then existing here; and, upon 
his return to Europe, he found in England, where he made his 
home, several fine herbaria of North American plants. In 
England, in 1814, he published his flora of North America, 
which was the second (and last successful) attempt to compre- 
hend in a single work descriptions of all known North American 
flowering plants. A few years later Pursh began the exploration 
of Canada, with a view to the preparation of a descriptive Cana- 
dian flora, but before this was accomplished he died, at Montreal. 

Thomas Nuttall was an Englishman who, when he came to 
America in 1808, at the age of ‘twenty-two, had no knowledge 
of botany, and received his first lessons in that science from Pro-— 


249 


fessor B. S. Barton, to whom he had applied for information con- 
cerning an unfamiliar plant. Yet he became a great enthusiast 
in the pursuit of botanical knowledge, and only ten years later 
he published his famous work on the genera of North American 
plants, which gave him a place in the first rank of the botanists 
of his day. Meanwhile he had made excursions to various parts 
of the country east of the Mississippi, and one far up the Mis- 
souri, utilizing the inclement winter seasons for working up his 
collections at Philadelphia. Nuttall continued botanical work in 
this country until 1841, when he returned to England, where he 
spent his remaining years, with the exception of a brief visit to 
Philadelphia in the winter of 1847-48. 

By the time Nuttall’s work on the genera of North American 
plants appeared, in 1818, there had sprung up two vigorous 
centers of botanical activity in this country, one at Philadelphia, 
the other at New York. In discussing these, we shall find it 
convenient to take up the Philadelphia group of botanists first. 
This was doubtless directly influenced by the earlier work of the 
Bartrams and of Marshall in that vicinity. 

Henry Muhlenberg was a Lutheran clergyman, born in Penn- 
sylvania, but educated in Germany. He did not take up the 
study of botany until he was nearly thirty years old, about 1782 
or later. His home was at Lancaster from this time until his 
death in 1815, but he is mentioned here because his botanical 
associations were chiefly with the younger workers of Philadel- 
phia. By his thorough work, his publications, his collections, 
and his correspondence with European botanists, he did much to 
advance the knowledge of our flora. 

Dr. Benjamin Smith Barton, a native of Pennsylvania, who had 
received his medical education at Edinburgh and Gottingen, be- 
came a professor in the University of Pennsylvania in 1790, at 
the early age of twenty-four, and continued to occupy this chair 
until his death twenty-five years later. His position gave him 
much prestige, and his contributions to the advance of American 
botany are to be measured less by his published work than by 
the influence of his botanical lectures, and the sympathy and 
financial support given by him to other students, such as Pursh 


250 


and Nuttall. His nephew, Dr. William P. C. Barton, also be- 
came a well-known botanist. 

One of Dr. Barton’s students, whose interest in botany seems 
to have been first aroused, however, by Humphry Marshall, was 
Dr. William Baldwin. Dr. Baldwin had already visited China 
before he received his professional degree in 1807, and within the 
next ten years he traveled extensively in the southern states, and 
‘as a surgeon in the United States Navy visited various South 
American ports. In 181g he joined a government expedition for 
the exploration of the upper Missouri, and died before they were 
well under way. His published papers were few, but his notes 
and memoranda were very useful to contemporary workers, and 
his memory is kept green by the publication of a volume of his 
letters by his friend, Dr. Darlington. 

Dr. William Darlington was another physician who enjoyed 
the inspiration of Barton’s lectures, and in spite of his arduous 
labors as a member of Congress and in various other public and 
semi-public positions, devoted much time throughout a long life 
to botanical study. His flora of his home county of Chester, 
which went through three editions, was a model local flora which 
in some respects has never been surpassed. He was deeply in- 
terested in such subjects as those we are discussing this evening, 
and it was through his efforts and under his editorship that the 
literary relics of Bartram, of Marshall, and of Baldwin, were rescued 
from oblivion. 

Lewis D. de Schweinitz was a Moravian preacher, a native of 
Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, where he spent most of his life. He was 
educated in part, however, in Austria and Germany; although 
his study of botany was begun before he left America, his first 
published work was in collaboration with Professor J. B. Alber- 
tini, of Niesky, in upper Lusatia. His chief interest was in cryp- 
togamous plants, particularly fungi, and he was the first American 
specialist in this group of plants. Although his published works 
were few, they were fairly voluminous, and are of great importance. 

The leader of the New York group of botanists was Dr. Sam- 
uel L. Mitchill. He was a naturalist of broad interests, and 
never published any botanical work of consequence, yet he ex- 


251 


erted such a remarkable influence upon the young men he gath- 
ered about him that no student of the history of botany in this 
city could fail to recognize in him a great pioneer. When a 
handful of young enthusiasts gathered in 1817 to organize the 
Lyceum of Natural History, now the New York Academy of 
Sciences, the only candidate considered for president was their 
beloved professor, Dr. Mitchill, and he retained his interest in 
the institution until his death. At various times Congressman, 
Senator, and College Professor, his is a striking figure in the 
history of natural science in this vicinity. | 

A contemporary of Dr. Mitchill was Dr. David Hosack, a 
New York boy, a graduate of Princeton, who pursued his 
medical studies in Scotland and England, and while there 
acquired a taste for botany, and received some training in that 
science from William Curtis and Sir James E. Smith, the famous 
English botanists. Soon after his return to New York he estab- 
lished the first botanical garden in this city, a short distance 
north of where the Grand Central Station now stands. A hun- 
dred years ago this Elgin Botanic Garden was one of the show 
places of the city; in 1811 it was sold by Hosack to the State 
of» New York, and three years later was granted to Columbia 
College. The grant did not require Columbia to maintain the 
Garden as such, and it was soon diverted from its former uses ; 
with the later marvellous rise in value of real estate in that 
vicinity, it became the foundation of Columbia’s prosperity. 

Amorg the founders of the Lyceum were several young men 
particularly interested in botany, among them LeConte, Eddy, 
Knevels, and Torrey. Of this number Dr. John Torrey became 
most renowned in after years. His first important botanical 
work was performed as a member of a committee appointed by 
the Lyceum to prepare a flora of the region around New York 
City. This report, prepared chiefly by Torrey, was afterward 
published, and was the first of a long series of important works, 
which won for Torrey universal recognition as the foremost 
American botanist of his day. He was for many years a pro- 
fessor in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, and died at the 
age of 76, universally beloved. 


252 


As Torrey had been one of the young men drawn together 
by the magnetic personality of Dr. Mitchill, for the establishment 
of the Lyceum, so he was in turn the center of attraction for the 
group who, nearly sixty years later, founded the Torrey Botan- 
ical Club. The leading spirit in this later movement was William: 
H. Leggett, who acted as editor of the Bulletin of the Club from 
its commencement in 1870 until his death in 1882. 

One of the early botanists of the Lyceum was Professor C. S. 
Rafinesque, and we may as well refer to him at this point, although 
by nature and by fate he was a cosmopolitan. His father was a 
French merchant, his mother was of German extraction, he was. 
born in a suburb of Constantinople and spent most of his early 
years in Italy. He was a precocious child, becoming familiar 
with various languages and more or less acquainted with various 
sciences at an early age. Asa young man he spent several years. 
in America ; then several years in Sicily ; in 1815 he returned to 
the United States, where he spent the remainder of his life. He 
was in many ways the most striking figure to be found in Ameri- 
can botany; brilliant, but erratic ; undervalued, misunderstood, 
and misrepresented by his contemporaries, yet deserving by his 
rashness and the superficiality of his work many of the harsh 
criticisms with which he was assailed. As professor in Transyl- 
vania University, he was the first resident botanist west of the 
Alleghenies. His later years were spent in Philadelphia, where 
he died in poverty and almost friendless. Most of his numerous 
publications might better never have been written, yet with the 
dross are occasionally to be found grains of pure gold, and the 
present generation is inclined to put a more just estimate upon. 
the work of Rafinesque than has hitherto prevailed. 

Amos Eaton was the first great popularizer of botany in 
this country, and in tracing back the history of any American: 
botanist of the past century we are as likely as not to find that 
Eaton was, botanically speaking, his father or grandfather. 
Eaton was a teacher, and was always full of enthusiasm of such 
a contagious character that his pupils found it irresistible. 
Wherever he went he inspired others with the same interest in. 
natural science that he felt himself. None of his predecessors. 


253 


could be compared with him in this respect except perhaps B. S. 
Barton, and Barton’s personality was cold and formal when com- 
pared with that of Eaton. His manual, prepared specifically to 
meet the needs of the amateur, was popular for many years, and 
went through eight editions. The last eighteen years of his life 
were chiefly occupied with labors incident to the establishment 
and administration of the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, at 
Troy. Among the many inspired by him was Mrs. Almira H. 
Lincoln, afterwards Mrs. Phelps, whose text-book did so much 
to popularize the study of botany. 

At this time there was no group of botanists in New England 
comparable to those in Philadelphia and New York; yet at least 
two New England botanists of this period should be mentioned. 
One was Dr. Jacob Bigelow, author of a Boston flora which ap- 
peared in three editions. He was one of the most famous of 
Boston physicians, and lived to be nearly 92 years of age. The 
other was Professor Chester Dewey, well known for his work on 
the difficult genus Carex. 

Another man who was doing remarkable work at about the 
same time was Stephen Elliott, of Charleston, South Carolina. 
Isolated from most other botanists, with meager facilities for the 
prosecution of scientific work, occupied much of the time with 
his duties as a member of the legislature of his state, he never- 
theless published, at intervals, beginning in 1816, a descriptive 
flora of South Carolina and Georgia which challenges our admi- 
ration. 

We now come to a new era in the development of American 
botany. Hitherto most American botanists had been interested 
in other natural sciences as well, and in so far as they had devoted 
their attention to botany they had covered essentially the same 
ground. Morphology and physiology were still in the back- 
ground, but although taxonomy held the field, specialization was 
the order of the day. 

The acknowledged leader of American botany during this 
period was Dr. Asa Gray. At first in New York, and later for 
many years at Harvard, he made a name for himself, as a man of 
sound scholarship, of broad culture, and of commanding person- 


254 


ality. He seems, however, to have been jealous of his own pre- 
eminence, and to have discouraged successfully every possible 
rival in his chosen field. Few indeed, during a period of many 
years, were the Americans who ventured to differ with him upon 
any botanical matter on which he had-expressed an opinion. His 
assistant at Harvard in his later years, and his successor, was Dr. 
Sereno Watson, a man of similarly scholarly attainments. 

In one line, however, Gray had a worthy rival. Alphonso 
Wood possessed neither the talents nor the advantages of Asa 
Gray, but his class-book of botany always disputed with Gray’s 
manual the right to popular approval as a working reference 
book upon the flora of the northeastern United States. Nor was 
Wood’s work patterned after that of Gray; its first edition 
appeared several months earlier, and its later editions covered a 
considerably larger field, while the author always persisted in 
giving clear expression to his own views. Dr. Alvan W. Chap- 
man, on the other hand, who wrote the well-known flora of the 
southern United States, was an author in little more than name, 
the absolute authority of Dr. Gray being recognized throughout 
the work. 

During the years when Dr. Gray monopolized nearly all of the 
work on the taxonomy of flowering plants in this country, there 
arose a number of specialists in plant-groups in which he took 
little interest — for he realized that it was impossible for one man 
to cover all the ground — who, as a rule, cooperated with him 
in their work. Among the specialists in groups of flowering 
plants were M. S. Bebb, who did notable work with the willows, 
having at his home in Illinois a remarkable salicetum where he 
was able to compare the various species in a living state ; George 
Thurber, best known to botanists as a grass student, although 
most of his time was devoted to editorial work in agriculture ; 
and George Vasey, also a specialist in the taxonomy of grasses, 
and for years the botanist of the United States Department of 
Agriculture. 

In ferns, the one prominent name was that of Daniel C. Eaton, 
for thirty years professor of botany at Yale; he was a grandson 
of Amos Eaton, whose wonderful influence upon American botany 


255 


has been mentioned. Among moss students, we may refer to 
William S. Sullivant, who was the pioneer in the work upon this 
sroup of plants in this country, and Thomas P. James, who 
assisted Leo Lesquereux (of whom more later) in the preparation 
of the manual which is even now the only book of its kind for 
the identification of all then known American mosses. In the 
study of the Hepaticae, Coe F. Austin was the pioneer; his home, 
at Closter, New Jersey, was in a region peculiarly rich in its 
hepatic flora. 

Among the specialists in Algae we may mention Dr. Francis 
Wolle, a Moravian clergyman, who published several books 
dealing chiefly with freshwater forms. Almost the only Ameri- 
can student of lichens, for many years, was Professor Edward 
Tuckerman, of Amherst College. The most prominent mycol- 
ogists of this period were Rev. M. A. Curtis, an Episcopalian 
clergyman, and Henry W. Ravenel, a planter, and since their 
work, as well as much of that of Schweinitz, was done in the 
southeastern states, the fungi of that region were better known 
forty years ago than those of any other part of the country. 

As an example of the few palaeobotanical students of this 
period we may mention J. S. Newberry, geologist of several 
government exploring expeditions, state geologist of Ohio, and 
for twenty-four years professor in Columbia University. A 
unigue position, as one who was at the same time a botanical 
horticulturist and a horticultural botanist, was occupied by 
Thomas Meehan, of Germantown, Philadelphia; his botanical 
work always betrayed his lack of scientific training, but contained 
much of permanent value. 

The remarkable immigration to this country from central 
Europe during the thirties and forties, influenced largely by 
political conditions, had a pronounced effect upon American 
botany. Dr. George Engelmann, from Germany, became the 
pioneer of botanical work in the Mississippi valley, and estab- 
lished a botanical center at St. Louis which has been increasing 
in influence ever since. Dr. Leo Lesquereux, a Swiss, was for 
many years the foremost American student of fossil plants, and 
of mosses. Two men of German birth, Dr. Charles Mohr, of 


256 


Mobile, and Dr. Augustin Gattinger, of Nashville, became noted 
for their work upon the flora of their respective states. 


In a discussion of American botanists, we must not overlook 


CHARLES WILKINS SHORT, 1794-1863 
(Daguerreotype, 1853) 


those who are best known for field work, but of this class we can 
only mention a few. Perhaps the first person in this country to 
become noted for the excellence of the herbarium material dis- 
tributed by him was Dr. Charles W. Short, of Kentucky. Dr- 


257 


Charles C. Parry is best remembered for his field work through- 
out the west, upon various government and private expeditions. 
H. N. Bolander and Thomas Bridges were among those who did 
notable work in the botanical exploration of California. But the 
prince of American plant collectors of former days was a modest 
Connecticut Yankee, Charles Wright, who devoted twenty years 
to work in the southwest, in Mexico, in China, and in Japan, and 
another ten years to the botanical exploration of Cuba. 
Nor can we omit mention of those who, although busily 
engaged with other occupations, have found time to do valuable 
work upon the flora of the regions in which they have made 
their homes. Such a one, for instance, was Charles C. Frost, the 
shoemaker of Brattleboro, who had ‘more friends among the 
educated people of Europe than in his native village.” Another 
such was John Williamson, of Kentucky, who with his own hands 
produced those beautiful etchings now so highly prized by Amer- 
ican fern students. 

The day of usefulness of amateur work in botany, such as 
that of Frost and of Williamson, has not passed. The limits of 
our topic forbid the mention of the names of the living, but even 
now there are farmers, and merchants, and professional men, 
who by devoting their leisure moments to serious study are 
notably advancing botanical science. 


LOCAL FLORA NOTES —II 


By NorMan TAYLOR 


SCHEUCHZERIACEAE 


1. Lriglochin palustris L. There are no specimens of this from 
the area.* North American Flora, the manuals and other general 
works all credit this species with a range that includes at least the 
upper part of ourarea. Most of the local lists contain no mention 


*The local flora range as prescribed by the Club’s preliminary catalog of 1888 is 
as follows: All the state of Connecticut ; Long Island; in New York, the counties 
bordering the Hudson Valley, up to and including Columbia and Greene, also Sulli- 
van and Delaware counties ; all the state of New Jersey ; and Pike, Wayne, Monroe, 
Lackawanna, Luzerne, Northampton, Lehigh, Carbon, Bucks, Berks, Schuylkill, 
Montgomery, Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester counties in Pennsylvania. 


258 


of the plant, but Hogsradt in his list of the plants found near Pine 
Plains, Dutchess Co., N. Y., says of it (in 1875) ‘very rare, only 
a single specimen in Sackett’s Marsh,”’ Has the locality any re- 
cent verification? The plant should grow in the Catskills but 
collections at hand do not show this. 


ALISMACEAE 


1. Lophotocarpus spongiosus (Engelm.) J. G. Smith. The most 
southerly point from which this plant has been collected is 
Hackensack River, N. J. In general works it is credited with a 
range from New Brunswick to Virginia. In Britton, Cat. of Plants 
of New Jersey, a single station, Camden, is cited. What is its 
distribution in‘-New Jersey and northward? Has it ever been 
seen on Long Island ? 

2. Sagittaria rigida Pursh. As shown by the specimens in 
herbaria this plant is apparently more restricted in distribution 
than general works postulate it to be. So far as the local range 
is concerned it is not reported from north of Easton, Pa., or south 
of New Brunswick, N. J. This limitation of the range by our 
specimens is surely wrong. Stations north or south of these 
points will settle its local distribution. 

3. Sagittaria pubescens Muhl. There are no specimens from 
the range in the collections. North American Flora credits it to 
New Jersey and the Handbook of the flora of Philadelphia and 
vicinity gives Bucks, Chester, and Northampton counties as 
stations. Specimens from any of these localities, particularly from 
New Jersey, are desired in order that its local distribution shall be 
permanently recorded in the club herbarium. 

4. Sagittaria cuneata Sheldon. The local collectors are lack- 
ing in specimens of this. According to North American Flora 
it is found in Connecticut. Any specimens from this state or 
adjacent New York are desirable. 

5. Sagittaria Eatont J. G. Smith. We have no specimens 
from the range. North American Flora gives its general dis- 
tribution thus ‘“ Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Long Island, 
New York.’ Smith * writes of seeing specimens from the shores. 

* Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11: 150, 151. 


259 


of Long Island Sound. Has any one collected it recently from 
Long Island or Connecticut ? 

6. Sagittaria borata (Chapm.) Small. There are no specimens 
from the range. General works report it from Connecticut to 
New Jersey, etc. The Catalogue of New Jersey plants gives 
numerous stations, all of which it is desirable to permanently 
record in the club herbarium. 


ELODEACEAE 


1. Philotria canadensis (Michx.) Britton. Princeton, N. J., is 
the only station represented in the collection. With a general 
range including territory from Quebec to Virginia, this localiza- 
tion is obviously untrue. Specimens from throughout the range 
are desired. So far as known the staminate flowers of this species 
are wanting, while in the other species they are known to occur. 
Has any one ever seen a staminate flower ? 

2. Philotria Nuttalla \Planch) Rydb. There are only three 
stations represented in the material at hand, and they are all near 
New York City. Generally speaking this species is more com- 
mon than the preceding and its distribution within the range 
more diversified than the collections show. 


HyDROCHARITACEAE 


1. Limnobium Spongia (Bosc) Rich. There are no specimens 
from the range. In the Cat. Pl. New Jersey is the following 
record: ‘‘ Monmouth [Co.]: Swimming River, rare. — Knieskom. 
Not recently collected, and not seen by me from the State.”” The 
general range given in North American Flora is from New Jersey 
and Ontario to Florida, etc. Has anyone recent specimens from 
any part of our range? 

ARACEAE 

1. Arisaema Stewardsonu Britton. The only specimen from 
the range was collected at Tannersville, Pa. Letters and notes 
are extant going to show its occurrence at other stations but 
there are no specimens to substantiate these claims. Recent 
notice of it at Plainfield, N. J., again unaccompanied by speci- 


260 


mens, may be grounds for assuming a wider distribution for 
A. Stewardson than is now shown by our material. 

2. Arisaema pusilum (Peck) Nash. The only two specimens 
of this little known species were collected at the New York Botan- 
ical Garden and at Hewlet, L. I. Has any one been able to 
trace its distribution beyond that called for in the manual, viz., 
“Sunny bogs, southern N. Y.”’? It seems to be a very local- 
ized plant, or it may be a mere form of the widely dispersed A. 
triphyllum (L.) Torrey. 

LEMNACEAE 

1. Sperodela polyrhiza (L.) Schleid. There are no specimens 
from the territory that lies north of New York City. A record 
exists of its being found at Pine Plains, Dutchess Co., N.Y. It 
‘should be found throughout our range but no permanent record, 
except those given above, is extant. 

2. Lemna trisuica L. This almost cosmopolitan species is 
known only from West Goshen, Conn., so far as our range is 
concerned. Any specimens that will show its true distribution 
in the area will be welcome. 

3. Wolffia Columbiana Karst. No specimens at hand were col- 
lected north of the region about New York City. Witha general 
distribution of ‘‘ Mass. to Ont., N. J.,S. Car.,” etc., it seems that 
our material does not adequately represent the distribution of the 
species within the range. 


XYRIDACEAE 


1. Xyris fimbriata Ell. The only specimens are from Atsion 
and Ege Harbor, N. J. Inthe Cat. of N. J. plants at least six 
other stations are given. From where else in New Jersey has 
this plant been found? So far as our range is concerned the 
plant occurs only in southern New Jersey, but our specimens fail 
to show how far north the plant is to be expected. 

2. Xyris montana H. Ries. The most northerly station repre- 
sented in the collections are among the Pocono Mountains of 
Pennsylvania. Between this and the southerly tip of New 
Jersey there is an hiatus. Where in the northern part of the 
pine barren region may the plant be found? Has it ever been 
found north of the Pocono country’? 


261 


ERIOCAULACEAE 


1. Eviocaulon Parkert Robinson. In the appendix to the 
second edition of Britton’s Manual, page 1067, this plant is 
reported as growing in tidal mud at Camden, N. J. Has any 
other station been discovered or is the plant a localized affair ? 


NEw York BoTaricAL GARDEN 


REVIEWS 


: Ramaley’s Wild Flowers and Trees of Colorado * 

Wild Flowers and Trees of Colorado recently issued by Pro- 
fessor Ramaley, of the University of Colorado, is most attractively 
illustrated with line drawings, anda varied and large number of 
half tones of plants and of plant habitats. The book, issued as 
the “only popular work of any kind dealing with Colorado plants”’, 
must surely serve the author’s purpose : to interest the people of 
Colorado in its plants. 

Believing that the trees are ‘‘ the best plants to begin with in 
a study of vegetation”’, half of the book is devoted to forest 
formations and forest trees; a very simple key based upon leaf 
characters is included. The flowers cannot, of course, be ex- 
haustively dealt with in the space allowed ; but both text and illus- 
trations are interesting, and some knowledge of plant names, 
and of plant ecology may be acquired in a very pleasant way. 

JEAN BROADHURST 


Jennings’s Botanical Survey of Presque Isle + 
This important contribution to phytogeography deserves more 
than a passing notice, because it is a sample of a carefully pre- 
pared and a thoroughly digested piece of field exploration. The 
numerous full-page illustrations and charts which are reproduced 
in this bulky publication add very much to its value to the 
* Ramaley, Francis. Wild Flowers and Trees of Colorado. A. A. Greenman, 


Boulder, Colo. Pp. 78. Illustrated. (For sale by G, ,E. Stechert & Co., New 
York.) $1.25. 

* Jennings, Otto E. A Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Erie County, Pennsyl- 
vania. Annals of the Carnegie Museum, Vol. V, Nos. 2 and 3, 1909. Pp. 289- 
421, pl. XXI-LI with 4 text figures. 


student of botany and physiography. Under the caption “the 
physiographic origin of Presque Isle’’ Jennings describes the 
changes which have been produced in the conformation of the 
shore and hills by the slow action of the currents and waves of 
Lake Erie. He shows by a series of figures and in his descrip- 
tion how the evolution of the island has taken place, the United 
States hydrographic charts made at various intervals in the past 
affording important data upon which to base a survey. The 
author shows how the development of the climax vegetation has 
been influenced by the physiographic changes that have taken 
place in the island. Under the heading “ ecological structure and 
pevelopment of the vegetation’ is presented a detailed account 
of the plant formations, and finally, a list of the 420 species, 18 
varieties, and 1 hybrid collected at various times on Presque Isle. 
The reviewer believes that Jennings has subdivided the natural 
vegetation into too many formations. For example, the Lagoon- 
Marsh-Thicket-Forest Succession has been subdivided into the 
Populus-Salix Formation, the Potamogeton Formation, the Typha- 
Scirpus Formation, the Sabbatia-Linum Formation, etc. The 
treatment would have been much simplified if all of these forma- 
tions (which are not formations as the reviewer understands 
them) had been grouped under one, viz., ‘the lake formation”’, 
and if the smaller areas of vegetation had been termed asso- 
ciations, or circumareas. Then, instead of describing the vege- 
tation of each lagoon, separately and categorically, much space 
might have been saved and condensation made possible by 
referring to the lagoon where such and such a type of vegetation 
occurred naturally. These remarks are not made in a fault- 
finding spirit, but merely to suggest points where forthcoming 
papers of a similar character might be improved without impair- 
ing the scientific value of the work. 
Joun W. HARSHBERGER 


263 


PROCEEDINGS, OF (THE, CLUB 


OCTOBER 27, 1909 

This meeting was held at the New York Botanical Garden and 
was called to order at 3:30 P. M. by Dr. E. B. Southwick. 

About forty persons were present. After the reading of the 
minutes of the preceding meeting, the scientific program was pre- 

. sented, the first contribution being made by Mrs. N. L. Britton, 
who spoke on “ Arctic Mosses.” The speaker's remarks were 
based on studies of mosses sent from the American Museum of 
Natural History to the New York Botanical Garden for deter- 
mination. They were collected by Comm. Robert E. Peary in 
Grant Land in 1902, and by Dr. L. J. Wolf at Wrangle Bay, 
Lincoln Bay, and Grant Land in 1906. The Peary collection in- 
cludes 62 bryophytes, of which 57 were mosses, representing 24 
genera, and 5 were hepatics. 

Specimens of flowering plants were also exhibited which have 
recently been acquired by the New York Botanical Garden 
through the courtesy of the Peary Arctic Club from the American 
Museum of Natural History. 

The collection consists of herbarium specimens made on the 
late expedition of Comm. Peary to the North Pole and were col- 
lected mostly by Dr. J. W. Goodsell. While some of these were 
obtained on the northern coast of Labrador, the majority were 
collected on Grant Land, in the northern portion of Ellesmere 
Land, an island off the coast of Greenland. One of the packages 
contained specimens from perhaps the most northern locality where 
flowering plants have ever been found, while another is from Etah, 
the most northern habitation of man. 

Since the subject of mosses was the principal topic of the hour, 
Dr. Murrill referred briefly to the genus Dictyolus, the species of 
which are found on living mosses. This genus belongs to the 
Chanterleae, a tribe of gill-fungi, and there are only two species 
known in North America, D. muscigenus, occurring from Green- 
land to South Carolina, and D. retirugus, known from Greenland, 
Alaska, Minnesota, and California. Both species are small and 
thin, grayish or brownish in color and have folded-like gills. D. 


264 


muscigenus may be recognized by its distinct stripe and dichoto- 
mous gills, while D. retzvugus is sessile or subsessile with branched, 
reticulate gills. » 

Dr. N. L. Britton spoke of the three genera of Cactaceae, Car- 
negiea, Pachycereus, and Cephalocereus, and showed specimens of 
their flowers. The genus Carnegiea, dedicated to Mr. Andrew 
Carnegie and formerly known as Cereus giganteus, consists of a 
single species. Some of these plants attain a height of sixty feet 
and branch at from twelve to twenty feet above the ground. The 
flowers are funnel-form with a nearly cylindric tube, bearing a 
few broad triangular scales. Pachycereus blooms at a different 
season from Carnegzea and the perianth-tube is clothed with woolly 
hairs and bristles. 

Cephalocereus which has many representatives in the West 
Indies and some in Mexico, derives its name from the fact that 
the top of the plant is hairy. At Key West, Florida, there is 
a colony of Cephalocereus keyenses which is related to some of 
the Cuban and Bahaman species. It is the only locality where 
this species is known to exist. As it is growing here on a Gov- 
ernment reservation, it will most likely be preserved. 

Mr. Roland M. Harper told of his experiences in the south 
from July, 1908, to July, 1909. A few weeks were spent at the 
Biltmore Forest School, North Carolina. Specimens were 
observed here of Helontas bullata and Dalbarda repens which are 
not listed in Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United States. 
The former was reported several years ago by F. E. Boynton, 
while the latter was noticed by Dr. Homer D. House. 

Six weeks were spent in Georgia particularly in the vicinity of 
Pine Mountains and among the sand-hills of the fall line region, 
where he found Chamaecyparis thyoides which has not previously 
been reported from the state. Specimens of Chrysopsis pinifolia, 
discovered by Elliott in 1815, and known only from one county, 
were collected and also a twining Lartoua, Together witha 
party of geologists, Mr. Harper made a trip of 260 miles on the 
Warrior and Tombigbee Rivers in Alabama, which occupied a 
period of ten days. Here he collected an Lguzsetum which re- 
sembles £. avvense, but is several hundred miles out of the range 


265 


of that species. While in Florida studying peat for the State 
Geological Survey, he found several interesting plants, Spartina 
Bakeri which is very common but not mentioned in any flora, and 
an arborescent Serenoa serrulata, some plants of which attained 
a height of ten feet, and an undescribed species of Prunus. Mr. 
Harper explored the southern end of the Everglades following 
about the same route as that taken by Dr. Britton in 1904 and 
Dr. Small in January of this year. 

After the scientific communications, Mr. Ernest D. Clark, 401 
West 117th Street, New York City, was elected a member of the 
Club. 

Dr. Southwick reported the finding of Viola pedata in flower, 
October 25. 

Adjourned. Percy WILSON, 

Secretary 


NOVEMBER 9, 1909 


The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural 
History with Vice-president Barnhart in the chair. Eighty-nine 
persons were present. 

The scientific program of the evening consisted of a talk by 
Dr. Marshall A. Howe on “Some Floral and Scenic Features of 
Porto Rico.’’ This was a semi-popular account of some of the 
more striking features of the native and introduced flora of the 
island and was illustrated by about a hundred lantern-slides, 
some of which showed, incidentally, many interesting topographic 
and scenic details of the Porto Rican mountains and sea coast. 
Special attention was given to the native palms and their eco- 
nomic uses. The photographs shown included, also, several of 
the cacti, which are much in evidence in certain places along the 
southern shore of Porto Rico and on the adjacent island of 
Culebra. In striking contrast with the xerophytic vegetation of 
the southern slopes are the mesophytic forests, now, unhappily, 
of very limited extent, on two or three of the highest mountains. 
The soil of the island is or has been very nearly all under culti- 
vation, but in addition to the two or three comparatively small 
forested areas, there are, here and there, in various parts of the 


266 


island, rocky hills where the native vegetation may be found 
under very nearly natural conditions. The sugar, coffee, and 
tobacco industries were also discussed and illustrated by the 
speaker. 
Adjourned. Percy WILson, 
Secretary 


OWS ONIN SIRIE SIE IO) AMayerC)sualns 


THE HicH ScHoort Unit InN Borany 


The report of the meeting of the committee of the North 
Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools appointed 
to define the unit in botany for the North Central Association of 
Colleges and Secondary Schools has not been given in TORREYA, 
although the meeting was held last June. The committee con- 
sists of over twenty members, and includes seven college or uni- 
versity professors, one city school superintendent, one normal 
school representative, and thirteen high school teachers. 

A full year’s work is required to fill the college entrance re- 
quirements; the year being defined as the equivalent of 180 
periods of 45 minutes each, ‘‘in the clear,” for the class room; 
double laboratory periods, which count as one recitation period, 
being recommended at least twice a week. The second year of 
high school is the earliest year for botany approved by the com- 
mittee. It was decided that the high school course should include 
plant physiology, plant ecology, including field work, and work 
with the “lower forms” or cryptogams as well as the leading . 
families of seed-bearing plants. 

The informal discussion which followed the meeting suggests 
the following as the minimum preparation for the well-equipped 
high school teacher of botany: At least two years of botanical 
study including the morphology of the lower and higher plant 
forms, plant physiology, ecology, including a thorough knowledge 
of the flora in the region where taught, plant diseases, and a 
general course in bacteriology. Some work in zoology and 
physiography is also considered essential. 


267 


Thousands of acres of valuable timber land were destroyed 
by a forest fire in November in the region near Harper’s Ferry. 
The states affected were Maryland, Virginia, and West Virginia. 


Burned areas, the “ natural” desert, and flooded districts have 
all been the subject of government investigation and experimen- 
tation ; this year Pikes Peak adds another regional type to the 
list covered in experimenal forestry. 


The reforestation of burned lands is being studied by the 
United States Forest Service in the Olympic National Forest in 
Washington. This forest —the scene of three severe fires — is 
one of those in which the burned area is so large that actual seed 
planting is necessary. Douglass fir (Psendotsuga Douglasii Carr.), 
a tree common elsewhere in the state, has been selected for the test. 


Pennsylvania, through the influence of the American Civic 
Association, has passed an act permitting the cities of the state 
to establish municipal forests. In many instances, cities may 
thus conserve and protect the water supply, promote the well- 
being of the citizens, and increase the municipal revenues. The 
cities, by the new law, are required to secure the approval of the 
State Commissioner of Forestry before buying the land ; and the 
commissioner is required to make rules for the administration of 
such preserves. 


K. F. Kellerman and T. R. Robinson (Bureau of Plant Indus- 
try) have recently conducted some experiments with nitrifying 
bacteria in North Carolina soils, which lead them to state that 
“nitrification, nodule formation upon certain species of legumes, 
and the litmus reaction are correlated.” The results obtained, 
however, sustain the point (previously noted in Torreya in the 
abstract of similar work by Stevens and Withers) that nitrifica- 
tion is at a rather low ebb in North Carolina soils ; yet nitrifying 
bacteria are generally present, and if supplied with suitable food 
would undoubtedly soon multiply sufficiently to cause a normal 
rate of nitrification. 


268 


The New York 77zbune in a recent editorial remarks that in 
the enthusiasm for the policy of conserving natural resources 
many of the “‘ most ardent advocates appear to have lost sight of 
the fact that, apart from the preservation of the forests, the entire - 
movement lacks legal sanction, and that action by Congress is 
essential to its prosecution. The President has indicated his pur- 
pose to retain title to water rights, for instance, ‘until the Con- 
gress shall have had an opportunity to act.’ That opportunity 
will come with the approaching session, and there is grave ques- 
tion if Mr. Taft, earnest advocate of the movement though he be, 
will feel warranted in withholding from settlement lands con- 
taining water power after the coming session unless Congress 
acts affirmatively. Congress has never conferred on the Execu- 
tive specific authority to withhold such lands, and it is only on 
the ground that a new problem has arisen that the President is 
now denying would-be settlers access and title to them.”” Though 
conservationists have “‘a sympathetic President, there is hard 
work for them to doin Congress. It is there that the test will 
come. Practically all the work done thus far is preliminary. 
No further step can be taken without definite legislative authority. 
Can Congress be induced to grant it ?” 


NEWS ITEMS 


Mr. Charles E. Temple (A.B., Nebraska, 1906; A.M., 1909) 
has been made instructor in botany at the University of Michigan. 


Mr. T. G. Bunting (B.S., Ontario, 1907) has been appointed 
instructor in horticulture at the New Hampshire College of Agri- 
culture and the Mechanic Arts. 

Professor Simon Schwendener, of the University of Berlin, will 
retire from his university duties, including the directorship of the 
University Gardens, this semester. 

Dr. and Mrs. Howe sailed November 27 on the S. S. ‘‘ Tagus”’ 
for Colon; they will spend five or six weeks collecting and 
studying the marine algae of the Panama region. 


Professor Josephine E. Tilden, of the University of Minnesota, 


269 


has been given leave of absence for a year for botanical research 
in New Zealand. Her courses at the University are being given 
by Mrs. Frederic E. Clements. 


Professor William Bateson, who lectured recently in the United 
States on variation and heredity, has resigned the chair of 
biology in the University of Cambridge and accepted the director- 
ship of the John Innes Horticultural Institution at Merton, 
Surrey. 

The Field Museum of Natural History (Chicago) has recently 
secured the herbarium of Dr. J. T. Rothrock, which, as Dr. Roth- 
tock was the botanist of the survey of the territories and an inti- 
mate of Dr. Asa Gray, Dr. Torrey, Dr. Thurber, and other early 
botanists, contains a large number of the types and co-types_ of 
western North America. 


The sixty-first meeting of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, and the eighth of the “convocation 
week” meetings, will be held in Boston, December ZOOM to 
January 1, 1910, at the invitation of Harvard University and the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The usual reduced rail- 
road fares are offered. At ten o'clock, December 29. Dyer WY (CG. 
Sabine, representing the President of Harvard University, and 
President R. A. Maclaurin, of the Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology, will deliver addresses of welcome, which will be 
answered by the President, Dr. David Starr Jordan. Tuesday 
afternoon Vice-President Richards will give his address: “ The 
Nature of Response to Chemical Stimulation.” About twenty-five 
affiliated societies are to hold meetings in Boston ; among them 
are the Sullivant Moss Society, the Botanical Society of America, 
and the Society of American Bacteriologists. 


INDEX TO VOLUME Ix 


New names and the names of new genera and species are printed in 
boldface type. 


Aberrant Societies of Sanguinaria 
and Trillium, 5 

Abies balsamea, 206 

Acalypha, 118; gracilens, 117; myri- 
cina, 117 

Acer rubrum, 221-224 

Acerates Floridana, 165 

Additions to the Flora of the Black 
Hills of South Dakota, 186 

Additions to the Pleistocene Flora of 
North Carolina, 71 

Adiantum, 184 

Aecidium, 54, 55; houstoniatum, 54 

Agaricus, 147 

Agricultural College, British India, 
194; New Jersey State, 17; Okla- 
homa, 130 

Agriculture, Publications of the 
United States Department of, 192, 
236 

Agricultural Station, Cuban, 108 

Alabama, Species of Gymnosporan- 
gium in Southern, 114 

Alchemilla alpina, 48 

Aleyrodes citri, 105 

Alfalfa, 39 

Allionia, 167; 
lacea, 167 

Alnus, 222; maritima, 160, 162; ru- 
gosa, 222-224 

Alsine longipes laeta, 187 

Amber in the Laramie Cretaceous, 
140 

Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, 224 

Amelanchier Botryapium, 170; cana- 
densis, 114 

American Agriculture, Bailey’s Cyclo- 
pedia of, 213 

American Agricultural Colleges, As- 
sociation of, 86 

American Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science, 16, 17, 18, 
149, 240, 269 

American Botanist, 150 

American Botanists of Former Days, 
Some, 241 

American Chemical Society, 151 

American Museum of Natural History 
(See under Museum) 


incarnata, 167; vio- 


American Rose Rusts, North, 21 

Ames, O., personal, 131 

Amphicarpon Amphicarpon, 161 

Andromeda polyfolia, 53 

Andropogon argyraeus, 161; virgini- 
cus, 55 

Anemia haydenii, 142; perplexa, 142; 


subcretacea, TAZ supercretacea, 
142 

Anemiopsis, 119 

Anona, 173 

Apocynum Milleri, 165; pubescens, 


165 

Aquilegia canadensis, 212 

Aralia, 223; spinosa, 222-224 (See 
Errata) 

Arctic Mosses, 263 

Arisaema pusillum, 162, 260; Ste- 
wardsonii, 259, 260; triphyllum, 212 

Armillaria mellea, 147 

Arnica pumila, 188 

Aronia, 114; arbutifolia, 115, 170 

Arthur, J. C., North American Rose 
Rusts, 21 

Article on Ibervillea Sonorae, 105 

Arundinaria, 224; tecta, 224, 225 

Asclepias decumbens, 165; rubra, 
165; tuberosa, 222; variegata, 165; 
verticillata, 165 

Ashe, W. W., 128 

Aspidium, 133; cristatum, 133-136, 
139; cristatum v. Clintonianum 133, 
134, 136, 139; cristatum v. major, 
034, 130; Goldianum, 133) 136; 
marginale, 212 

Atkinson, G. F., 19 

Austin, C. F., 108 

Azalea canescens, 170 


Baccharis, 58 

Bacteria, Nitrifying, 128, 267 

Bailey, L. H., personal, 215 

Balcomb, E. E., personal, 130 

Baltimore meeting of the American 
Association for the Advancement 
of Science, 16, 17, 18, 149 

Barberry, 4 

Barnhart, J. H., Some American 
Botanists of Former Days, 241 


271 


272 


Barto, D. O., 149 

Bartonia, 264; lanceolata, 
ginica, 164 

Basket willows, 236 

Bateson, W., personal, 269 

Batodendron, 73 

Bauhinia, 185; pseudocotyledon, 184, 
185 

Beardslee, H. C., Submerged Willows, 


164; vir- 


77 

Benedict, R. C., Ferns, 99; Fern Col- 
lection, 149; Studies in the Ophio- 
glossaceae—III: Key to Botrychium 
in North America, 197; The Type 
and Identity of Dryopteris Clin- 
toniana (D. C. Eaton) Dowell, 133 

Berberis, 4, 73 

Bermuda Research Station, 87 

Berry, E. W., Additions to the Pleis- 
tocene Flora of North Carolina, 
71; Juglandaceae from the Pleis- 
tocene, 96 

Ressey, C. E., personal, 130 

Betula, 224; nana, 53; nigra, 224 

Bicknell, IDs leg) BF 

Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring 
Harbor, 88 

Biological Station, North Dakota, 130 

Biophytum, 12; sensitivum, 11 

Bird Clubs, Vermont Botanical and, 


176 
Blephariglottis lacera, 162 
Boas, F., 44 


Boletus, 147 
Boltonia asteroides, 166 


Boroughs (Parks), Brooklyn and 
Queens, 191 
Bose, J. C., Mechnical Response of . 


Plants, 9 

Boston meeting of the American: As- 
sociation for the Advancement of 
Science, 240, 269 

Botanical and Bird Clubs, 
176 

Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, 189; 
Bulletin New York, 85; Collection, 
7 8 Soneunoell ops, Tie), Dis, Beis) 5 
Lectures, 88, 196 (See New York 
Botanical Garden) 

Botanical Gazette, 105 

Botanical meetings, 16, 17, 18, 240 

Botanical Observations in Iceland and 
Spitzbergen, 45 

Botanical prizes, 18, 108, 176 

Botanical Society of America, 18, 269 

Botanical Studies in Colorado, 149 

Botanical Survey of Presque Isle (re- 
view), 261 


Vermont, 


Botanists of Former Some 
American, 241 

Botanizing in Cuba, 171 

Botany, College Entrance, 60, 81, 127, 
193 

Botany Teaching, 149 

Botany, The Course in, 129 

Botany, The High School Unit in, 266 

Botrychium in North America, Key 
to, 197 

Botrychium, 197; alabamense, 198, 
199; biternatum, 1098, 199; cali- 
fornicum, 198; Coulteri, 198; de- 
compositum, 198; dissectum, 198, 
200; Jenmani, 198, 199; lanceola- 
tum, 197; Matricariae, 198, 1099; 
obliquum, 198-200; obliquum v. 
intermedium 199; oneidense, 108, 
200; pusillum, 198; Schaffneri, 
198; silaifolium, 198-200; tenui- 
folium, 199; ternatum, 197 ; Under- 
woodianum, 198, 199 

Boye, M. H., Death of, 108 

Brachiaria digitarioides, 161 

Brackett, M. M., Studies in the Em- 
bryology of the Mistletoe, Den- 
dropemon, 57 

Brannon, M. A., personal, 130 

IByehqol, ID, (Ge, iy 

Britton, N. L., Our City Parks in the 
Hudson-Fulton Celebration, 189;- 
Rhipsalis in the West Indies, 153; 
Cactuses of the West Indies, 126; 
personal, 18, 193 

British Desmidiaceae, Monograph of 
(review), 146 

British Science Association, 108 

Broadhurst, J., A'‘‘ Weeping ”’ Spruce, 
145; Biology in Summer Vacations, 
104; Fasciation in the Japan 
Honeysuckle, 208; Walton’s Wild 
Flowers and Fruits (review), 167; 
Ward’s Trees (review), 103, 210; 
Wild Flowers and Trees of Colo- 
rado (review), 261 

Brown, A., 57, 85 

Brown, S., 125 

Bronx Park conservatories, 193 

Bud-rot, 16 


Days, 


Buds, Winter, 105 

Budding in Drosera, Reproduction by, 
89 

Bulletin of the New York Botanical 
Garden, 85 


Bulletin of the 
Club, 105, 151 
Bulletins of the State Geological and 
Natural History of Connecticut, 

Recent (review), 35 


Torrey Botanical 


273 


Bunting, T. G., personal, 268 
Burlingham, Dr. Gertrude S., 37 
Bureau of Plant Industry, 39 
Bureau of Soils, 41 

Burgess, E. S., 57 

Burbank, L., personal, 63, 130 
Burlingame, L. L., personal, 107 
Byblis, 202 


Cactus alatus, 156; caripensis, 155; 
fasciculatus, 1553; parasiticus, 153- 
155; pendulus, 155 

Cabomba Caroliniana, 163 

Caeoma, 21 ; nitens, 22; Rosae-gymno- 
carpae, 21 

Caldwell, O. W., Course in Botany, 
129 

Callicarpa americana, 102 

Callitriche heterophylla, 170 

Calluma vulgaris, 53 

Caltha palustris, 212 

Canker, Chestnut, 86, 214 

Cannon, G. L., 80 

Caragana sibirica, 48 

Cardamine pennsylvanica, 170 

Carduus virginianus, 166 

Carex, 230, 231; exilis, 231; Fraseri, 
Zoi Geyeri) 231s leporina. 23ir: 
petasata, 231; straminea, 231; sub- 
ulata, 232 

Carnegiea, 264 

Car-window Notes on the Vegeta- 
tion of the Delaware Peninsula and 
Southern Virginia, 217 

Castanea, 2, 224; castaneaefolia, 2; 
dentata, 221, 225; pumila, 162 

Castilla, 177; elastica, 177 

€astle; S2 Wi. E:, 20 

Castle, W. E., 63 

Cassiope tetragona, 49, 52 

Cassytha filiformis, 155 

Ceanothus ovatus, 187 

Cedar of Lebanon, The, 77 

Cedrus Libani, 77 

Century plants in bloom, 193 

Cephalanthus occidentalis, 1o2 

Cephalocereus, 173, 264; keyensis, 264 

Cerastium Edmonstoni, 52 

Cereus, 101, 171; alatus, 156; cari- 
pensis, 155; giganteus, 264 

Cercis canadensis, 72; siliquastrum, 
72 

Chaetocladium brefeldii, 144 

Chaetochloa magna, 161 

Chaetostylum fresenii, 144 

Chamaecyparis, 223; thyoides, 
116, 161, 222, 264 

Chamberlin, T. C., 20 

Chaptalia tomentosa, 170 


114- 


Chara, 36; Schweinitzii, 36 

Chemist and forestry, The, 151 

Chemistry of Commerce, The, 40 

Chestnut canker, 86, 214 

Chestnut trees, 86, 214 

Chodat, R., personal, 240 

Chondrilla juncea, 166 

Chronanthus virginica, 164 

Chrysogonum virginianum, 170 

Chrysopsis graminifolia, 244; 
folia, 264 

Cinnamomum affine, 142 

Circinella umbellata, 144 

Citrus Fruits, Teratological Forms of, 
227 

City Parks in the Hudson-Fulton 
Celebration, Our, 189 

Cladophora, 35 

Clark, C. C., personal, 87 

Clark, C. D., 265 

Clavaria, 147 

Cleistogamy, The Fate of a Violet or 
the Benefit of 229 

Clements, F. E., 19 

Clements, Mrs. F. E., personal, 269 

Clethra alnifolia, 223, 224 

Clitocybe, 147 

Clitoria Mariana, 163 

Closterium, 35 

Clover Dodder, Cuscuta epithymum 
Murr, The Perennation of the, 28 

Coccolobis laurifolia, 173 

Cockerell, T. D. C., Amber in the 
Laramie Cretaceous, 140; Fossil 
Euphorbiaceae, with a Note on Sau- 
ruraceae, 117; The Generic Name 
Wedelia, 166; Two New Fossii 
Plants from Florissant, Colorado, 
184; personal, 1, 215 

Cocoanut Palm, 150 

Coconut disease, 16 

Coelogyne, 9 

Coker, W. C., Liverwort Types for 
Elementary Classes, 233 

Cold Spring Harbor, Biological Labo- 
ratory, 88 

Colorado, A New Genus of Fossil 
Fagaceae from, 1; Summer labo- 
ratory at Tolland, 131; Botanical 
Studies in, 149; Two New Fossil 
Plants from Florissant, 184; Wild 
Flowers and Trees of, 261 

Collections, New York Botanical Gar- 
den, 17 

College Entrance Botany, 60, 81, 127, 
193, 266 

Collybia velutipes, 147 

Columbia University, Course in for- 
estry, 107 


pini- 


274 


Committee of Torrey Botanical Club, 
Field, 126, 175 

Condit, J. R., 9, The “ Chemistry of 
Commerce,” 40 

Connecticut, Recent Bulletins of the 
State Geological and Natural His- 
tory Survey (review), 35 

Conocarpus, 173 

Conservation of natural resources, 18, 
87, 268 

Conservation of soil fertility, 237 

Construction of tanks at Cornell Uni- 
versity, 128 

Contributions toward a Monograph of 
the Laboulbeniaceae (review), 6 

Cook, O. F., 150 

Copeland, E. B., personal, 194 

Copernicia, 174 

Coprinus, 48, 147; comatus, 
micaceus, 147 (See Errata) 

Coreopsis rosea, 166 

Cornell University, 
tanks at, 128 

Cornus, 223; florida, 227; suecicia, 53 

Cosmarium, 35, 146; entochondrum, 
146 

Coulter and Patterson’s Practical Na- 
ture Study (review), 120 

Coulter, J. L., personal, 195 

Coulter, J. M., 18, 149, 195; personal, 


147; 


Construction of 


44 
Cowles, H..H., 18, 60 
Cor, Cz Pej 265 
Cracca spicata, 163 
Crawford, A. C, Loco-weed, 106 
Crocuses Grown in a New York 
Room, Some, 78 
Crop protection, 


149 

Crops in Texas and Oklahoma, Field, 
213 : 

Croton, 118, 119; furcatulum, 118; 


monanthogymus, 119; tiglium, 118 
Crotonopsis, 119; linearis, 164 
Crucifers, The Distribution of Three 

Naturalized, 65 
Cuban Agricultural Station, 108 
Cuba, Botanizing in, 171 
Cultivation of medicinal plants, 87 
Cummings, M. B., personal, 195 
Gere, Cy (Cy 87 
Cuscuta, 28; Epithymum, 28-30; Tri- 

folii, 28 
Cushman, J. A., West and West’s 

Monograph of British Desmidi- 

aceae (review), 146 
Cuzner, H., personal, 194 
Cyperaceae-Caricoidea (review), 230 


Forest and staple, 


Cyperus esculentus, 222; microdontus, 
161; pseudovegetus, 161 
Cypripedium in the Light of its Seg- 
regates, 80 
Cypripedium, 80, 81; 
candidum, 229 
Cytisus, 79; scoparius, 79 


acaule, 212; 


Dahlgren, B. E., personal, 108 

Dalibarda repens, 264 

Dandelion, A Freak, 150 

Danthonia, 209; Shrevei, 210 

Darwin, 18; Centenary, 19, 20, 44 

Darwin, F., personal, 240 ; 

Daucus Corota, 222 | 

Davenport, C. B., 20 

de Vries, H. personal, 240 

Delafield, Mrs. J. R., 37 

Delaware, Notes on the Flora of Cen- 
tral and Southern, 160 

Delaware Peninsula and Southern 
Virginia, Car-window Notes on the 
Vegetation of the, 217 

Dendrobium, 9; Coelogyne, 9 

Dendropemon, 57, 58; caribaeus, 58; 
parvifolius, 58 

Desmidiaceae, Monograph of British 
(review), 146 

Desmodium gyrans, 13 

Dewey, J., 44 

Diaporthe parasitica, 86 

Dicranum fulvum, 37; montanum, 37 © 

Dictyolus, 263; muscigenus, 263, 264; 
retirugus, 263, 264 

Dioon, 59 

Diospyros 222-224; virginiana, 102, 
221 

Diplotaxis, 65; muralis, 65 

Disease, coconut, 16 

Diseases of deciduous forest trees, 
213 

Distribution of Three 
Crucifers, 65 

Distichium capillacium, 50 

Dodder, Cuscuta Epithymum, Murr, 
The Perennation of Clover, 28 

Dodecatheon Meadia pauciflorum, 187 

Dolicholus erectus, 163 

Dombeyopsis obtusa, 141 

Douglass fir, 267 

Dowell, P., 57 

Draba, 52; lapponica, 52 

Drosera, Reproduction by Budding in, 


Naturalized 


89 

Drosera rotundifolia as to its Protein- 
Digesting Power, Experiments 
upon, 109 


Drosera, Seedlings and Adventitious 
Plants of, 201 


275 


Drosera, 96, 110, 200; binata, 94, 95, 
200-202; brevifolia, 200; capensis, 
94, 200, 202, 203; capillaris, 200, 
202 ; dichotoma, 200; filiformis, 200— 
203; filiformis var. Tracyi, 202; in- 
dica, 200, 203; intermedia, 91, 93, 
200, 202, 203; linearis, 200, 202, 
203; longifolia, 93; pygmaea, 94, 
95: rotundifolia, 89-95, 109, 200; 
uniflora, 200, 202 

Drosophyllum, 202 

Dryas octopetala, 49 

Dryopteris, 57 

Dryopteris Clintoniana Dowell, The 
Type and Identity of, 133 

Dryopteris Clintoniana, 133, 136-140; 
Clintoniana X Goldiana, 137; cris- 
tata, 136; cristata X marginalis, 
133, 134; Goldiana, 136 

Durand, E. D., personal, 195 

Dusen, P., 108 


Eakin, Mrs. P., 79 

Earlea, 28; speciosa, 23, 27 

Earliest Spring Flowers in the Vicinity 
of Charleston, South Carolina, 169 

'East, E. M., personal, 194 

East Indian economic plants, 149 

Eaton, E. H., personal, 17 

Economic plants, East Indian, 149 

Edible Fungi, 147 

Effect of illuminating gas 
flowers, 149 

Effects of radium rays, Physiological. 
105, 128 

Eggleston, W. W., personal, 193, 239 

Eigenmann, C. H., 20 

Elatine Americana, 164 

Election of officers of Torrey Botani- 
cal Club, 38 

Eleocharis intermedia, 186; melano- 
carpa, 162; mutata, 161; Robbinsii, 
161; Torreyana, 162; tortilis, 161 

Elephantopus nudatus, 166 

Emerson, J. T., Article on Ibervillea 
Sonorae, 105; Botanical Observa- 
tions in Iceland and Spitzbergen, 
45 

Empetrum nigrum, 50 

Englehardt, G. P., personal, 194 

Equisetum, 264; arvense, 264 

Eragostis refracta, 161 

Erianthus compactus, 161 

Erigeron alpina, 50; annus, 29, 188 

Eriocaulon Parkeri, 162, 261 

Erythronium americanum, 212 

Eriophorum augustifolium, 50; vagi- 
natum, 50 


upon 


Eupatorium capillifolium, 224; rotun- 
difolium, 224 

Euphorbia, 119, 181; elastica, 181 

Euphorbiaceae with a Note on Sauru- 
raceae, Fossil, 117 

Eurhipsalis, 155 

European Plant 
Stations for, 79 

Everglades, Explorations in, 100, 265 

Excursions, Field, 126 

Experiments upon Drosera rotundi- 
folia as to its Protein-Digesting 
Power, 109 

Experiments, Effect of soil of Garden 
hemlock grove upon seedlings, 149 

Exploration in the Everglades, 100, 
265 


Immigrants, New 


Fagaceae from Colorado, A 
Genus of Fossil, 1 

Fagara juglandifolia, 32 

Fagopsis longifolia, 2, 3 

Fagus, 2, 223, 224; americana, 2, 224, 
225; atropunicea, 224, 225; caro- 
liniana, 224; castaneaefolia, 2; 
dentata, 2; ferruginea, 224, 225; 
grandifolia, 222, 225; longifolia, 2 

Farlow, W. G., 105 

Farm “ demonstration ”’, 238 

Fasciation in the Japan Honeysuckle, 
208 

Fate of a Violet, or the Benefit of 
Cleistogamy, The, 229 

Faweett, H. S., 105 

Fern Collections, 149 

Ferns, Ostrich, 151 

Fertility, Soil, 152, 237 

Ficus, 177; gaudini, 141; navicularis, 
I4I ; uncata, 141 

Field Committee of Torrey Botanical 
Club, 126, 175 

Field crops in Texas and Oklahoma, 
213 

Field Excursions, 126 

Field Meetings, Torrey Botanical 
Clabwesh 126, a7 eToe nT 

Filix, 57 

Fires, Forest, 212, 267 

Fletcher, J., Death of, 18; 
morial to, 131 

Flora of the Black Hills of South 
Dakota, Additions to the, 186 

Flora of Central and Southern Dela- 
ware, Notes on the, 160 

Flora Notes, Local, 203, 257 

Florissant, Colorado, Two New Fos- 
sil Plants from, 184 

Field Numbers for the Torrey Bo- 
tanical Club excursions, 126 


new 


A Me- 


Flowers, Effect of Illuminating Gas 
upon, 149 

Flowers and Trees of Colorado, Wild 
(review), 261 

Flowers in the Vicinity of Charles- 


ton, South Carolina, [Earliest 
Spring, 169 

Flowering Plants and Ferns (re- 
view), 56 


Food for Thought, 14 

Forest and staple crop protection, 
149 

Forest fires, 212, 267 

Forests, Fossil, 106 

Forests, Municipal, 267 

Forests, national, 64, 106 

Forests of Mexico, The Rubber, 60 

Forest products, 151 

Forest service, 15, 16, 44, 236, 240, 
267 

Forest Trees, Observations of, 192 

Forests, Planting of, 85, 267 

Forest preservation, 42 

Forestry, 107, 267 

Forestry building, 
Washington, 130 

Forestry, Columbia University, 107 


University of 


Forestry, University of Minnesota, 
107 

Forms of Citrus Fruits, Teratological, 
227 


Fossil Euphorbiaceae with a note on 
Saururaceae, 117 

Fossil Fagaceae from Colorado, A 
new Genus of, 1 

Fossil forests, 106 

Fossil Plants from Florissant, Colo- 
rado, Two New, 184 

Freak Dandelion, A, 150 

French, G. T., The Perennation of 
the Clover Dodder, Cuscuta Epi- 
thymum Murr, 28 

Frullania virginica, 235 

Fungi, Edible, 147 

Fungi in Jamaica, Collecting, 80 

Furcraea (See Errata), 173 


Gager, C. S., Physiological effects of 
radium rays, 105, 128 

Galium, 50; pilosum punctulosum, 
165; verum, 48 

Galactia regularis, 163; volubilis, 163 

Ganong, W. F., 18, 60 

Garden hemlock grove upon seedlings, 
Experiments on effect of soil of, 
49 

Gas upon flowers, Effect of illumi- 
nating, 149 

Gelsemium, 169 


9) 


a 


76 


Generic Name, Wedelia, The, 166 

Gentiana crinita, 212; Elliotii 
Errata) ; puberula, 164 

Geranium maculatum, 212 

Gerardia linifolia, 165 

Giddings, F. H., 44 

Gloeotrichia Pisum, 36 

Goebel, K. F., personal, 240 

Goodale, G. L., personal 130 

Gould, E. S., 14 

Grass Endemic in Jamaica, A New, 
209 

Gratiola sphaerocarpa, 165 

Grimmia, 50, 52 

Grout, A. J., personal, 17 

Gymnoconia, 22 

Gymnogramma haydenii, 142 

Gymnopogon ambiguus, 161; 
folius (See Errata) 

Gymnosporangium in Southern Ala- 
bama, Species of, 114 

Gymnosporangium, 114, 115; bermu- 
dianum, 115, 116; biseptatum, 114, 
116, 117; Clavipes, 114, 116; EI- 
lisii, 115-117; flaviforme, 114, 116; 
globosum, 114, 116; macropus, I14— 
117; Nidus-avis, 114, 116 

Gyrostachys, 57; gracilis, 162; prae- 
cox, 162; simplex, 162 

Gyrotheca tinctoria, 162 


(See 


brevi- 


Habenaria cristata, 224 

Hale, G. E., 44 

inlzull, (Gs Soa 20) 

Hall, R. W., 87 

Hallock, E. V., Death of, 87 

iHlevannese, (C5 (Cs, 37 

Hansen, E., Death of, 194 

Harger, C. M., 128 

Hariota, 154; alata, 156; parasitica, 
55 

Harper, R. M., Car-window Notes on 
the Vegetation of the Delaware 
Peninsula and Southern Virginia, 
217 

Harrisia, 101 

Harshberger, J. W., 236; Jennings’s 
Botanical Survey of Presque Isle 
(review), 261 

Hasselbring, H., 108 

Havard, Dr. Valery, 8 

Hazen, T. E., Willis’s Flowering 
Plants and Ferns (review), 56 

Hedysarum americanum, 187 

Heleochloa schoenoides, 161 

Helyar, J. P., personal, 194 

Helonias bullata, 162, 264 

Hemlock grove upon seedlings, Effect 
of soil of, 149 


Herbarium Notes, 74 

Heredity, Sex, 63 

Heterotheca, 166; subaxillaris, 166 

Hevea, 177 

Hexastylis arifolia, 170 

Hicoria, 97; alba, 98; aquatica, 71, 
98; glabra, 97; minima, 98; ovata, 
98; pecan, 98; pseuda-glabra, 98; 
villosa, 162 

High School Unit in Botany, 266 

Hill, E. J., The Distribution of Three 
Naturalized Crucifers, 65; The 
Fate of a Violet or the Benefit of 
Cleistogamy, 229 

Hill, J. J., Conservation of soil fer- 
tility, 237 

Hitchcock, C. S., personal, 239 

Hollick, A., 19, A New Genus of Fos- 
sil Fagaceae from Colorado, 1 

Honeysuckle, Fasciation in the Japan, 
208 

Hooker, Henrietta, E., 37 

Horne, W. T., 198; personal, 176 

Houser, J. S., 108 

Houstonia 55, 170; caerulea, 54, 170; 
minor, 170; purpurea, 54; rotundi- 
folia, 170 

Houttuynia, 119 

Howe, M. A., Recent Bulletins of the 
State Geological and Natural His- 
tory Survey of Connecticut (re- 
view), 35; Some Floral and Scenic 
Features of Porto Rico, 265; 
Thaxter’s Contribution toward a 
Monograph of the Laboulbeniaceae 
(review), 6; personal, 268 

Hudson-Fulton Celebration, 
City Parks, 189 

Hydnum, 147 

Hydrocotyle umbellata, 614; verticil- 
lata, 164 

Hypericum adpressum, 164; virgatum, 
164 

Hypholoma, 147; perplexum, 147 


in our 


Hypolepis, 184; coloradensis, 184, 
185; repens, 184 

Ibervillea Sonorae, 105 

Iceland and Spitzbergen, Botanical 


Observations in, 45 
Ilex, 223; decidua, 170; glabra, 170, 
224; Opaca, 223, 225 
Identity and Type of Dryopteris Clin- 
toniana Dowell, The, 133 
Immigrants, New Stations for Plant, 
79 


4 277 


Interest to Teachers, Of, 14, 38, 60, 
Ci LOA- 27 tA Ow LOZ eT 233% 
266 

Iorns, M. J., Death of, 216 

Ipomoea, 184 

Itea virginia, 163 


Jack, J. G., personal, 130 

Jamaica, A new Grass Endemic in, 
209; Collecting Fungi in, 80 

Japan Honeysuckle, Fasciation in the, 
208 

Jeffrey, E. C., 18 

Jennings’s Botanical Survey of Pre- 
sque Isle (review), 261 

Jesup, M. K., personal, 216 

Johnson, D. S., 19 

Johnston, J. R., personal, 130 

Johnson, R. H., Aberrant Societies of 
Sanguinaria and Trillium, 5 

Jones, L. R., personal, 195 

Jordan, D. S., 20 

Journal of the New York Botanical 
Garden, 149, 211, 233 

Juglandaceae from the Pleistocene of 
Maryland, 96 

Juglans, 97, 99; leconteana, 142; ni- 
gra, 98; nigra var. fossilis, 99; re- 
gia, 99; tephrodes, 99 

Juncus acuminatus, 186; balticus, 186; 
effusus, 222, 224; repens, 162; 
xiphioides montanus, 187 

Juniperus barbadensis, 170 


Kebler, Dr., personal, 239 

Kern, F. D., The Rust of Timothy, 3 

Kerr, W. J., personal, 239 

Key to Botrychium in North America, 
197 

Key to winter trees about Milwaukee, 
149 

Kinman, C. F., 108 

Kirkwood, J. E., personal, 176 

Knight, L. I., personal, 215 

Kebresia, 231 

Koellia aristata, 165 

Kosteletzkya virginica, 164 

Kitkenthal’s Cyperaceae-Caricoideae 
(review), 230 

Kuster, E., personal, 130 


Laboulbeniaceae, Monograph of (re- 
view), 6 

Lactaria, 147 

Laboratory at Tolland, Colorado, A 
summer, 131 

Laramie Cretaceous, Amber in the, 
140 


278 


Larix Laricina, 205 

Lathyrus myrtifolius, 163 

Lawlor, P. H., Death of, 87 

Leavitt, R. G., Seedlings and Adven- 
titious Plants of Drosera, 200; 
Coulter and Patterson’s Practical 
Nature Study (review), 120 

Leavitt, R. V., homoeosis, 105 

Lebanon, The Cedar of, 77 

Lectures, Bronx Park, 88, 196 

Lemna trisulca, 260 

Lepidium virginicum, 222 

Lepiota, 147 

Lespedeza striata, 163; Stuvei, 163 

Leucothoe axillaris, 170 

Lilium, 223; superbum, 222 

Limnanthemum aquaticum, 165 ; 
nosum, 165 

Limnobium Spongia, 259 

Limonia trifolia, 33 

Linaria canadensis, 171 

Linum striatum, 163 


lacu- 


Liriodendron, 221, 223; Tulipifera, 
itn BAY 

Liquidambar, 221, 223; Styraciflua, 
221 

Liverwort Types for Elementary 


Classes, 233 
Livingstone, B. E., 19; personal, 194 
Lloyd, F. E., 60, 149 


Lobelia Canbyi, 166; elongata, 165; 
paludosa, 166; puberula, 166 

Local Flora Notes, 203, 257 

Loco weed, 106 

Lonicera, 48; Japonica, 208; utah- 


ensis, 188 
Lophotocarpus spongiosus, 258 
Lotus corniculatus, 53 
Ludwigia sphaerocarpa, 164 
Lutman, B. F., personal, 194 
Lycoperdon, 147 


MacDougal, D. T., 20, 44 

MacIntyre, E., 60 

Mackenzie, K. K., Kiikenthal’s Cyper- 
aceae-Caricoideae (review), 230; 
Notes on Sagittaria, 30 

MacPherson, J., The Cedar of Leb- 
anon, 77 

Magnolia, 223; virginiana, 
223, 225 

Maller, H., 108 

Malus coronaria, 170 

Malva rotundifolia, 187 

Mangin, M. L., 87 

Manisuris rugosa, 161 

Mansfield, W., 57 

Marasmius, 147 

Marchantia, 94, 233 


ToO2)) 221, 


Maryland, Juglandaceae from the 
Pleistocene of, 96 

McLendon, C. A., personal, 17 

Mechanical Response of Plants, 9 

Medicago lupulina, 29 

Medicinal plants, 87 

Meeting, American Association for 
the Advancement of Science, 240, 
269 

Meeting, The British Science Asso- 
ciation, 108 

Meetings, Torrey Botanical Club (See 
Proceedings etc.) 

Meibomia stricta, 163; viridiflora, 163 

Melanthium virginicum, 162 

Melilotus alba, 187; officinalis, 187 

Memorial to James Fletcher, A, 131 

Memorial tablet to Lucien Marcus 
Underwood, 132 

Mesadenia atriplicifolia, 224 

Metcalf, H., 108 

Metopium Metopium, 173 

Metzgeria, 235 

Mexico, Overlapping habitats ob- 
served in, 149; The Rubber Forests 
of, 60; The Rubber Plants of, 177 

Michigan, Gift to University of, 87 

Micrasterias, 35 

Milwaukee, Winter Trees about, 149 

Mimosa, 11, 13 

Mimulus luteus, 188 

Mitchell, G. E., 138 

Mitchell, I. N., 149 

Moore, E., Winter buds, 105 

Moore, G. T., personal, 130 

Morchella, 147 

Morgan, T. H., 44 


‘ Morris, E. L., 57 


Morris, O. M., personal, 130 
Morrison, G. L., Some Crocuses 
Grown in a New York Room, 78 
Moulds from Pennsylvania, Some, 
143 

Mucor mucedo, 143; piriformis, 143; 
racemosus, 143 

Municipal forests, 267 

Murrill, W. A., Collecting Fungi in 
Jamaica, 80; Edible Fungi, 147; 
Protection of Shade Trees, 212; 
personal, 64, 194 

Museum of Natural History, Torrey 

meetings at, 9, 18, 37, 59, 99, 124, 

146, 233, 265 

Mycena, 144 

Mycologia, 64, 86 

Myrica, 118, 223; cerifera, 162, 170, 

223, 225; drymeja, 118 

Myriophyllum pinnatum, 164 


279 


Naias gracillima, 161 

Name, A New, 145 

Nash, G. V., A New Grass Endemic 
in Jamaica, 209 ; Cypripedium in the 
Light of its Segregates, 80 

Nasturtium sylvestre, 65, 66 

National Forests, 64, 106 

Nature Study, Coulter and Patterson’s 
Practical (review), 120 

Natural resources, 42, 87, 268 

New Fossil Plants from Florissant, 
Colorado, Two, 184 

New Genus of Fossil Fagaceae from 
Colorado, A, 1 

New Grass Endemic in Jamaica, A, 


209 
New Jersey State Agricultural Col- 
lege, 17 


New Name, A, 145 

New Stations for Plant Immigrants, 
79 

New York Botanical Garden, Bulle- 
tin of, 85; Collections, 17; Lectures 
at, 88, 196; Torrey Meetings at, 
8, 57; 79, 99, 125, 168, 263 

New York Room, Some Crocuses 
Grown in a, 78 

News Items, 17, 44, 63, 87, 107, 130, 
176, 193, .215, 239, 268 

Nichols, E. L., 16 

Nigredo houstoniata, 55 

Nitrifying bacteria, 128, 267 

Non-nitrifying soils, 128, 267 

North America, Key to Botrychium 
in, 197 

North American Pondweeds, 
on, 103 

North American Review, 15 

North American Rose Rusts, 21 

North Carolina, Additions to the Ple- 
istocene Flora of, 71 

Note on Saururaceae, Fossil Euphor- 
biaceae, with a, 117 

Notes, Herbarium, 74 

Notes, Local Flora, 203, 257 

Notes on the Flora of Central and 
Southern Delaware, 160 

Notes on North American Pondweeds, 
103 

Notes on Rutaceae, 32 

Notes on Sagittaria, 30 

Notes on the Vegetation of the Dela- 
ware Peninsula and Southern Vir- 
ginia, Car-window, 217 

Notes on Uromyces, 54 

Numbers for the Torrey Club Ex- 
cursions, Field, 126 

Nymphaea, 223; advena, 222, 225 


Notes 


Nyssa aquatica, 224; sylvatica, 221; 
sylvatica biflora, 223 


Observations in Iceland and Spitz- 
bergen, Botanical, 45 

Oedogonium, 35 

Of Interest to Teachers, 14, 38, 60, 
Si OA mee A GIT OZ) 2irie. 2330 
266 

Oklahoma, Agricultural College, 130 

Oklahoma and Texas, Field crops in, 
213 

Oldenlandia uniflora, 165 

Onoclea Struthiopteris, 151 

Ophioglossaceae, Studies in the, 197 

Ophioglossum, 197 

Orchid, 212 

Orchis pyramidalis, 46 

Osborn, H. F., 20, 44 

Osmunda cinnamomea, 222 

Osterhout, J. V., personal, 194 

Ostrich ferns, 151 

Outlook, 15, 149 

Overlapping habitats 
Mexico, 149 

Oxalis, 170; corniculata, 163; Mar- 
tiana, 170 

Oxydendrum, 
224 


observed in 


223; arboreum, 223, 


Pachycereus, 264 

Palm, Cocoanut, 16, 150 

Palmer, W. R., personal, 216 

Pallavicinia, 234; Lyellii, 234 

Papaves radicatum, 52 

Papaya Carica, 174 

Paphiopedilum, 80 

Parish, S. B., Teratological Forms of 
Citrus Fruits, 227 

Parnassia palustris, 50 

Parthenium argentatum, 179 

Parthenocissus quinquefolia, 102 

Paspalum plenipilum, 161 

Pastinaca sativa, 187 

Patterson’s Practical Nature Study, 
Coulter and (review), 120 

Pedicularis lanata, 52; lanceolata, 165 

Penhallow, D. P., 18 

Pennington, L. H., personal, 215 

Pennsylvania, Some Moulds from, 
143 

Pentapetes, 184 

Pentstemon, 145; Metcalfei, 145; pu- 
berulus, 145 

Perennation of the Clover Dodder, 
Cuscuta Epithymum Murr, The, 28 

Philonotis fontana, 50 

Philotria, 57; canadensis, 259; Nut- 
tallii, 259 


280 


Phlox bifida, 229 

Phoradendron, 224; flavescens, 224 

Phragmidium, 21-23, 25, 27, 28; 
americanum, Bi, 22, 25, 263; disci- 
florum, 21, 23; 25; montivagum, 
23, 24-27; mucronatum, 21; Rosa 
arkansana, 26; Rosae-arkansanae, 
23, 25-27; Rosae-californicae, 22, 
25-27; Rosae-setigerae, 22, 25; 
speciosum, 21; subcorticium, 21 

Phragmites alaskana, 142; falcata, 
142; laramianus, 141; oeningensis, 
141, 142; phragmites, 142 

Phragmipedium, 80 

Phycomyces nitens, 143 

Phyllorhipsalis, 155 

Phymatodes exiguum, tor 

Physiological effects of radium rays, 
105, 128 

Physostegia virginiana, 165 

Picea canadensis, 145; Mariana, 206 

Pieris nitida, 170 

Pilobolus crystallinus, 144 

Pinchot, G., 15, 192; personal, 130 

Pinguicula lutea, 170; vulgaris, 50 

Pinus echinata, 161, 217, 226; Elliot- 
fie 722 Ore palustris. ean 
gens, 205; resinosa, 204; rigida, 
217, 226; Strobus, 160; Taeda, 161, 
205, 217, 221-223, 226; virginiana, 
20g. 221224226 

Piper antiquum, 119; Heerii, 119 

Piptocephalis repens, 145 

Pithecolobium, 173 

Planera, 1; longifolia, 1 

Plantago lanceolata, 222 

Plant Immigrants, New Stations for, 
79 

Plant Industry, Bureau of, 39 

Plant World, 149 

Plants, Cultivation of medicinal, 87 

Plants, East Indian economic, 149 

Plants from Florissant, Two New 
Fossil, 184 

Plants, Mechanical Response of, 9 

Plants of Drosera, Seedlings and Ad- 
ventitious, 201 

Plants of Mexico, The Rubber, 177 

Plant preservation, 213 

Platanus raynoldsii, 141; rhomboidea, 
141 

Pleurotus. ostreatus, 147; 

Pluchea foetida, 166 

Podophyllum peltatum, 171 

Pogonia divaricata, 162 (See Errata) 

Pollard, C. L., 57; personal, 194 


sapidus, 147 


Polygala cruciata, 164; cymosa, 163; 
incarnata, 163; lutea, 164, 224; 
Mariana, 164; Nuttallii, 164; ra- 
mosa, 163, 225 

Polygonum Careyi, 163; Hydropiper, 
224; Opelousanum, 163; viviparum, 
48 

Polypcdium vulgare, 212 

Polyporus, 144 

Polytrichum gracile, 52 

Pompeii, Specimens, 236 

Pondweeds, North American, 103 

Pontederia cordata, 222 

Popular Science Monthly, 128 

Populus heterophylla, 162 

Porto Rico, Some Floral and Scenic 
Features of, 265 

Potamogeton, 103; augustifolius, 207 ; 
bupleuroides, 103; ° confervoides, 
208; crispus, 208; lateralis, 207; 
lucens, 208; natans, 207; Odakesi- 
‘anus, . 207; perfoliatus, .103, 208; 
pulcher, 161; Richardsonii, 103; 
Robbinsii, 207; Vaseyi, 208 

Potentilla. emarginata, 52 

Poulton, E. B., 20 

Practical Nature Study, Coulter and 
Patterson’s (review), 120 

Preservation, Forest, 42 

Presque Isle, Jennings’s 
Survey of (review), 261 

Prioria, 9; copaifera, 8 

Proceedings of the Club, 8, 37, 57, 
79, 99, 124, 146, 168, 233, 263 

Protection, Forest and staple crop, 
149 

Protection of shade trees, 212 

Protein-Digesting Power, Experiments 
upon Drosera rotundifolia as to its, 
109 : 

Prunus, 265; angustifolia, 163, 224 

Pseudotsuga Douglasii, 267 

Pteris aquilina, 186,- 222 

Pterocarya, 97 

Pterospora andromedea, 187 

Publications of the United States De- 
partment of Agriculture, 192, 236 

Puccinia graminis, 4; Phlei-pratensis, 
4; poculiformis, 4; violae, 55 

Pulchella, 52 

Pyrola rotundifolia, 187; secunda, 164 


Botanical 


Quercus alba, 227; falcata, 221-223; 
marylandica, 224; Michauxii, 71, 
162) 223) ss nieray naloe as 22a eee 
Phellos, 221-224 


Racomitrium lJanuginosum, 50 
Radicula sylvestris, 65 


281 


Radium rays, Physiological effects of, 
105, 128 

Ramaley’s Wild Flowers and Trees 
of Colorado (review), 261 

Ranunculus hispidus, 170 

Rays, Physiological effects of radium, 
I05, 128 

Recent Bulletins of the State Geologi- 
cal and Natural History Survey of 
Connecticut (review), 35 

Renner, P., personal, 107 

Reproduction by Budding in Drosera, 


89 
Resources, Conservation of natural, 
42, 87, 268 


Response of Plants, Mechanical, 9 

Review of Reviews, 128 

Reviews: Coulter and Patterson’s 
Practical, iNatune Study. 120); 
Kikenthal’s Cyperaceae-Caricoideae, 
230; Ramaley’s Wild Flowers and 
Trees of Colorado, 261; Recent 
Bulletins of the State Geological 
and Natural History Survey of 
Connecticut, 35; Thaxter’s Contri- 
butions toward a Monograph of the 
Laboulbeniaceae, Pt. II, 6; Wal- 
ton’s Flowers and Fruits, 167; 
Ward’s Trees, 103, 210; West and 
West’s Monograph of British Des- 
midiaceae, 146; Willis’s Flowering 
Plants and Ferns, 56 

Rhexia aristosa, 164; Mariana, 224 

Rhipsalis in the West Indies, 153 

Rhipsalis, 126, 153, 154, 159, 860, 171; 
alata, 155-157, 159; Cassutha, 153- 


155; cassythoides, 155; coriacea, 
159; dichotoma, 155; fasciculata, 
155; MHarrisii, 156; Hookeriana, 


155; Jamaicensis, 155; parasitica, 
155; parasiticus, 155; Swartziana, 
156; Undulata, 155 

Rhizopus nigricans, 144 

Rhus copallina, 222-224 

Rhynchospora corniculata, 
expansa, 224 

Ribes alpina, 47; Lonicera, 48 

Richards, H. M., 19, 57, 240, 269 

Robinson, W. J., Experiments with the 
soil of the Garden hemlock grove 
upon seedlings, 149; Experiments 
upon Drosera rotundifolia as to its 
Protein-Digesting Power, 109; Re- 
production by Budding in Drosera, 
89; personal, 194 

Rogers, E. L., 99 

Roripa sylvestris, 65 

Rosa acicularis, 26; arkansana, 26; 
Bakeri, 26; blanda, 25; californica, 


2243; in- 


26; canina, 25; carolina, 25; Fen- 
dleri, 26; Gallica, 25; grosse-ser- 
rata, 26; gymmnocarpa, 26; lucida, 
25; manca, 26; Maximiliana, 26; 
pisocarpa, 26; pratincola, 26; Sayi, 
24-26; setigera, 25; Underwoodii, 
26; Woodsii, 26 

Rose Rusts, North Aemrican, 21 

Rothrock, J. T., 269 

Rowlee, W. W., 193 

Roystonea regia, 102 

Rubber Plants of Mexico, The, 177 

Rubus, 22; chamaemorus, 53; cunei- 
folius, 224; trivialis, 170 

Ruellia parviflora, 165 

Ruppia maritima, 207 

Rusby, H. H., The Earlist Spring 
Flowers in the Vicinity of Charles- 
ton, South Carolina, 169; The Rub- 


ber Forests of Mexico, 60; The 
Rubber Plants of Mexico, 177; 
personal, 240 

Russula, 147 

Rust of Timothy, The, 3 

Rutaceae, Notes on, 32 

Ruth, A., 37 

Rynchospora axillaris, 162; macro- 


stachya, 162 


Sabina barbadense, 115-117; virgini- 
ana, II4, 116 

Sabbatia campanulata, 164 

Sacciolepis gibba, 161 

Sagittaria, Notes on, 30 

Sagittaria, 31; borata, 259; cuneata, 
258; Eatoni, 258; Engelmanniana, 
31; latifolia, 30-32; longirostra, 31, 
32; pubescens, 258; rigida, 258 

Spilling, Git, 289, 2a9 iloiakeshoes, (oy 2 
nigra, 221, 223; retusa, 52; Scou- 
lerana, 187 

Salomonia biflora, 212 

Sanguinaria and Trillium, Aberrant 
Societies of, 5 

Sanguinaria, 6; australis, 170; cana- 
densis, 5, 187 

Sarracenia flava, 170 

Sassafras variifolium, 222 

Saururus, 119 

Saururaceae, Fossil 
with a Note on, 117 

Saxifraga, 49; oppositifolia, 49 

Schoenoxiphium, 231 

School Science and Mathematics, 14, 
129, 149 

Schwendener, S., personal, 268 

Science, 16, 38, 63, 106, 108, 128, 236 

Science and the Practical Problems 
of the Future, 16 


Euphorbiaceae 


282 


Scirpus Eriophorum, 224; subtermi- 
nalis, 162; Torreyi, 186 

Sclerolepis uniflora, 166 

Scott, W. B., 44 

Seaver, EF. J; 57 

Seedlings and Adventitious Plants of 
Drosera, 200 

Seedlings, Experiments on effect of soil 
of Garden hemlock grove upon, 149 

Segregates, Cypripedium in the Light 
of its, 80 

Selenipedium, 80 

Senecio graminifolia, 2 
170; tomentosus, 166, 224 

Sequoia, 142; longifolia, 142 

Serenoa serrulata, 265 

Sex-heredity, 63 

Shafer, J. A., Botanizing in Cuba, 
171; personal, 17 

Shattuck, C. H., personal, 239 

Shaws (Gaile, 10 

Sheldon, J. L., Notes on Uromyces, 


lobatus, 


Sherwin, M. E., personal, 216 

Shull, G. H., personal, 87 

Silene acaulis, 48, 50; 
171; maritima, 48 

Sisymbrium altissimum, 69; Sinapis- 
trum, 69; sylvestre, 66; vulgare, 66 

Sicyos angulatus, 188 

Silene alba, 163 

Simmons, G. E., personal, 216 

Sisyrinchium, 55; graminoides, 54, 55 

Small, J. K., Exploration in the Ever- 
glades, 100; personal, 17 

Smilax, 169; laurifolia, 102 

Smith, H. H., New Stations for 
European Plant Immigrants, 79 

Smith, J. D., personal, 107 

Smith, J. G., 31 

Societies of Sanguinaria and Trillium, 
Aberrant, 5 

Soil of hemlock grove upon seedlings, 
Effect of, 149 

Soils, Bureau of, 41 

Soils, Fertility of, 152, 237, 267 

Solms-Lauback, personal, 240 

Some American Botanists of Former 
Days, 241 

Somes, M. P., 150 

Some Crocuses Grown in a New York 
Room, 78 

Some Floral and Scenic Features of 
Porto Rico, 265 

Some Moulds from Pennsylvania, 143 

Sorbus, 46, 48 

South Dakota, Additions to the Flora 
of the Black Hills of, 186 


caroliniana, 


Southern Virginia and the Delaware 
Peninsula, Car-window Notes on 
the Vegetation of, 217 

Southwick, E. B., 57 

Spalding, V. M., 19 

Sparganium angustifolium, 206; luci- 
dum, 207; minimum, 206; simplex 
angustifolium, 206 ; 

Spartina Bakeri, 265 

Spaulding, P., 128 

Species of Gymnosporangium in 
Southern Alabama, 114 

Spinellus fusiger, 144; macrocarpus, 
144 

Spirodela polyrhiza, 260 

Spirogyra, 35 

Spitzbergen and Iceland, Botanical 
Observations in, 45 

Spring Flowers in the Vicinity of 
Charleston, South Carolina, Earliest, 
169 

Sporodinia grandis, 144 

Sporolobus Torreyanus, 161 

Spruce, A “ Weeping,” 145 

Stachys asprea, 187; atlantica, 165 

Stamford, New York, The 1909 Sym- 
posium at, 188 

Standley, P. C., Herbarium notes, 74 

Staple crop and forest protection, 149 

State, Agricultural College of New 
Jersey, 17 ; 

Stations for European Plant Immi- 
grants, New, 79 

Staurastrum, 35 

Statice, 48; maritima, 48 

Stenanthium, 57 

Stevens, F. L., 128; personal, 130 

Stewart, F. C., The Perennation of 
the Clover Dodder, Cuscuta Epi- 
thymum Murr, 28 

Stone, G. E., 151 

Stone, R. E., Species of Gymnospo-. 
rangium in Southern Alabama, 114 

Stowe, L. B., 149 

Stuart, W., personal, 107 

Studies in the Ophioglossaceae, 197 

Studies in Colorado, Botanical, 149 

Stylosanthes riparia, 163 

Submerged Willows, 77 

Sullivant Moss Society, 17, 269 

Sumstine, D. R., Some Moulds from 
Pennsylvania, 143 

Survey of Presque Isle, Botanical (re- 
view), 261 

Symphoricarpos occidentalis, 188 

Symplocos tinctoria, 170 

Symposium at Stamford, New York,» 
The 1909, 188; of the Philadelphia 
Botanical Club, 160 (See Errata) 


Tanks at Cornell University, Con- 
struction of, 128 : 
Taraxacum dens-leonis, 151; offici- 


nale, 151; paradoxa, 151; taraxa- 
cum, 150 

Taxodium, 223; distichum, 161, 222, 
223, 226 

Taylor, H. C., personal, 195 

Taylor, N., Local Flora Notes, 203, 
257; Notes on North American 
Pondweeds, 103; The Field Meet- 
ings of the Club for 1909, 33; The 
1909 Symposium at Stamford, New 
York, 188; personal, 239 

Teachers, Of Interest to, 14, 38, 60, 
SiemRCOA WU 2/7, AO, eel O2 We TTeaE283 

Teaching Botany, 149 

Temple, C. E., personal, 268 

Tecoma, 224; radicans, 165, 223 

Teratological Forms of Citrus Fruits, 
227 

Texas and Oklahoma field crops, 213 

Thamnidium elegans, 144 

Thaxter’s Contribution toward a Mon- 
ograph of the Laboulbeniaceae (re- 
view), 6 

Thaxter, R., 19 

Thomas, Mrs. H. Mark, 9 

Thorndike, E. L., 44 

Three Naturalized Crucifers, 
Distribution of, 65 

Thrinax floridana, 103 

Thuja occidentalis, 206 

Thyrsanthema semiflosculare, 170 

Tilden, J. E., personal, 268 

Timiriazeff, C., personal, 240 

Timmia austriaca, 50 

Timothy, The Rust of, 3 

Tipularia unifolia, 162 

Tithymalus marginatus, 119; Willis- 
toni, 119 

Tofieldia palustris, 48 

Tolland, Colorado, 
tory at, 131 

Torrey Botanical Club, Proceedings, 
8, 37, 57, 79, 99, 124, 146, 168, 212, 
233 

Torrey Botanical Club, Election of 
officers, 38; Field Meetings, 33, 101 ; 
Field numbers for, 126; Meetings, 
8, 37, 57; 79, 99, 124, 146, 168, 212, 
Bieie a AL Oe 

Transeau, E. N., 19 

Trees about Milwaukee, Winter, 149 

Trees, Chestnut, 86, 214 

Trees, Observations of Forest, 112 

Trees, Planting, 85 

Trees and Wild Flowers of Colorado 
(review), 261 


The 


summer labora- 


Trelease, W., 3, 19 

Triadenum petiolatum, 164 

Tribune, The, 106, 268 

Tricholoma, 147 

Trientalis europaea, 53 

Trifolium arvense, 222; hybridum, 
553 pratense, 55; repens, 55 

Triglochin palustris, 257 

Trillium, Aberrant Societies of San- 
guinaria and, 5 

Trillium, 171, 212; grandiflorum, 6; 
ludovicianum, 171 

Triphasia, 33; Aurantiola, 
folia, 33; trifoliata, 33 

Tropical Life announcement, 176 

Tsuga canadensis, 205 

Two New Fossil Plants from Floris- 
sant, Colorado, 184 

Type and Identity of Dryopteris Clin- 
toniana (D. C. Eaton) Dowell, The, 
133 

Types for Elementary Classes, Liver- 
wort, 233 


21} 1h = 


Ulex, 79; europaeus, 79 

Uncinia, 231 

Underwood, L. M., A memorial tablet 
to, 132 

Unit in Botany, The High School, 266 

University of Michigan, Gift to, 87 

University of Washington, Forestry 
building, 130; Summer session, 87 

University of Wisconsin, 44, 87, 195 

Uromyces, Notes on, 54 

Uromyces, 54, 55; andropogonis, 55, 
56; houstoniatus, 55; trifolii, 55 

Utricularia cleistogama, 165; fibrosa, 
O33 fail, WSS shane, wo 
juncea, 165; purpurea, 165; radi- 
ata, 165; resupinata, 165; subulata, 
165 


Vaccinium, 73; arboreum, 73; aus- 
trale, 171; corymbosum, 171; tenel- 
lum, 171; 

Vail, A. M., 37 

Vanilla, 154; Eggersiana, 154 

Vaucheria, 35 

Vegetation of the Delaware Peninsula 
and Southern Virginia, Car-window 
Notes on the, 217 

Verbascum Thapsus, 224. 

Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs, 
176 

Veronica officinalis, 170 

Viburnum cassinoides, 170; obovatum, 
170; subtomentosum, 165 

Vincetoxicum hirsutum, 165 


Viola arenaria, 187; blanda, 229; 


i) 


= 


Brittoniana, 164; lanceolata, 
pedata, 229, 265; tricolor, 50 

Violet, The Benefit of Cleistogomy 
or the Fate of a, 229 

Viorna crispa, 170 

Viscaria vulgaris, 46 

Visher, S. S., Additions to the Flora 
of the Black Hills of South Da- 
kota, 186 

Vitis idaea, 
vulpina, 187 

Vochting, H., personal, 240 

Vries, H. de, personal, 240 


229 ; 


rotundifolia, 


535 224; 


Walker, W. W., Article on Ibervillea 
Sonorae, 105 

Walton’s Wild Flowers 
(review), 167 

Ward’s Trees (review), 103, 210 

Warren, C. F., personal, 195 

Washington University, 
building of, 130 

Webber, H. J., personal, 216 

Wedelia, The Generic Name, 166 


and Fruits 


Forestry 


Wedelia, 166, 167; cristata, 167; 
glabra, 167; incarnata, 167; in- 
carnata anodonta, 167; incarnata 


nudata, 167; incarnata villosa, 167 
Wedeliella, 167; cristata, 167; glabra, 
167; incarnata, 167; incarnata ano- 
donta, 167; incarnata nudata, 167; 
incarnata villosa, 167 
West and West’s Monograph of Brit- 
ish Desmidiaceae (review), 146 
West Indies, Rhipsalis in the, 153 


84 


Whitman, C. O., 20 

Whitney, M., Fertility of soils, 237 

Wild Flowers and Trees of Colorado 
(review), 261 

Williamson, C. S., Notes on the Flora 
of Central and Southern Delaware, 
160 

Willis, J. C., personal, 239 

Willis’s Flowering Plants and Ferns 
(review), 56 

Willows, Submerged, 77 

Willows, The basket, 236 

Wilson, E. B., 20 : 

Wilson, J., personal, 130 

Wilson, P., East Indian economic 
plants, 149; Notes on Rutaceae, 32; 
Proceedings of the Club (See Pro- 
ceedings) 

Wilson, Prof. G. W., 9 

Winter buds, 105 - 

Withers, W. A., 128 

Wolffia Columbiana, 260 

Woodruff, L. L., personal, 87 

Woodsia scopulina, 186 

Woodwardia, 176 

Wooton, E. O., A New Name, 145 

Xanthoxylum cubense, 32; jamai- 
cense, 32; juglandifolium, 32 

Xyris, 224; fimbriata, 260; montana, 
260 


Zeiller, C. R., personal, 240 
Zon, R., personal, 17 
Zygnema, 35 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OFFICERS FOR 1909 


President 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D, 


Vice-Presidents 


EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOUN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. 


Recording Secretary 


PERCY WILSON 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


Editor ; Treasurer 
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PHAR.D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St. 
(, New York City Ph New York City 


Associate. Editors 


JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D. 


JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Pu.D. 
PHILIP. DOWELL, Px.D. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M. 


ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. 


Meetings the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month alternately at the 
American Museum of Natural History and the New York Botanical Garden 


PUBLICATIONS. Bulletin. Monthly, established 1870. Price $3-00 per 
year; single numbers 30 cents. Of former volumes only 24-33 can be supplied en- 
tire. Certain numbers of other volumes are available, and the completion of sets 
will be undertaken. 


Memoirs. A series of technical papers published at irregular intervals, estal)- 
lished 1889. Price $3.00 per volume. i 
Torreya. Monthly, established Igor. Price $1.00 per year. 


All business correspondence relating to the above publications should be addressed 
to William Mansfield, Treasurer, College of Pharmacy, 115 W. 68th 5St., New York 
City. 


OTHER PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


(1) BULLETIN 


A monthly journal devoted to general eee established 
1870. Vol. 35 published in 1908, contained 608 pages of text 
and 40 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, 

14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 =P Square, London, are agents 
for England. Wy 

Of former volumes, only 24-34 can be foe entire; cer- 
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire ckhak 
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. 
Vols. 24—27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars’ 
each ; Vols. 28-35 three dollars each. 

yee: copies, (30 cts.) will be furnished only when not 
breaking complete yolumes. 


(2) MEMOIRS 


The Memoirs, established 1880, are published at irregular 
intervals. Volumes 1-11 and 13 are now completed ;_ Nos, 1 and 
2 of Vol. 12 and No. 1 of Vol. 14 have been issued. The sub- 
scription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The 
numbers can also be purchased singly. A list of titles of the 
individual papers and of prices will be furnished on application, 


(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- 
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred. miles of New 
York, 1888... Price, $1.00. 


Correspondence relating to pate above publications should be 
addressed to 


DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD 


College of Pharmacy 
115 W, 68TH STREET 


NEW YORK CITY ve 


fi 
ALD 
WU MEn i 
(MAL ayn 
(iba } 


inten Ya) 
DUN 
in ie 


i nt 


WAV Ne)) 
niet 


awe, 


Dichuaton 


IANA 


of ag 
Colibri 
h COVER SYSTEM ©] 


Made in Italy 


gu 


wwwcolibrisystem.com 


j 
i